You are on page 1of 511

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS


B.Tech. 1ST YEAR (SEMESTER–I) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2004-2005)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration of
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total Exams.
MATH-101E Mathematics-I 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-101E Physics-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / EL- Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing - -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in c 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-103E Physics Lab.-I - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E CE- Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil -- -- 2 25 -- 25 50 3
109E EL-109E Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. * 2
Total 24/20 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.
Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
B.Tech. 1ST YEAR (SEMESTER –II) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2003-2004)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration of
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total Exams.
MATH-102E Mathematics-II 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-102E Physics-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / EL- Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing .. -- 3 3 50 -- 75 125 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-104E Physics Lab.-II - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E CE- Elements of Mechanical Engineering /
109E EL-109E Elements of Civil Engg./
Elements of Electronics Engg. * -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
Total 20/16 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/150 1050/1025
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E, ME-109E/ EL-
109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E) SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II
branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
Students are allowed to use single memory, non programmable scientific calculator during examination.
3. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
MATH-101E
MATHEMATICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 Marks


4 1 - Sessional: 50 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
During of exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Applications of Differentiation : Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series, Expansion by use of known
series, Expansion by forming a differential equation, Asymptotes, Curvature, Radius of Curvature
for Cartesian, Parametric & polar curves, Centre of curvature & chord of curvature, Tracing of
Cartesian & polar curves (standard curves).
UNIT – II
Partial Differentiation & its Applications : Functions of two or more variables Partial
derivatives, Total differential and differentiability, Derivatives of composite and implicit functions,
change of variables.
Homogeneous functions, Euler’s theorem, Jacobian, Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series for functions of
two variables (without proof), Errors and approximations, Maxima-minima of functions of two
variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers, Differentiation under the integral sign.
UNIT – III
Multiple Integrals and their Applications : Double integral, change of order of integration
Double integral in polar coordinates, Applications of double integral to find area enclosed by plane
curves and volume of solids of revolution.
Triple integral, volume of solids, change of variables, Beta and gamma functions and relationship
between them.

UNIT – IV
Vector Calculus : Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions Gradient of a scalar
field and directional derivative, divergence and curl of a vector field and their physical
interpretations, Del applied twice to point functions, Del applied to product of point functions.
Integration of vectors, line integral, surface integral, volume integral, Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss
divergence theorems (without proof), and their simple applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : F. Kreyszig.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics : B.S. Grewal.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mathematics Part-I : S.S. Sastry.
2. Differential and Integral Calculus : Piskunov.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : R.K. Jain and
S.R.K. Iyengar
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
HY-101E
PHYSICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
PHYSICAL OPTICS
Interference: Division of wave front-Fresnel's biprism, Division of amplitude–Newton's rings,
Michelson interferometer, applications.
Diffraction: Difference between Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction
through a slit. Plane transmission diffraction grating, its dispersive and resolving powers.
Polarization: Polarised and unpolarized light, double refraction; Nicol prism, quarter and half
wave plates, Polarimetry; Biquartz and Laurent's half-shade polarimeters, Simple concepts
of photoelasticity.
UNIT-II
LASER: Spontaneous and stimulated emissions, Laser action, characteristics of laser beam-
concepts of coherence, He-Ne and semiconductor lasers (simple ideas), applications.
FIBRE OPTICS: Propagation of light in fibres, numerical aperture, single mode and multi
mode fibres, applications.

UNIT-III
EM Theory : E.M. wave theory-review of basic ideas, Gauss’s Law, Ampere’s Law and its
applications to infinite line charge & Infinite plane ,eMaxwell's equations, simple plane wave
equations, simple concepts of wave guides and co-axial cables, Poynting vector.
DIELECTRICS: Molecular theory, polarization, displacement, susceptibility, dielectric
coefficient, permitivity & various relations between these, Gauss's law in the presence of a
dielectric, Energy stored in an electric field. Behavior of dielectrics in a.c. field-simple
concepts, dielectric losses.
UNIT-IV
SPECIAL THEORY OF RELATIVITY: Michelson-Moreley experiment, Lorentz
transformations, variation of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence.
NUCLEAR PHYSICS: Neutron Cross-section, Nuclear fission, Moderators, Nuclear reactors,
Reactor criticality, Nuclear fusion. Interaction of radiation with matter-basic concepts,
radiation detectors-ionisation chamber, G.M. Counter, Scintillation and solid state detectors,
cloud chamber and bubble chamber.
TEXT BOOKS: 1. Physics of the Atom - Wehr, Richards & Adair (Narosa)
2. Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH)
3. Modern Engineering Physics – A.S. Vasudeva (S. Chand)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electricity and Magnetism – F.W. Sears (Narosa)
2. Physics Vol-I & II – Resnick & Halliday (Wiley Eastern)
3. A Text Book of Optics – Brij Lal & Subramanyam
Ist YEAR B.TECH
INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY (BT-101 E)

L T P/D Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT - I
Introduction to life: Characteristics of living organisms. Hierarchy of organisation and factors
responsible for regulating different levels of organisations. Structure of Prokaryotic and Kukaryotic
cell. Basic concept of State and Homeostasis.
Introduction to Biomolecules: Definition, general classification and important functions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids and vitamins.
Enzymes as biocatalysts: General characteristics, nomenclature and classification of Enzymes.
Effect of temperature, pH, enzyme and substrate concentrations on the activity of enzymes.
Elementary concept of cofactors and coenzymes.
UNIT - II
Biodiversity :
(i) Plant System : Basic concepts of plant growth, nutrition, photosynthesis and nitrogen
fixation. Types of Growth regulators and their physiological effects.
(ii) Animal System : Elementary Study of Digestive, Respiratory, Circulatory, Excretory
systems and their functions.
(iii) Microbial System : History of Microbiology, types of microbes and properties.
Economic importance and control of microbes.
UNIT - III
Evolution: Theories of evolution. Mendel’s laws of inheritance. Variation and speciation.
Genetic: Cell division – Mitosis and Meiosis. Evidence of nucleic acids as a genetic material.
Central Dogma.
Genetic Engineering : Elementary knowledge of Recombinant DNA Technology, Bio-informatics
and Genomics.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to Biotechnology : Definition, scope and achievements. Tools used in
biotechnology.
Applications of Biotechnology in Agriculture, Medicine and Environment – an elementary
knowledge.
Prospects and public perception of Biotechnology.

Text/ Reference Books:


1. Cell Biology and Genetics. 9th edition. Starr, C. and Taggard; R. (2001) Thomson Learning
USA.
2. Life Science of Biology 6th edition Purves W.K.; Sadava, D.; Orians, G.H. and Heller, H.C.
(2001). W.H. Freeman & company, USA.
3. Basic Biotechnology. Ratledge, C. and Kristiansen, B. (2001) Cambridge University Press.
4. Basic Biotechnology. Ignacimuthu, S.J. (2002) Tata McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi
5. Genes VII Lewis Benjamin (2002). Oxford Univ. Press Oxford.
6. Biotechnology 3rd Edition. Smith, J.E. (2003) Cambridge University Press.
HUM-101-E
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH
B.E. Semester-I

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
This course is designed for the students of Engineering and Technology who need English
for specific purposes in specific situations. It aims at imparting the communication skills that
are needed in their academic and professional pursuits. This is achieved through an
amalgamation of traditional lecture-oriented approach of teaching with the task based skill
oriented methodology of learning.
Unit-I
Communicative Grammar:
Part A : Spotting the errors pertaining to nouns, pronouns, adjective and adverbs; Concord -
grammatical concord, notional concord and the principle of proximity between subject and
verb.
Part B : Changing the voice : from Active to Passive and Passive to Active.
Unit-II
Lexis: Idioms and phrases; Words often confused; One-Word Substitutes; Formation of
words (suffixes, prefixes and derivatives);
Unit-III
Oral Communication:
Part-A: Introduction to principal components of spoken English – Transcription, Word-
accent, Intonation, Weak forms in English
Part-B: Developing listening and speaking skills through various activities, such as (a) role
play activities, (b) Practising short dialogues (c) Group discussion (d) Debates (e) Speeches
(f) Listening to news bulletins (g) Viewing and reviewing T.V. programmes etc.
Unit-IV
Written Communication: Developing reading and writing skills through such
tasks/activities as developing outlines, key expressions, situations, slogan writing and theme
building exercises, dialogue writing, interpreting pictures/cartoons.
Unit-V
(For Internal Evaluation Only):
Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of a book
(Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a presentation of the
same in the class
Unit-VI
Technical Writing:
(a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing
(b) E-mail writing
(c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports
(d) Press Report Writing

SUGGESTED READING:
Language in Use (Upper intermediate Level, Adrian Doff Christopher Jones, Cambridge
University Press
Common Errors in English, Abul Hashem, Ramesh Publishing House, new Delhi.
Objective English, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.
Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal & J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman, Delhi.
The sounds of English, Veena Kumar, Makaav Educational Software, New Delhi.
English Phonetics & Phonology, P. Roach, Cambridge University Press, London.
English for Engineers and Technologists: A Skill Approach, Vol. 2, Orient Longman, Delhi.
Business Communication, M.S. Ramesh and C.C. Pattanshetti, R.Chand and Company, Delhi
Group Discussion, Sudha Publications/Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.
English Grammar & Composition. By Rajinder Pal & Prem Lata Suri, Sultan Chand Pub.
New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
All questions will be compulsory and will cover all the aspects of the syllabus except unit V.
There will be sufficient internal choice.
Unit-I: 20 Marks
Questions No. 1 will require the students to carefully read the sentences given and trace the
errors, if any, and then supply the correct alternatives/answers.
Unit-II: 20 Marks
Question No. 2 may have four or five parts testing knowledge of different items of
vocabulary.
Unit-III: 20 Marks
Question No. 3 will have four parts of 5 marks each from part A of the unit.
Note: Speaking and listening skills of part B will primarily be tested orally through
internal assessment.

Unit-IV: 20 Marks
Question No. 4 may have many parts. The questions will be framed to test students'
composition skills on the elements prescribed in the unit. For example, the students may be
required to develop a hypothetical situation in a dialogue form, or to develop an outline, key
expression etc.
Unit-V is for internal assessment only.
Unit-VI: 20 Marks
Question No. 5 may have two parts. While the one part may require the students to frame
either a press/news report for the print media or write the given business letter, or e-mail a
message, the second part will have a theory question on the format of formal report and
business letter.
ME-101E
ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

L T P Theory: 75 marks
3 1 Sessional: 25 marks
Total: 100 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-I
Properties of Steam & Boilers: Formation of steam at constant pressure, Thermodynamics
properties of steam, Condition of steam, Steam tables, Measurement of dryness fraction by
throttling calorimeter, Classification of boilers, Comparison of water and fire tube boilers
mounting and accessories with their functions, Constructional and operational details of
Cochran and Babcock and Wilcox boilers, Problems.
Steam Turbines and Condensers: Classification of turbines, Working principle of impulse
and reaction turbine, Compounding of impulse turbine, Comparison of impulse and reaction
turbines, Types of condensers, Cooling ponds and cooling towers, Condenser and vacuum
efficiencies.

Unit-II
I.C. Engines and Gas Turbines: Introduction, Classification, Constructional details and
working of two-stroke and four-stroke diesel and petrol engines, Otto, Diesel and Dual
cycles, Working principle of gas turbine, Constant pressure gas turbine cycle.
Water Turbines, Pumps and Hydraulic Devices: Introduction, Classification,
Construction details and working of Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Specific speed and
selection of turbines, Classification of water pumps and their working, Hydraulic jack and
lift.

Unit-III
Simple Lifting Machines: Definition of machine, Velocity ratio, Mechanical advantage,
Efficiency, Laws of machines, Reversibility of machine, Wheel and axle, Differential pulley
block, Single, double and triple start worm and worm wheel, Single and double purchase
winch crabs, Simple and compound screw jacks. Problems.
Power Transmission Methods and Devices: Introduction to Power transmission, Belt
drive, Rope drive, Chain drive, Pulley, Gear drive, Types of gears, Gear train, Clutches,
Types and function of clutches, Types and function of brakes, Power measurement by
dynamometer, Types of dynamometers.
Unit-IV

Stresses and Strains: Introduction, Concept & types of Stresses and strains,
Poison’s ratio, stresses and strains in simple and compound bars under axial
loading, Stress-strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants & their relationships,
Principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of stresses.
Numerical problems.
Bending Moment & Shear Force: Definitions, SF and BM diagrams for cantilever and
simply supported beam. Calculation of maximum SF, BM and point of contra-flexure under
the loads of (i) concentrated load (ii) uniformly distributed load (iii) combination of
concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Problems.
Text Books:
1. Strength of Materials - G.H. Ryder, Pub.- ELBS.
2. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics – Modi and Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, New
Delhi
3. Engineering Thermodynamics – C.P. Arora, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi
4. Thermal Engineering – A.S. Sarad, Pub. - Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.
5. Engineering Mechanics – K.L. Kumar, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi.
6. Theory of Machines – S.S. Rattan, Pub. – TMH, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Strength of Materials – Popov, Pub. - PHI, New Delhi.
2. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal, Pub.- Metropolitan, Allahbad.
3. Thermal Science and Engineering – D.S. Kumar, Pub. – Kateria & Sons, New Delhi.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
ELEMENTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERINGS

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Building Materials & Construction: Cement, sand, aggregate, bricks, reinforcing bars, structural
steel sections.
Brick masonry: Bonds in brick work, reinforced brick work, load bearing walls, damp-proofing
and water proofing, doors and windows
Making of concrete, reinforced concrete: columns, beams, lintels, floors and roofs, staircases,
water retaining structures, foundations.

UNIT-II
Structural Steel: Properties, design of tension and compression members, beams and roof
Trusses, constructions- rewetted bolted and welded, industrial buildings and towers

UNIT-III
Soils and Foundations: Types of soils, bearing capacity of soils, improving the bearing capacity,

earth pressure, foundation for walls, columns, machines and transmission towers, pile foundation.

UNIT-IV
Water supply and treatment: Water needs, estimation of water demand, impurities in water and

their sanitary significance, water quality standards, water treatment systems, distribution systems-

gravity, pumping and dual system, need for sanitation, systems of sanitation-water borne and

conservancy methods of sanitation, sewerage systems-partial, combined and separate systems.

References:
1. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar, Standard Pub., New Delhi.
2. Reinforced Concrete by I.C.Syal & A.K.Goyal, A.H Wheeler & Co., Delhi
3. Design of steel Structures by A.S.Arya & J.L.Ajonani Nem Chand & Bros.
4. Basics & Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New Age Int. Pub., New
Delhi
5. Water Supply Enggi. By S.K. Garg.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
EL-101E

ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Semiconductors p-type, n-type, pn junction diodes, pn junction as a circuit element, its
characteristics, half wave and full wave and bridge type rectifier circuits basic filter circuits, Doide
as voltage multiplier, clipper & clamper circuit. Zener diode as a voltage regulator. LED its
characteristics construction & applications

UNIT-II
Characteristics of transistors in different configuration. Concept of d.c. and a.c. load line and
operating point selection. Various amplifiers configurations their h-parameter equivalent circuits
determination of voltage gain current gain input resistance and output resistance & power gain.
Concept of feedback in amplifiers, different oscillators circuits (without analysis)

UNIT-III
Differential amplifier and its transfer characteristics. IC Op-Amps, its ideal & practical
specifications and measurement of parameters. Op-Amp in different modes as inverting amplifier
non inverting amplifier scale changer, differentiator & integrator.

UNIT-IV
Characteristics of JFET, MOSFET, Various amplifier configurations using FET. Characteristics and
Construction of SCR, TRIAC, UJT. Their basic areas applications.

Reference :

1. Electronic Devices & Circuits - Boylstad & Nashelsky.


2. Integrated Electronics By Millman & Halkias.
3. Electronic Principles – Malvino
4. Principles of Electronics – V.K. Mehta, Shalu Melta.
5. Electronic Circuits – Donald L. Shilling & Charles Belowl

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
ME-105E

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DRAWING

L T P Examination : 100 marks


- 3 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Various types of projections, First and Third angle systems of orthographic projections.
Projections of points in different quadrants. Projections of straight lines – parallel to one or
both reference planes, contained by one or both planes, perpendicular to one of the planes,
inclined to one plane but parallel to the other plane, inclined to both the planes, true length of
a line and its inclinations with reference planes, traces of a line.

Unit-II
Projections of Polyhedra Solids and solids of Revolution – in simple positions with axis
perpendicular to a plane, with axis parallel to both planes, with axis parallel to one plane and
inclined to the other. Development of surface of various simple solids such as cubes,
cylinders, prisms, pyramids etc. orthographic views, orthographic drawings of Bolts, Nuts,
Bolted joints, screw threads, screwed joints.
Note : Some simple exercise may be attempted with AUTOCAD.

Text Book
1. Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry : N.D. Bhatt and V.M.Panchal,
Forty-Fourth Edition 2002, Charotar Publishing House.

Reference Books
1. Engineering Graphics and Drafting : P.S. Gill, Millennium Edition, S.K. Kataria and
Sons.
2. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing : S.B. Mathur, Second Revised and Enlarged
Edition 2000, Vikas Publishing House.
3. Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000 : T. Jeyapoovan, First Edition 2002,
Vikas Publishing House.
ME- 103E

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Introduction: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification. Industrial
Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of Accidents,
Methods of Safety, First Aid.
Engineering Materials: General Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials, Mild
Steel, Medium Carbon Steel, High Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel and Cast Iron.
Unit-II
Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types
of Patterns, Pattern Allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Moulding Sand and its composition,
Sand Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold
Assembly, Melting ( Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting Defects and Remedies.

Unit-III
Cold Working ( Sheet Metal Work ): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking,
Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining Advantages and
Limitations.
Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working
Processes, Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing. Plant Layout, Objectives of Layout,
Types of Plant Layout and their Advantages.

Unit-IV
Introduction to Machine Tools: Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools
in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper, Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter, Introduction to Metal
Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points Cutting Tool and Tool Wear. Mechanics of
Chips Formations, Type of Chips , Use of Coolants in machining.
Welding: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding:
Oxy-Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal
Arc, TIG & MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing.

Text Books :
Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi.
Process and Materials of Manufacture-Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes- Campbell, J.S.- McGraw- Hill.
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press.
2. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
3. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.

CH-101E
CHEMISTRY
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-1
Thermodynamics - Second law, concept of Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free
energy and work functions, Free energy change, Chemical Potential, Gibb's Helmholtz equation,
Clausius - Clapeyron equation, Related numerical problems with above topics. Phase-Rule -
Terminology, Derivation of Gibb's Phase Rule Equation, One Component System (H2O
System), Two Components systems, Eutectic system (Pb-Ag), system with congruent m.pt.
(Zn-Mg), systems with incongruent m.pt. (Na-K), Applications of above Systems.
Unit-2
Water & its treatment : Part I – Sources of water, impurities in water, hardness of water and its
determination, units of hardness, alkalinity of water and its determination, Related numerical
problems, scale and sludge formation (composition properties and methods of prevention).
Water and its treatment : Part II – Treatment of water for domestic use, coagulation,
sedimentation, filtration and dis-infection, water softening, Ion-exchange process, mixed bed
demineralisation, Desalination (reverse osmosis) (electrodialysis).

Unit-3
Corrosion and its prevention - Galvanic & concentration cell, Dry and wet corrosion,
Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion, water-line
corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, factors affecting corrosion,
Preventive measures (proper design, Cathodic protection, protective coatings).
Lubrication and Lubricants-Friction, mechanism of lubrication, classification and properties of
lubricants, Additives for lubricants, synthetic lubricants, Greases – Preparation & properties
(consistency, drop point) and uses.
Unit-4
Polymers and Polymerization-Organic polymers, polymerisation, various types of
polymerisation, effect of structure on properties of polymers, preparation properties and
technical applications of thermo-plastics (PVC,PVA), thermosets (PF,UF), and elastomers
(SBR,GR-N), Silicones, Introduction to polymeric compsites. Analytical methods;its needs
and different methodes;Spectroscopy; its defination and scope;salient features of
spectrophotometer,brief introduction of titrimetric methodes,Elementry discussion on flame
photometry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry, P.C. Jain, Monica Jain (Dhanpat Rai & Co.).
2. Chemistry in Engineering & Tech., Vol.I & II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis, MERITT & WILLARD (East-West Press).
2. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press).
3. Physical Chemistry, W.J. Moore (Orient-Longman).
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.

CSE -101E
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS & PROGRAMMING IN C

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1
An Overview of Computer System: Anatomy of a digital Computer, Memory Units, Main
and Auxiliary Storage Devices, Input Devices, Output Devices, Classification of Computers.
Radix number system: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal numbers and their inter-
conversions; Representation of information inside the computers. Operating System Basics:
Introduction to PC operating Systems: DOS, Unix/Linux, Windows 2000.

Unit-2
Programming Languages: Machine-, Assembly-, High Level- Language, introduction to
Assembler, Compiler, Interpreter, Debuggers, Linker and Loader. Programming
fundamentals: problem definition, algorithms, flow charts and their symbols.
Internet basics: How Internet works, Major features of internet, Emails, FTP, Using the
internet.

Unit-3
C Programming language: C fundamentals, formatted input/ output, expressions, selection
statements, loops and their applications; Basic types, arrays, functions, including recursive
functions, program organization: local and external variables and scope & arrays.

Unit-4
Strings: strings literals, string variables, I/O of strings, arrays of strings; applications.
Structures, Unions and Enumerations: Structure variables and operations on structures;
Structured types, nested array structures; unions; enumeration as integers, tags and types.
Standard library: Input / output; streams, file operations, formatted I/O, character I/O, line
I/O, block, string I/O, Library support for numbers and character data, error handling:

Text Books:
1. Using Information Technology, 5th Edi, Brian K Williams & Stacey C. Sawyer, 2003,
TMH
2. The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988,
PHI.
3. C Programming – A modern approach by K.N. King, 1996, WW Norton & Co.

Reference Books:
1. Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin,
1998, TMH
2. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried, TMH
3. Teach yourself all about computers by Barry Press and Marcia Press, 2000, IDG
Books India.
4. Using Computers and Information by Jack B. Rochester, 1996, Que Education &
Training.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
EE-101E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
D.C. CIRCUITS: Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, D.C. Circuits, Nodal and Loop methods of
analysis. A.C. CIRCUITS: Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak values, RMS and
average values, phase angle, polar & rectangular, exponential and trigonometric
representations; R,L and C components, behaviors of these components in A.C. circuits.
Concept of complex power, power factor.

UNIT-II
TRANSIENT RESPONSE: Transient response of RL, RC and RLC Circuits with step input.
NETWORK THEOREMS: Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, superposition theorem,
maximum power transfer theorem, Star to Delta & Delta to Star transformation. SERIES
AND PARALLEL A.C. CIRCUITS: Series and parallel A.C. circuits, series and parallel
resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth.

UNIT-III
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta
circuits, power equation, measurement of power by two wattmeter method, Importance of
earthing. TRANSFORMERS: Principle, construction & working of transformer, Efficiency
and regulation.

UNIT-IV
ELECTRICAL MACHINES: D.C. Machine: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Torque
Equation, Types of Machine, internal & external characterstics, speed control. Induction
motor: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Types of motors, slip concept, Synchronous
motor: Principle, construction, Types of motors

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical Engg (2nd Edition) : Kothari & Nagarath, TMH
2. Electrical Technology (Vol-I) : B.L Theraja & A K Theraja, S.Chand

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals : Deltoro, PHI
2. Network Analysis :Valkenburg, PHI

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(For Under-Graduate Students)

Unit 1 : The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies


Definition, scope and importance.
Need for public awareness.
Unit 2 : Natural Resources
Renewable and non-renewable resources :
Natural resources and associated problems.
a) Forest resources : Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber
extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
b) Water resources : Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought,
conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
c) Mineral resources : Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and
mineral resources, case studies.
d) Food resources : World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing,
effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies.
e) Energy resources : Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy
sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case studies.
f) Land resources : Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil
erosion and desertification.
• Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
• Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit 3 : Ecosystems
• Concept of an ecosystem.
• Structure and function of an ecosystem.
• Producers, consumers and decomposers.
• Energy flow in the ecosystem.
• Ecological succession.
• Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
• Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following
ecosystem :
a) Forest ecosystem
b) Grassland ecosystem
c) Desert ecosystem
d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit : 4 Biodiversity and its conservation
• Introduction – Definition : genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
• Biogeographical classification of India.
• Value of biodiversity : consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and
option values.
• Biodiversity at global, National and local levels.
• India as a mega-diversity nation.
• Hot-spots of biodiversity.
• Threats to biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
• Endangered and endemic species of India.
• Conservation of biodiversity : in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit 5 : Environmental Pollution


Definition
• Causes, effects and control measures of :
a) Air pollution
b) Water pollution
c) Soil pollution
d) Marine pollution
e) Noise pollution
f) Thermal pollution
g) Nuclear hazards
• Solid waste Management : Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial
wastes.
• Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
• Pollution case studies.
• Disaster management : floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit 6 : Social Issues and the Environment
• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development
• Urban problems related to energy
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies.
• Environmental ethics : Issues and possible solutions.
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and
holocaust. Case studies.
• Wasteland reclamation.
• Consumerism and waste products.
• Environment Protection Act.
• Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
• Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
• Wildlife Protection Act
• Forest Conservation Act
• Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation
• Public awareness.
Unit 7 : Human Population and the Environment
• Population growth, variation among nations
• Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme
• Environment and human health.
• Human Rights.
• Value Education.
• HIV/AIDS
• Women and Child Welfare.
• Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health.
• Case Studies.
Unit 8 : Field Work
• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland / hill /
mountain.
• Visit to a local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.
• Study of common plants, insects, birds.
• Study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

Examination Pattern : The question paper should carry 100 marks


The structure of the question paper being.

PART – A : Short Answer Pattern 25 Marks


PART – B : Essay type with inbuilt choice 50 Marks
PART – C : Field Work 25 Marks

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINERS

Part – A Question 1 is compulsory and will contain ten short-answer type question of 2.5 marks
each covering the entire syllabus.
Part – B Eight essay type questions (with inbuilt choice) will be set from the entire syllabus and
the candidates will be required to answer, any four of them. Each essay type question
will be of the 12½ marks.

The examination will be conducted by the college concerned at its own level earlier than the
annual examination and each student will be required to score minimum of 35% marks each in theory
and Practical. The marks obtained in this qualifying paper will not be included in determining the
percentage of marks obtained for the award of degree. However, these will be shown in the detailed
marks certificate of the student.
PHY-103E

PHYSICS LAB.-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: Students will be required to perform atleast 10 experiments out of the list in a
semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Ist semester will be based mainly upon optics, electrostatics, wave and
oscillations which are the parts of the theory syllabus of Ist semester.

1. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings experiment.


2. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Fresnel's biprism experiment.
3. To find the wavelength of various colours of white light with the help of a plane
transmission diffraction grating.
4. To verify Newtons formula and hence to find the focal lenth of convex lens
5. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Michelson interferometer.
6. To find the resolving power of a telescope.
7. To find the specific rotation of sugar solution by using a polarimeter.
8. To compare the capacitances of two capacitors by De'sauty bridge and hence to find the
dielectric constant of a medium.
9. To find the frequency of A.C. mains by using sonometer.
10. To find low resistance by carrey foster Bridge
11. To find the resistance of a galvenometer by Post office Box
12. To Find Value of high Resistance by substitution method
13. To Find the value of high resistance by leakage method
14. To Convert a galveno meter in to an Ammeter of given range.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).
ME-107E

WORKSHOP PRACTICE

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 3 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
NOTE :
1. At least ten experiments/ jobs are to be performed/ prepared by students in the semester.
2. At least 8 experiments/ jobs should be performed / prepared from the above list,
remaining two may either be performed/ prepared from the above list or designed & set
by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of Manufacturing Processes
and facilities available in the Institute.

List of Experiments / Jobs


1. To study different types of measuring tools used in metrology and determine least counts
of vernier calipers, micrometers and vernier height gauges.
2. To study different types of machine tools ( lathe, shape or planer or slotter, milling,
drilling machines )
3. To prepare a job on a lathe involving facing, outside turning, taper turning, step turning,
radius making and parting-off.
4. To study different types of fitting tools and marking tools used in fitting practice.
5. To prepare lay out on a metal sheet by making and prepare rectangular tray, pipe shaped
components e.g. funnel.
6. To prepare joints for welding suitable fo r butt welding and lap welding.
7. To perform pipe welding.
8. To study various types of carpentry tools and prepare simple types of at least two
wooden joints.
9. To prepare simple engineering components/ shapes by forging.
10. To prepare mold and core assembly, to put metal in the mold and fettle the casting.
11. To prepare horizontal surface/ vertical surface/ curved surface/ slots or V-grooves on a
shaper/ planner.
12. To prepare a job involving side and face milling on a milling machine.
B.E. I/II Semester
CH-103E
CHEMISTRY LAB
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least ten experiments are to be performed by the students.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Ca++ and Mg++ hardness of water using EDTA solution.
2. Determination of alkalinity of water sample.
3. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO) in the given water sample.
4. To find the melting & eutectic point for a two component system by using method of
cooling curve.
5. Determination of viscosity of lubricant by Red Wood viscometer (No. 1 & No. 2).
6. To determine flash point & fire point of an oil by Pensky -Marten's flash point apparatus.
7. To prepare Phenol-formaldehyde and Urea formaldehyde resin.
8. To find out saponification No. of an oil.
9. Estimation of calcium in lime stone and dolomite.
10. 10. Determination of concentration of KMnO4 solution spectrophotomet-erically.
11. Determination of strength of HCl solution by titrating it against NaOH solution
conductometerically.
12. To determine amount of sodium and potassium in a, given water sample by flame
photometer.
13. Estimation of total iron in an iron alloy.

SUGGESTED BOOKS :
1. A Text Book on Experimental and Calculation – Engineering Chemistry, S.S. Dara, S.
Chand & Company (Ltd.)
2. Essential of Experimental Engineering Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company.
3. Theory & Practice Applied Chemistry – O.P. Virmani, A.K. Narula (New Age)
EE-103E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To verify KCL and KVL.
2. To verify Thevenin’s & Norton's Theorems.
3. To verify Superposition theorems.
4. To study frequency response of a series R-L-C circuit and determine resonant
frequency& Q- factor for various Values of R,L,C.
5. To study frequency response of a parallel R-L-C circuit and determine resonant
frequency & Q -Factor for various values of R,L,C.
6. To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency Vs load characteristic.
7. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests on transformer.
8. To perform speed control of DC motor.
9. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests of a three phase induction motor.
10. Measurement of power in a 3 phase system by two watt meter method.
CSE-103E
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

Representative programming problems:-

1. Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else)


2. Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-statement)
3. Write a program to find the average mail height & average female heights in the class
(input is in form of sex code, height).
4. Write a program to find roots of quadratic equation using functions and switch
statements.
5. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out of given 50
nos.
6. Write a program to multiply two matrices
7. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order
8. Write a program to concatenate two strings
9. Write a program to sort numbers using the Algorithm.
10. Represent a deck of playing cards using arrays.
11. Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not.
EL-109E
ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To study the half wave & full wave rectifier.


2. To study t5he effect of various filters circuits.
3. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in common amitter & determine H-
parameter from characteristics.
4. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in CB & determine h-parameter from
characteristics
5. To determine the Av, Ai of RC coupled CE transistor amplifier
6. Determine the frequency of oscillation in herteley oscillator
7. Determine the frequency of oscillation in phase shift oscillator
8. Determine the effect of negative feedback on bandwidth & gain in CE, RC coupled amplifier
9. Study TC Op-Amp as a inverting amplifier & scale changer
10. Study IC Op-Amp as a non inverting amplifier
11. Study IC Op-Amp as an integrator
12. Study IC Op-Amp as a differentiator
ME-109E

ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note:
1. Total ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.
2. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining
three experiments should be performed as designed & set by the concerned Institution as
per the scope of the syllabus.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To study Cochran & Babcock & Wilcox boilers.
2. To study the working & function of mountings & accessories in boilers.
3. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke diesel engines.
4. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke petrol engines.
5. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single, double & triple start worm & worm
wheel.
6. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single & double purchase winch crabs.
7. To find the percentage error between observed and calculated values of stresses in the
members of a Jib crane.
8. To draw the SF & BM diagrams of a simply supported beam with concentrated loads.
9. To study the simple & compound screw jacks and find their MA, VR & efficiency.
10. To study the various types of dynamometers.
11. To the constructional features & working of Pelton/Kaplan/Francis.
12. To prepare stress-strain diagram for mild steel & cast iron specimens under tension and
compression respectively on a Universal testing machine.
13. To determine the Rockwell / Brinell /Vickers hardness no. of a given specimen on the
respective machines.
MATH-102E
MATHEMATICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total : 150 marks
Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Matrices & its Applications : Rank of a matrix, elementary transformations, elementary
matrices, inverse using elementary transformations, normal form of a matrix, linear
dependence and in dependence of vactors, consistency of linear system of equations, linear
and orthogonal transformations, eigen values and eigen vectors, properties of eigen
values, Cayley - Hamilton theorem and its applications.

UNIT-II
Ordinary Differential Equations & its Applications : Exact differential equations. Equations
reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of Differential equations of first
order & first degree to simple electric circuits, Newton's law of cooling, heat flow and
orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations of second and higher order. Complete solution, complementary
function and particular integral, method of variation of parameters to find particular
Integral, Cauchy's and Legender's linear equations, simultaneous linear equations with
constant co-efficients. Applications of linear differential equations to simple pendulum,
oscillatory electric circuits.
UNIT-III
Laplace Transforms and its Applications : Laplace transforms of elementary functions,
properties of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, transforms of derivaties,
transforms of integrals, multiplication by tn, division by t. Evaluation of integrals by
Laplace transforms. Laplace transform of Unit step function, unit impulse function and
periodic function. Inverse transforms, convolution theorem, application to linear
differential equations and simultaneous linear differential equations with constant
coefficients.
UNIT-IV
Partial Differential Equations and Its Applications : Formation of partial differential
equations, Lagrange’s linear partial differential equation, First order non-linear partial
differential equation, Charpit’s method. Method of separation of variables and its
applications to wave equation and one dimensional heat equation, two dimensional heat
flow, steady state solutions only.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics F Kreyszig
2. Higher Engg. Mathematics B.S. Grewal
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Differential Equations – H.T.H. Piaggio.
2. Elements of Partial Differential Equations – I.N. Sneddon.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar.
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics – Michael D. Greenberg.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.

PHY-102E
PHYSICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
CRYSTAL STRUCTURE: Space Lattice, unit cell and translation vectors, Miller indices,
simple crystal structure, Bonding in solids, Experimental X-ray diffraction method, Laue
method, powder Method, Point defects in solids, Elementary idea of quarks and gluons.
UNIT-II
QUANTUM PHYSICS: Difficulties with Classical physics, Introduction to quantum
mechanics-simple concepts, discovery of Planck's constant, Group velocity and phase velocity,
Schrodinger wave equations - time dependant and time independent Schrodinger equations,
Elementary ideas of quantum statistics.
FREE ELECTION THEORY: Elements of classical free electron theory and its
limitations, Drude’s Theory of Conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi level,
Density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission, Richardson's
equation.

UNIT-III

BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS: Origin of energy bands, Kronig, Penney Model


(qualitative), E-K diagrams, Brillouin Zones, Concept of effective mass and holes,
Classification of solids into metals, Semiconductors and insulators, Fermi energy and its
variation with temperature. Hall effect and its Applications.

UNIT-IV
PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY AND PHOTOVOLTAICS: Photoconductivity in insulating
crystals, variation with illumination, effect of traps, applications of photoconductivity,
photovoltaic cells and their characteristics.
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS: Atomic magnetic moments, orbital diamagnetism,
Classical theory of paramagnetism, ferro magnetism - molecular fields and domains.
SUPER CONDUCTIVITY: Introduction (experimental survey), Meissner effect, London
equation.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Solid State Physics (VII Ed.) - Charles Kittel (John Wiley).
2. Quantum Mechanics – Powell and Crasemann (Oxford & IBH)
3. Fundamentals of Solid State Physics – B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta and P.N.Saxena (Pragati
Prakashan).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sold State Physics – Pillai (New Age).
2. A text book of Engg. Physics – Avadhanulu and Kshirsagar (S.Chand)
3. Quantum Mechanics – Ghatak & Loknathan.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are
required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All questions will
carry equal marks.
PHY-104E
PHYSICS LAB.-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note: Students will be required to perform at least10 experiments out of the list in a
semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Second semester will be based upon electricity, Magnetism, Modern
Physics and Solid State Physics, which are the parts of theory syllabus.

1. To study He Ne laser
2. Tofind the frequency of ultrasonic waves by piezo eletric methods
3. To find the value of e/m for electrons by Helical method.
4. To find the ionisation potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron tube.
5. To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find the radius of coil by
Stewart and Gee's apparatus.
6. To study the characteristics of (Cu-Fe, Cu-Constantan) thermo couple.
7. To find the value of Planck's constant by using a photo electric cell.
8. To find the value of co-efficient of self-inductance by using a Rayleigh bridge.
9. To find the value of Hall Co-efficient of semi-conductor.
10. To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode.
11. To find the band gap of intrinsic semi-conductor using four probe method.
12. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve.
13. To verify richerdson thermionic equation
14. To find the flashing and quenching potential of Argon and to find the cap.of unknown
capacitor
15. To find the temp coeff. of resistance by using Pt resistance therometer by post office box

RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).
THIRD SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duration


Course No. Marks of Exam

L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical


Viva
MATH-201-E, E/ MATHEMATICS-III/ 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
HUM-201-E BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY,
EECT-201-E SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EE-201-E NETWORK ANALYSIS & SYNTHESIS 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EECT-203-E PRINCIPLES OF COMM. ENGG. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EECT-205-E POWER APPARATUS & MACHINE-I 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EECT-207-E SIGNAL & SYSTEMS 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EECT-209-E POWER APPARATUS & MACHINE LAB- - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3
EECT-211-E SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EECT-213-E SIGNAL & SYSTEM LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

EECT-219-E ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3


- - - - - - - - -
TOTAL 19 6 10 35 600 425 125 1150 -

Note: - Students shall devote 8 weeks to industrial training after sixth semester exam outside the college campus at approved works.
BASICS INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY, ECONOMICS
& MANAGEMENT
HUM – 201 E Sessional : 50
L T P Theory : 100
3 1 - Total : 150
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Meaning of social change, nature of social change, theories of social change. The direction of
social change, the causes of social change, the process of social change. Factors of social change – the
technological factors, the cultural factors, effects of technology on major social institutions, social need
of status system, social relations in industry.
UNIT-II
Meaning of Industrial Economic, Production Function, its types, Least Cost Combination, Law
of Variable Proportion, Laws of Return – Increasing, Constant & Diminishing. ixed & variable costs in
short run & long run, opportunity costs, relation between AC & MC, U-shaped short run AC Curve.
Price & Output Determination under Monopoly in short run & long run. Price Discrimination,
Price Determination under Discriminating Monopoly. Comparison between Monopoly & Perfect
Competition.
UNIT – III
Meaning of Management, Characteristics of Management, Management Vs. Administration,
Management – Art, Science & Profession, Fayol’s Principles of Management. Personnel Management –
Meaning & Functions, Manpower – Process of Manpower Planning, Recruitment & Selection –
Selection Procedure. Training – Objectives & Types of Training, Various Methods of Training. Labour
Legislation in India – Main provisions of Industrial disputes Act 1947;
UNIT – IV
Marketing Management – Definition & Meaning, Scope of Marketing Management, Marketing
Research – Meaning, Objectives. Purchasing Management – Meaning & Objectives, Purchase
Procedure, Inventory Control Techniques.Financial Management – Introduction, Objectives of Financial
decisions, Sources of Finance.
Note : Eight questions are to be set taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five
questions in all, taking at least one from each unit.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. “Modern Economic Theory” Dewett, K.K., S. Chand & Co.
2. “Economic Analysis” K.P. Sundharam & E.N. Sundharam (Sultan Chand & Sons).
3. “Micro Economic Theory” M.L. Jhingan (Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.).
4. “Principles of Economics” M.L. Seth (Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal Educational Publishers –
Agra).
5. “An Introduction to Sociology”, D.R. Sachdeva & Vidya Bhusan.
6. “Society – An Introductory Analysis”, R.M. Maclver Charles H. Page.
7. “Principles and Practices of Management : R.S. Gupta; B.D. Sharma; N.S. Bhalla; Kalyani.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “Organization and Management : R.D. Aggarwal, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Business Organization and Management : M.C. Shukla
MATH-201 E MATHEMATICS - III

L T P Theory : 100
3 1 - Sessional : 50
Total : 150
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT – I
Fourier Series : Euler’s Formulae, Conditions for Fourier expansions, Fourier expansion of functions
having points of discontinuity, change of interval, Odd & even functions, Half-range series.
Fourier Transforms : Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Fourier cosine and sine transforms.
Properties of Fourier transforms, Convolution theorem, Perseval’s identity, Relation between Fourier
and Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of a function, Application to boundary
value problems.
UNIT-II

Functions of a Complex Variables : Functions of a complex variable, Exponential function,


Trigonometric, Hyperbolic and Logarithmic functions, limit and continuity of a function,
Differentiability and analyticity.
Cauchy-Riemann equations, Necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, Polar form
of the Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions, Application to flow problems, Conformal
transformation, Standard transformations (Translation, Magnification & rotation, inversion & reflection,
Bilinear).
UNIT-III
Probability Distributions : Probability, Baye’s theorem, Discrete & Continuous probability distributions,
Moment generating function, Probability generating function, Properties and applications of Binomial,
Poisson and normal distributions.
UNIT-IV
Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solution of Linear Programming
Problem using Graphical method, Simplex Method, Dual-Simplex Method.
Text Book
1. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal
2. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : E. Kreyzig
Reference Book
1. Complex variables and Applications : R.V. Churchil; Mc. Graw Hill
2. Engg. Mathematics Vol. II: S.S. Sastry; Prentice Hall of India.
3. Operation Research : H.A. Taha
4. Probability and statistics for Engineer : Johnson. PHI.

Note : Examiner will set eight question, taking two from each unit. Students will be required to attempt
five questions taking at least one from each unit.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
IIIrd SEM. EEcT-201-E

L T P/D TOTAL Theory: 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional:50 Marks
Duration: 3 hrs

UNIT-I Semiconductors: Band structure of semiconductor, Electron &hole distribution, current


transport in semiconductor & concept about mobility, Diffusion & recombination, the
continuity equation & it solution and Hall effect.
Semiconductor technology : Introduction to technology of semiconductor devices ,
basic of ICs- Bipolar , MOS and CMOS type.

UNIT II P-N Junction Diodes : Structures technology , V-I characteristics , charge control equation
and transient response . Types of P-N junction diode: Tunnel , Zener , Shockley , schottky,
varactor diode & circuit : rectifiers , clipping and clamping circuits.
Opto –Electronics : Basic of opto –Electronics , photo Diodes photo transistor , P-N
Junction solar cells , LED , laser and photovoltaic device .

UNIT III Bipolar Transistor: Ebers-Mole model & charge control model, Transient behavior,
small signal equivalent circuit Z parameter–h-parameter and hybrid – pai, switching and
power transistor.
Field Effect Transistor: JFET operation and V-I characteristics, high frequency
response , MOS capacitor theory , MOSFET types , MOSFET operation and V-I
characteristics , equivalent circuit metal semiconductor junction and MOSFET.

UNIT IV Special semiconductor Device : Metal semiconductor contact ,MIC structure surface
charge transfer and charge coupled device and their applications.
Semiconductor power devices : Diodes, transistors, UJT, thyristor, DIAC,
TRIAC,GTO,IGBT static characteristics. and principal of operation .

NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit
. Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in
all, selecting at least one from each unit.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. B.G. Streetman : Solid State Electronic Devices ( PHI)
2. S.M. Sze: Physics of Semiconductor Devices (WILEY)
3. D. Nagchoudhari : Semiconductor Devices( TMH)
4. P.S. Bimbhra : Power Electronics( KP)
5. Dubey G.K. : Thyristorised Power Controllers (NAIL)
NETWORK ANALYSIS & SYNTHESIS
EE-203-E

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 0 EXAM : 100 Marks
TOTAL : 150 Marks
DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS
UNIT I
TOPOLOGY :
Principles of network topology , graph matrices, network analysis using graph theory.
TRANSIENT RESPONSE :
Transient Response of RC, RL, RLC Circuits to various excitation signals such as step, ramp, impulse
and sinusoidal excitations using laplace transform.

UNIT 2
NETWORK FUNCTIONS :
Terminal pairs or Ports, Network functions for one-port and two-port networks, poles and zeros of
Network functions, Restrictions on pole and zero Locations for driving point functions and transfer
functions, Time domain behavior from the pole-zero plot.

UNIT 3
CHARACTERISTICS AND PARAMETERS OF TWO PORT NETWORKS :
Relationship of two-port variables, short-circuit Admittance parameters, open circuit impedance,
parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, relationships between parameter sets, Inter-
connection of two port networks.

UNIT 4
TYPES OF FILTERS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS :
Filter fundamentals, high-pass, low-pass, band-pass, and band-reject Filters.
NETWORK SYNTHESIS :
Positive real functions, synthesis of one port and two port networks, elementary ideas of Active
networks.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Network Analysis & Synthesis : Umesh Sinha; Satya Prakash Pub.


2. Network Analysis & Synthesis : F.F.Kuo; John Wiley & Sons Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to modern Network Synthesis : Van Valkenburg; John Wiley
2. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; PHI
3. Basic circuit theory:Dasoer Kuh; McGraw Hill.
4. A Course in Electrical Circuit Analysis by Soni & Gupta; Dhanpat Rai Publication.
5. Circuit Analysis : G.K. Mithal; Khanna Publication.
6. Networks and Systems : D.Roy Choudhury; New Age International.
NOTE : Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two questions from each
unit. Each question will be of equal marks. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit.
PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION ENGG.

EEcT- 203-E
L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3hrs

UNIT I- NOISE:- Classification Noise, Various sources of Noise, Methods of Noise Calculation in
networks and interconnected networks. Addition of noise due to several sources; noise in
amplifiers in cascade,, noise in reactive circuits, Noise figure, its calculation and measurement.
Noise temperature, Mathematical representation of random noise, narrow band noise and its
representation. Transmission of noise through linear systems, signal to noise ratio, noise-
bandwidth.

UNIT II - MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Basic constituents of Communication Systems, need of


modulation, Amplitude modulation, spectrum AM Wave , modulation index, DSBSC
modulation, Collector modulation, Square law modulation methods of generating SSB Signals,
vestigial side band modulation, Detection of AM Signal; Diode detector, Square Law Detector.
Time Constant RC in diode detector. Diode detector with filter. FDM, Power relations in AM
wave.

UNIT III – ANGLE MODULATIN: Frequency and phase modulation, spectrum of FM Wave,
modulation index and Bandwidth of FM Signal, NBFM and WBFM, Comparison between FM
and PM Signals, FM and AM signals, AM and NBFM signals, FM generation methods,
Demodulation methods; slope detector, ratio detector, Foster-Secley discriminator. Pre-emphasis
& De-emphasis, effect of noise on carrier; noise triangle.

UNIT IV- TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER: Classification of radio transmitters, Block diagram of
AM transmitter, Frequency Scintillation, Frequency drift, Radio broadcast transmitter, Radio
telephone transmitter, Privacy devices Armstrong FM transmitter, Simple FM transmitter using
Reactance modulator. Classification of radio receivers, TRF receives, superheterodyne receivers,
Image Signal rejection, frequency mixers. Tracking and alignment of receivers, Intermediate
frequency, AGC, AFC, SSB receiver.

NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit . Each question will be of equal marks . Students will
be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one from each unit.

Books recommended:
1. Principle of communication of engineering : By Umesh Sinha.
2. Communication system By R.Singh & S. D. Sapre (TMH)
3. Electronics communication system By George Kenddy (TMH)
4. Communication system By Taub Schilling.(TMH)
5. Communication Engineering By W.I.Everitt.& G. E. Anner (MGH)
6. Principle of communication System By Taub &b Schilling , (TMH)
7. Radio Engineering By Mithal G.K. (Khanna Pub.)
8. Communication System By John Wiley
POWER APPARATUS AND MACHINE-1
IIIrd Sem. EEcT-205-E

L T P/D Total Theory: 100 Marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional : 50 marks
Duration : 3 hrs

UNIT-I Principles of Electro- Mechanical energy conversion: Basic Principle, energy, force
and torque of singly, multiply excited system, reluctance torque, basic rotating machine,
distribution and harmonics in mmf. and e.m.f. of dc and ac machines, revolving field, torque
production, asynchronous and synchronous torque.
UNIT-II D.C.Machines: Principles of e.m.f. and torque production, function of commutator,
methods of excitation.
Operation of generators: interactions of armature and excitation fields, effects of brush shift,
compensating winding, Characterististics of various generators, simple ideas of parallel
operation.
Operation of Motor: Method of excitation, Characteristics, Speed control and starting methods,
testing, losses and efficiency. Armature reaction and commutation.
UNIT III Transformer: Principle, Construction, equivalent circuit and phasor diagram of
single phase transformer, determination of equivalent circuit parameters, regulations, losses and
efficiency. Various types of connections for three phase transformer, their comparative features,
parallel operation of single phase and three phase transformers. Auto transformer: Principle,
application and comparison with 2-winding transformer.
Nature of magnetizing current, harmonics, construction of 3-phase transformer.
Phase conversion:3-2 phase and 3-6 phase conversion. Three winding transformer, phase
shifting, tap changing in transformers and induction regulator.
UNIT IV Single Phase Motors: Single phase induction motor, double revolving field theory,
equivalent circuit and determination of parameters, single phase synchronous motors.
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit
. Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in
all, selecting at least one from each unit.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Nagrath & Kothari: Electric Machines (TMH)
2. Langsdorf: A.C.Machines (TMH)
3. Fitzgerald and Kingsley: Electrical Machinery (MGH)
4. P.S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery (KP)
5. Dennis O’ Kelly Performance and Control of Electrical Machine
6. Nagrath & Kothari: Theory and problem of Electrical Machines(TMH)
SIGNAL & SYSTEM
IIIrd Sem. EEcT-207-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration: 3 hrs
UNIT –I Classification of Signals & Systems: Definition & concept of different types of , signal,
impulse sequence, other singularity functions, system: classifications of system,
superposition system, casual and non-casual system, memory & memory less system,
representation of continuous time & discrete time, signal & system, time invariance &
causality, concepts of linearity & stability, LTI system(Continuous-time & discrete time
type), properties of LTI system, response of linear system to random signal inputs,
system modeling in terms of differential & different equations, methods for solving such
equations, state variable representation multi input & multi output discrete/continuous \
representation multi input & multi output discrete/continuous representation. Random
process band limited process , Gaussian & related process, discrete System.
UNIT-II Properties of Signal & Systems: Correlation function, autocorrelation & their
properties, convolution sum, convolution integral & their evolution time domain
representation and analysis of LTI system in terms of convolution sum & convolution-
integral, Parseval’s theorem for energy & power signals, energy spectral density, power
spectrum density, system function(transfer function).
UNIT-III Transform Domain Considerations: Laplace transform of various signals, properties
of Laplace transform & their application to system analysis, inverse Laplace transform
spectral analysis, Fourier series & Dirichlet condition existence, convergence &
consequences, Fourier transform to various signals & their properties (Fourier series &
Fourier transform) application to system analysis, convolution & multiplication in
Fourier & Laplace transforms, convergence in lapalce transforms, convergence in lapalce
& Fourier transform.
UNIT-IV (a) Z- Transform: Introduction to Z-transform & properties of z- transform & properties
of Z- transform, poles & zero of the Z- plane notions of convergence, techniques of
inversion & related concepts, applications of Z- transform to analysis & characterization
of discrete time system, interaction with lapalce & fourier transform.
(b) Sampling: Discrete representation of continuous signal sampling sampling theorem
& its proof sampling & recovery of the signal, the effect of under sampling, digital
simulation of analog system.
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit
. Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in
all, selecting at least one from each unit.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1.A.V.Oppenhiem, A.S. Winsky: Signal & Systems(PHI).
2. R.P. Singh & Sapre: Communication Systems(TMH).
3. John Prokais: Digital Signal Processing(PHI).
4.R.F.Ziener,W.H.Traiter & Signal & system-Continuous & Discrete.
D.R. Fanin (Macmillan) 5. Fred J. Taylor: Principles of signal & systems by(MGH).
6.Simon Haykins: Signal & Systems(Wiley Eastern).

POWER APPARATUS & MACHINE-I


III SEM. EEcT-209-E
L T P Sessional : 50Mks
- - 3 Practical : 50 Mks
Total : 100 Mks
Duration : 3hrs

1. To perform load test on a single phase transformer and plot graph between load current &
efficiency.
2. To perform O.C. & S.C. test on a single-phase transformer.
3. To carry out speed control on DC shunt motor (Armature & Field control)
4. To obtain magnetizing characteristics of a separately exited DC generator and hence calculate
critical resistance and critical speed.
5. To draw the load characteristics of a DC shunt /Compound Generator (I) shunt,
(II) Cumulative Compound (III) Differential Compound.
6. To determine the efficiency of a DC machine by Swinburn test.
7. To transform power from 3- phase system to 2- phase system using Scott connection
transformer.
8. To draw the equivalent circuit of 1- phase transformer from the result of open circuit test &
short circuit test and estimate the regulation and efficiency of a transformer from test data.
9. To perform parallel operation of single-phase transformer.
10. To control speed of D.C. machine using Ward Leonard method.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES

IIIrd SEM. EEcT-211-E

L T P Sessional : 25 Mks
- - 2 Practical : 25 Mks
Duration : 3 hrs.
Total : 50 Mks

List of Experiments :

1. Draw V.I characteristics of P.N.junction didode in forward bias region & study of L.E.D
characteristics.
2. To study the reverse breakdown characteristics of given zener diodes as a voltage regulator.
3. To study the input and output characteristics of a given transistor in common emitter
configuration
4. To study the static characteristics of a given JFET & evaluate parameters rd , Idss , Vpo , gm , µ .
5. Verify the Truth Table of And ,OR ,XOR , NOT Logic gates.
6. To study half wave rectifier , Full wave rectifier & bridge rectifier and effect of different filter
circuits on ac ripple at different loads.
7. To study the inverting and non – inverting amplifier using op-amp .
8. (a) To understand the function of each subsystem of the Oscilloscope and the proper use of each
of its controls
(b) To measure the voltage and frequency.
9. To study the UJT as relaxation oscillator and to observe the effect of RC time constant upon
output pulse.
10. To measure h- parameters of given transistor ac128 in common emitter configuration at 1 KHz.
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LAB
III rd SEM. EEcT-213-E

L T P Theory : 25 Mks
- - 2 Practical: 25 Mks
Duration : 3 hrs.
Total : 50 Mks

1.To study Z- transform of ;


a) Sinusoidal signals.
b) Step functions.

2.To compare fourier and laplace transform of a signal.

3.To study convolution theorem in time and frequency domain.

4. To Study Signal Synthesis via sum of harmonics.

5. To study LPF &HPF,band pass& reject filters using RC circuits.

6 . To demonstrate how analog signals are sampled & how different


sampling rates affect the outputs.

7.To study sampling theorem for low pass signals & band pass signals .

8. To determine the components of :


a) Square wave.
b) Clipped sine wave.
ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP
III rd SEM. (EE-219-E)

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
0 0 3 EXAM : 25 Marks
TOTAL : 50 Marks
DURATION OF EXAM : 3 HRS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Introduction of tools, electrical materials, symbols and abbreviations.

2. To study stair case wiring.

3. To study house wiring i.e., batten, cleat, casing-caping and conduit wirings.

4. To study fluorescent tube light.

5. To study high pressure mercury vapour lamp (H.P.M.V).

6. To study Sodium lamp.

7. To study repairing of home appliances such as heater, electric iron, fans etc.

8. To study construction of moving iron, moving coil, electrodynamics & induction type meters.

9. To design & fabricate single phase transformer.

10. To study fuses, relays, contactors, MCBs and circuit breakers.

11. Insulation testing of electrical equipments.

12. To design, fabricate a PCB for a circuit, wire-up and test.

NOTE: Ten experiments are to be performed, out of which at least seven experiments should be
performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or
designed & set by the concerned institution.
FOURTH SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duratio


Course No. Marks n of
Exam
L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical
Viva
MATH-201-E/ MATHEMATICS- III/, BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
HUM-201-E SOCIOLOGY, ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT
EEcT-202-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-204-E POWER APPARATUS & MACHINE-II 4 2 - 6 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-206-E ANALOG INSTRUMENT & 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
MEASUREMENT
EEcT-208-E LINEAR IC & APPLICATION 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-210-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-212-E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-214-E POWER APPARATUS & MACHINE LAB-II - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3
EEcT-216-E LINEAR IC LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-218-E ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
- - - - - - - 50 3
TOTAL 19 7 9 35 600 425 125 1150 -

Note : - Students shall devote 8 weeks to industrial training after sixth semester exam outside the college campus at approved works.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

IV Sem. EEcT– 202-E


L T P/D Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 hrs.

UNIT-I Number System of Codes : Decimal , Binary , octave , Hexadecimal number


system , BCD codes , Excee code , grey , ASCII , Alphanumeric code , Binary
arithmetic , 1’s and 2’s complements, Hamming code integer and floating point
systems , code conversion.
Boolean Algebra: Basic theorems , commutative , associative , distributive laws ,
duality concept , SQP & form of Boolean expressions , minimization techniques up
to six variables using K maps , QM method, variable map entered method.
UNIT-II Logic gates & Logic Families : Logic gates , transistor as a switching elements ,
positive and negative logic. Bipolar logic families ; DTL , TTL ,RTL , ECL , I2 L , TTL
parameters , three state TTL devices , MOS logic families : NMOS , CMOS families ,
CMOS characteristic , TTL to CMOS to TTL interface . Various Logic Functions and
their implementation , Universal Gates.
UNIT-III Combinational Logic Gates : Introduction to combinational circuits ,
arithmetic and logic operation, design of half adder and full adder circuit , half & full
subtractor, parity generator & checker , codes converter, decoder, multiplexers,
demultiplexers , comparators.
Sequential Circuits : Flip-Flops , bistable circuits: RS, JK, D, T, F/F, race around
condition method, synchronous and asynchronous counters, up & down counters, shift
registers , state transition diagram.
Semiconductor memory : Basic of memory, memory addressing , ROM , PROM ,
EPROM, RAM, state and dynamic RAM.
UNIT-IV A/D & D/A Converters : D/A Converter, accuracy and resolution , variable
resistor network , binary ladder . A/D Converter , accuracy and resolution, simultaneous
conversion, counter method, continuous A/D Converter dual slope, successive
approximation method.
Waveform Generation : Timing circuits using 555, multivibrators , Schmitt trigger,
sample and hold circuits .
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit .
Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one from each unit.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS: (1) R.P. Jain, Modern Digitals Electronics (TMH). (2) Malvino A.P. &
Leach D.P., Principles & Application ( MGH). (3) Floyd : Digital Fundamentals (UBS). (4) Charles
H.Roth : Fundamentals of logic Digital . (5) H. Taub & D. Schilling : Digital Integrated Electronics
(MGH). (6) Gothman : Digital Electronics (PHI) . (7) Tokhem .R. : Digital Electronic Principles and
Application (TMH).(8) V.K.Puri :- Digital Electronics (TMH) (9) Virender Kumar :- Digital
Electronics(New Age).
POWER APPARATUS AND MACHINES- 11
IV SEM. EEcT-204-E
L T P|D Theory: 100 Marks
4 2 Sessional: 50 Marks

Duration : 3hrs

UNIT-I Polyphase Induction Machines: Production of torque, constructional features, operation,


equivalent circuit, determination of parameters, current locus diagram, effect of rotor resistant,
high starting torque motors, Generator operation, starting & speed control technique, space
harmonics and their effect, cogging, crawling and noise.

UNIT-II Polyphase AC Commutator Machines: Effect of voltage injection in rotor circuit of slip
ring induction motor by auxiliary Commutator machines, Kramers & scherbius arrangement,
principle and operation of doubly fed Commutator motor and schrage motor.

UNIT-III Synchronous Machines: Special constructional features.


Cylindrical rotor machine: flux & mmf waves, torque angle, impendence, voltage regulation& its
estimation.
Salient pole machine: two-reaction theory, phasor diagram, direct & quadrature-axis reactances,
phasor diagram, voltage regulation. Determination of Xd & Xq, effect of saturation
Synchronous motor: principal of working, phasor diagram, steady state operating
Characteristics-curve, methods of starting, power angle characteristics of
Cylindrical and salient pole machines, parallel operation, synchronization and load
Division, synchronous machine connected to infinite bus bar Elementary idea
about stability & hunting, Effect of dampering winding.

UNIT-IV Circuit Theory of Electrical Machines: Idealized machine, equation of primitive


machines, transformation to d-q variable, Park’s inverse transformation, impendence of matrices of
d.c., cross field, synchronous & induction machines, d-axis and q-axis equivalent circuit of
synchronous machine reactances and time constants. Eletro-mechnical equation of synchronous
machine, Linearized analysis
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit .
Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one from each unit.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :

1. Nagrath & Kothari: Electrical machine (TMH)


2. E.O.Taylor: Theory, Performance & design of AC commutator machines (WP)
3.. Langsdorf : AC machines (TMH).
4. P.S.Bhimra: Genealised theory of machines (KP).
5. P.S.Bhimra: Electrical machinery (KP).
6. Nagrath & Kothari: Theory &problem of electric machines (TMH)
ANALOG INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENTS

IV SEM. EEcT-206-E
L T P|D Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 Sessional : 50 Marks

Duration : 3hrs

UNIT-I SI system of units & dimensional analysis. Errors in measurements, relative, systematic
and random errors, error estimation in measurement technique.
Recorders: X-Y recorder, strip chart recorder and magnetic recorder. Digital display
methods display systems- LED, LCD.

UNIT-II Principle, constructional features, analysis & performance of (i) Moving coil
instruments (D’assonval galvanometer, ballistic galvanometer, vibration galvanometer,
flux meter, ratio meter and meggar) (ii) Moving iron instruments. (iii) Electrodynamics
instrument. (iv)Electrostatic instruments & (v) Induction instruments
Measurements of potential, current, (under D.C. and power frequency condition),
power and energy. Measurement of high direct and alternating voltages and current.
Measurement of transmission line parameters.

UNIT-III Measurement of resistance low, medium and high resistances.


Substitution and null methods measurements of self inductance, mutual inductance, for
low Q and high Q coils and capacitance using Maxwell’s Hay’s, Anderson’s, Campbell’s,
Deasuty’s and Schering bridge. Shieldine and grounding of bridges.
Magnetic measurement sample forms, Lloyds-fisher square, separation of hystersis
loss and eddy current losses, instrument transformers, current transformer, potential
transformer their performance characteristics.
UNIT-IV Principle of telemetry, wire link channels, radio channels, multiplexers .
Measurement of non-electrical quantities by electrical means :- Transducers for measuring
position, speed, force, pressure, temperature, torque, humidity, strains, flow,
velocity,(angular & linear) and vibration.
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit .
Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one from each unit.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
(1) AK Sawhney: A course in Electrical & Electronics measurement and instrumentation (Dhanpat
Rai & Sons)
(2) J.B .Gupta:- Electrical & Electronics measurement & instrumentation
(3) W.D. Copper :- Electronic instrumentation & measurement Techniques(PHI).
(4) P.W. Golding:- Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments (WP)
LINEAR AND IC APPLICATION
IV SEM. EEcT-208-E

L T P/D Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 hrs
UNIT-I Differential and Cascade Amplifier: Balanced and unbalanced output differential
amplifier, FET differential amplifier, current mirrors, level translators, cascade or CB-CE
configuration of amplifier, operational amplifier, block diagram representation of op-amp,
introduction to idea op-amp, characteristics, parameters, interpretation of data sheets, data
specification of op-amp & main parameter like CMMR, thermal drift, offset voltage &
current practical op-amp and its equivalent circuit, op-amp circuit configurations.
UNIT-II Frequency response of an Op-amp: Frequency response compensating network,
frequency response of internally compensated and non-compensated op-amp. High
frequency op-amp equivalent circuit, open loop and closed loop frequency response, circuit
stability , slew rate.
Operational Amplifier with feedback: Block diagram representation of feedback
amplifier, voltage series feedback, voltages shunt feedback, differential amplifier.
Op-amp application: DC and AC amplifier, peaking amplifier, summing, scaling,
averaging and instrumentation amplifier, differential input and output amplifier, voltage to
current converter, current to voltage converter, very high input impedance circuit,
integrator, diffentitor, voltage limiters, voltage regulator, voltage to frequency converter &
frequency to voltage converter.
UNIT-III Active filters & Oscillators : Introduction to active filters, Butter worth and Chebyshev
approximation to low pass filter and high pass, band pass filters. Oscillators, criterion for
oscillation, phase shift, wein bridge, quadrature, square wave, saw tooth and voltage
controlled oscillator.
Comparators & Converters:- Introduction to basic comparator, zero crossing
detector, Schmitt trigger, comparator characteristics, analog to digital & digital to analog
converters, sample & hold circuit, peak detector.
UNIT-IV Specialized IC Applications:- Universal active filters, switched capacitor filter, the 555
& 556 timers and their applications. Phase locked loop and voltage regulators.

NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit .
Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one from each unit.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:- (1) R.A.Gayakwad: Op-amp & Linear Integrated Circuits(PHI) (2)
D.Roy Chodury :- Linear Integrated Circuits(New age Internation (3) Millman & Halkias : Integrated
Electronics (TMH) (4) Integrated-Circuit Op-amp: George B. Rutkoswaki (PHI) (5) Conulin R.F.: OP-
amp and Linear Integrated Circuit (PHI) (6) Connely J.a. : Analog Integrated Circuit, Device Circuits
Systems and Application(John Wiley) (7) Hnatch : Application of Linear Integrated Circuits (John
Wiley)
ANALOG ELECTRONICS
IV SEM. EEcT-210-E
L T P|D Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3hrs

UNIT-I Transistor Biasing & Stability : Transistor construction and its operation, Transistor
biasing & Q- point Stability, CB, CE & CC configuration , h-n parameter of Transistor,
expression for current gain , voltage gain I/P & O/P Impedance , Transistor as switch,
Transistor amplifying action.

UNIT-II FET: General description of FET, difference b/w UJT & FET, construction &
characteristic of JFET transfer characteristic & parameters MOSFET &FET biasing.
FET as an amplifier equivalent circuit JEFT and MOSFET ,UJT and it characteristic.

UNIT-III Amplifier: Small signal amplifier and then analysis, RC coupled, transformer coupled
direct coupled amplifier and their frequency response and analysis . Wide band amplifier,
tuned amplifier low frequency amplifier and their frequency, Itermidiate stage amplifier.
Power amplifier:Class A, class B and class C amplifier Calculation of efficiency and
distortion push pull amplifier, and application of power amplifier.
Feed Back amplifier: Concept of +ve &-ve feedback overall gain advatage of -ve
feedback , voltage & current feedback ,series and shunt feedback, effect of feedback on
frequency response and bandwidth , noise reduction using -ve feedback, effect on I/P &
O/P characteristics.

UNIT-IV Oscillators : Barkhausen criteria, Wein Bridge, RC phase shift, Colpitts & Hartley
oscillator . Multivibrators using transistor, crystal oscillator.
Analog Signal Processing : Clipping, clamping and rectification, filtering, Wave
Shaping , circuit modulation and Electronics Demodulation.
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in total covering entire course selecting two portions from each unit .
Each question will be of equal marks . Students will be required to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one from each unit.

RECOMMENEDED BOOKS:
1. millman & halkias: Intigrated circuit .
2. R. Boylested & L.Nashelky : Electronics Divices & Circuit (PHI )
3. millman &halkias: Electronics Divices & Circuit (TMH )
4. Malcolm Goodage: Analog Electronics & Synthesis.
5. Malvino a paul : Electronic Principal (THM)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB
1V Sem. (EEcT-212-E)

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration: 3hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :

1. Verify the truth table of AND, OR, NOT, EX-OR, gate.

2. Verification of NAND, OR, EX-OR, NOR using 7400 IC.

3. Design a hardware circuit to perform the operation of half &full adder.

4. Design a hardware circuit to perform the operation of full subtractor.

5. Verify the truth table of RS, D, T, JK Flip Flop.

6. Study asynchronous counter in up & down mode.

7. To study multiplexer and demultiplexer.

8. To study decade counter.

9. To design D/A, A/D converter.

10. To study the operation of Schmit Trigger using 741 IC.


Power Apparatus & Machine Lab-II

IV Semester (EEcT- 214-E)

L T P/D Sessional : 50Marks


- - 3 Practical :50 Marks
Total : 100 Marks
Duration: 3 hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To study of running of three phase induction motor & determine of mechanical losses .
2. study & stating of a 1- phase induction motor, light & running block rotor test & hence, determine
the parameter of equivalent circuit .
3. To find out of losses of transformer by Sumpener’s test ( Back to Back test or load test)
4. A) To perform a load test on a 3 – phase induction motor
B) compute efficiency, torque,slip, speed, I/P p.f. and stator current . plot the graph b/w efficiency
Vs Po,T Vs, Po, Il, Vs, Po, P, F Vs Po, S Vs Po , T vS N .
5. To study the various connection of 3- phase transformer .
6.To determine regulation of synchronous impedance method
1) coduct open & short ckt. Test on a 3- phase alternator
2) Determine & plot variation of synchronous impedance with IF
3) Determine S.E.R.
4) determine regulation for 0.8 lagging p.f., unity p.f.
7. To perform open & short ckt. Test on a 3- phase alternator to find regulation by mmf method .
8. V – curve of synchronous motor .
A) to study the effect of variation of field current upon the stator current and p.f. with
synchronous motor running at no load, hence draw V & inverted V curves of the motor
.
9. To perform direct load Test on a 3- phase alternator for :
1) Resistive load .
2) Inductive load .
3) Capacitive load .
10. To measure negative sequence reactance of a synchronous machine.
11. To measure direct – axis synchronous reactance and quadrature – axis
Synchronous reactance. Xd Xq by slip test .
LINEAR IC LAB
IV SEM. (EEcT – 216-E)
L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
- - 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To study the OPAMP as inverting and non-inverting

2. To study the OPAMP as differentiator

3. To study the OPAMP as integrator

4. To demonstrate the operation of low pass filter and design the second order low pass filter.

5. To demonstrate the operation of high pass active filter

6. To study the frequency response of band pass filter

7. To study the notch filter

8. To construct the astable multivibrator using IC 555

9. To study the operation of the Schmitt trigger using the IC 741.

10. To study the phase shift wein bridge oscillator


ANALOG ELECTRONICS

IV SEM.( EEcT- 218-E)

L T P Sessional : 25Marks
- - 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To study of characteristics of photodiode & LED .

2. To study of characteristics of phototransistor.

3. To study of characteristics of VDR &LDR.

4. To study of characteristics of optocoupler .

5. To study of characteristics of Varactor diode .

6. To study Transformer coupled amplifier & determine its voltage gain.

7. To study RC coupled amplifier & determine its voltage gain, power gain & freq. response.

8. To study Hartley Oscillator .

9. To study the different types of negative feedback in two stage amplifier and to observe its effects
upon the amplifier parameters.

10. To study biasing of transistor by following method :


I) Fixed bias .
II) Voltage divider bias .
FIFTH SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duration


Course No. Marks of Exam

L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical


Viva
EEcT-301-E ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD & WAVES 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-303-E ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT & MEASUREMENTS 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-305-E TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION OF POWER 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-307-E CONTROL SYSTEM ENGG. 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-309-E POWER ELECTRONICS. 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-311-E VLSI & IC TECHNOLOGY 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-313-E ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT & MEASURMENT LAB - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-315-E POWER ELECTRONICS LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-317-E CONTROL SYSTEM LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

EEcT-319-E VLSI & IC TECHNOLOGY LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3


EEcT-321E PRACTICAL TRAINING REPORT - - - - - - 50 50 3
TOTAL 21 6 8 35 600 400 150 1150 -

Note : - Students shall devote 8 weeks to industrial training after sixth semester exam outside the college campus at approved works.
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD & WAVES

V Sem. EEcT-301-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs
UNIT1
Review of vector analysis in all the three coordinate system line, surface & volume integrals, gradient,
divergence & curl of a vector & their physical significance, Gauss Divergence theorem, Stokes
theorem.
Gauss law in electrostatics & its applications, uniform line, surface & volume charge distributions,
concepts of electric field & electric potentials, electric field & potential due to a linear dipole,method
of images.

UNIT II
Biot Savart's law, Amperes circuital law & its applications. Boundary conditions for both the electric
& magnetic fields at the interface of various types of media. Laplace, Poisson's equation & continuity
equation. Faraday's & Lenz's laws, Maxwell's equations in differential & integral forms & their
physical significance,retarded potentials.

UNIT III
Plane & uniform plane waves and their properties, waves equations in various media. . Polarisation &
its types. Intrinsic impedance, propagation constant. Reflection & refraction of uniform plane waves at
the interface of conductor- dielectric & dielectric - dielectric (both normal and oblique incidence).
Relaxation time,skin effect, skin depth & surface impedance,Poynting vector theorem & its physical
significance.

.
UNIT IV
Distributed parameters, circuit parameters, concepts of voltage & current flow on a transmission
line,characteristic impedance. Reflection of transmission line, maxima & minima, standing wave ratio
of a transmission line. Impedance matching, , Smith's chart & its applications, strip lines & microstrip
lines,co-axial type transmission line. Concept of Wave Guide and TE, TM and TEM modes in
rectangular and circular wave guide. Cut off and guide wave length, characteristic impedance,
dielectric wave guide.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Electromagnetics by D.K. Cheng. (Pearson Education)


2. Electromagnetic Fields & Waves by Sadiku (Oxford Univ. Press )
3. Basic Electromagnetics with Application by N.N. Rao.
4. Electromagnetic waves and Radiating Systems by E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balman.
5. Electromagnetics by J.D. Kraus.
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT & MEASUREMENTS
V Sem. EEcT-303-E

L T P Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
C.R.O.: Introduction, Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Electron Gun, Electrostatic Focusing, Electrostatic
Deflection, Post Deflection Acceleration of Electron Beam, Effect of Beam Transit Time, Frequency
limitation. Deflection plates, Screens of CRT’s Graticule Aquadog, Applications, Storage C.R.O.
Digital CRO. Design of delay lines for CRO.
Amplifier Measurement: Amplifier Measurements, Transient response of Amplifiers, Measurements
of Noise figure of Amplifier, Harmonic Distortions analyzer, Distortion Meter, Measurement of op-
amp parameters.

UNIT II
Digital Instruments: Digital Indicating instruments, comparison with analog type digital display
methods, theory and applications of digital voltmeters., Transistor, FET and other type of voltmeters.
Electronic Galvanometers, Q-meter.
Frequency Measurements: - Measurements of frequency using cavity wave-meter. Heterodyne
frequency meter, comparison of frequency using interpolation method. Digital frequency meter.
Frequency measurements using digital means.

UNIT III
Signal Conditioning & Acquisition System: - Signal conditioning, A/D converter, D/A Converter,
Use of op-amp in signal conditioning, Components of analog data acquisition System. Components of
digital data acquisition system, signal conditioning, Multiplex special Encoders, Principles of
Telemetry, Wire link channels, Ratio channels, and Microwaves Channels.

UNIT IV
Instruments For Signals Generation: - Pulse and square wave circuits, Laboratory square wave and
pulse generators, Function generators, Random noise generators, Frequency Synthesizer.
Bio-Medical Instruments:- ECG, EEG, EMG & Measurement of BP.

NOTE:
The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having
two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all ,
selecting at least one question from each unit.
.
References:

1. A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation: By A.K. Sawhney.


2. Electronics Instruments & Measurements techniques: By Helffrick & Cooper (PHI)
3. Instrumentation devices & Systems: By C.S. Rangan, G.R. Sharma & V.S. Mani.
4. Bio- medical Instrumentation & measurements: By Leslie Cromwell, Fred. J. Weibell, Erich A.
Pfeitter (PHI).
TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION OF POWER
V Sem. EEcT – 305-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hours

UNIT I
Transmission of Power: Growth of Power System in India, Transmission of Power by A.C. & D.C.
system. Effects of increase in Voltage on transmission line efficiency. Underground or overhead
system, Typical power system, Modern trends in power system transmission.
Distribution of Power: General consideration, Radial and ring main system D.C. Three wire system.
Different types of distributors A.C. distribution; Relative copper consumption in various systems.
Conductor size and Kelvin’s Law, Tariffs and power factor improvement.

UNIT II
Resistance of transmission lines, skin effects, Proximity effect, Inductance of a single phase & two
phase line, Composite conductor lines, Three phase lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical
spacing, Transposition of a line, Three phase double circuit line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical
spacing, Bundled conductors.

UNIT III
Capacitance of two-wire line, three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing, Effect of
earth capacitance of three-phase double circuit line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing.
Short, medium and long lines – their representation, Performance, determination, Ferranti effect,
Surge impedance, Loading of transmission lines, power circle diagram, Calculation of
synchronous phase modifier capacity.

UNIT IV
Types of underground cables, Cables for A.C & D.C systems, Insulation, resistance and capacitance.
Use of inter sheaths, Capacitance grading, Power factor in cable, Thermal characteristics.
Types of Insulators, Methods of equalizing voltage distribution, Corona loss and radio interference,
Line supports, various types of conductor material, Sag calculations, Effect of wind, Ice and
temperature on sag, Condition at erection.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

References :
1. Elements of Power System Analysis by W.D. Stevenson
2. Electric Power System by B.M. Weddy
3. The transmission and Distribution of Electric energy by H. Cotton
4. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari
5. A Course in Electrical Power by Soni, Gupta and Bhatnagar
6. Power System analysis and Stability by S.S. Vadhera
7. Electric Power System by C.L. Wadhwa
8. Electrical Power System by Ashfaq Hussain
9. Electrical Power System Vol. I and II by A.E. Guile and Peterson
10. Electrical Power by S.L. Uppal
11. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R. Gupta
CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
V Sem. EEcT-307-E

L T P/ D Total Theory : 100 Marks


4 1- 5 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs

UNIT I
Concept of control, Control system terminology, Classification of control systems, system
representation-Analogies, mathematical modeling of physical system, Block diagram, signal flow
graphs and reduction techniques. Transfer function, State space characteristics of control systems.
Error detectors, Signal conditioners, Modulators, Demodulators, Servo amplifiers voltage and power,
Actuators including servometers, Techogenerators, Stepper motor.

UNIT II
Time domain and frequency domain analysis, steady state error, peak response and resonant
frequency, system specification in time and frequency domain and their relationship.
Concept of stability, analytic, graphic and numeric techniques of stability analysis, Routh Hurwitz,
Nyquist, Bode, Root locii and Liapunov’s criteria/methods. D-partition method, Nicols chart.

UNIT III
Introduction to Feed Forward, P, I, D, P/I, P/D, P/I/D and ON/OFF control actions. Static space
approach applied to control system, Concepts of state variable feedback, controllability and
observability.

UNIT IV
Compensation (lead, lag, lag-lead compensation) and design of system. Introduction of non-linear and
digital control systems.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

References :
1. Control system Engg. By Nagrath and Gopal.
2. Control system Engg. By Ogata.
3. Liner Control System by R.S. Chauhan, (Umesh Publications)
4. Feedback control system Analysis and Synthesis by D’Azzo and Houpias.
5. Control system by B.C. Kuo.
6. Liner control System Analysis and Design by D’Azzo and Houpias.
POWER ELECTRONICS
V Sem.EEcT-309-E

L T P/D Total Theory :100 Marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction: Characteristics of different solid state devices namely power diodes, SCR, Diac, Triac
UJT, FET, Power transistor, SCS. Firing circuits using-operations amplifiers, UJT and logic gates
protection of SCR against-over voltage, over current, dv/dt, di/dt, Temperature calculation, Heat sink
design, Methods of commutation of SCR's, Series and Parallel operation of Thyristors.

UNIT II
AC to DC Converters: Classification of rectifiers, principle of working of each along with control
circuits, Analysis of output voltage and current waveforms. Ripple factors, utility factor and
efficiency. Effect of source inductance and type of load. Reactive power requirements of converter,
some important factor in design of converters, dual converter.

UNIT III
AC to AC Converters: Classification of cyclo converters, principle of working along with control
circuits, Analysis of output voltage and current waveforms, effect of type of load, presence of
subharmonic in cyclo converter output.

UNIT IV
DC to AC Converters: Classification of inverters, operation of each type, design of commutating
circuits, Analysis of voltage and current waveforms, voltage and frequency control, current source
inverter and pulse width modulated inverter.
DC to DC Converters: Classification of choppers, operating principle and control circuits for each
type. Analysis of voltage and current waveforms.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Thyrister Engineering by M.S. Brede.
2. Thyrister and their Application by M. Ramamurthy.
3. Thyrister Theory and Applications by Sugandhi and Sugandhi.
4. Principles of Inverter Circuits by B.D. Bedfred and R.G. Hoft.
5. Line Commutated Thyristor Converter by Gotifriend, Moltgen.
VLSI & IC TECHNOLOGY

V Sem. EEcT-311-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction Inonolythic Silicon Fabrication Technology: Crystal Growth, Vapour phase (CVDT
Technique) and molecular beam epitaxy. Dry and wet Etching.

UNIT II

Diffusion & Oxidation: Oxide properties, oxidation kinetics, Oxidation process, diffusion Fick’s law,
dopant sources, Diffusion mechanism, Constant source & limited source diffusion, Characterization of
diffused layers, Introduction to ion implantation.

UNIT III

Lithography & Metalization: Choice of metals, Vaccum evaporation, Sputtering Metalization


problems, Lithography: Introduction to Photo, X-ray, electron beam lithography process, various
printing techniques.
MOS Circuits Design Process: MOS layer, Stick diagram, Design rules & layout diagrams-a brief
introduction .

UNIT IV
Planer Technology: Fabrication process, Sequence for a BJT, Capacitor, resistor, IC, Environment for
IC fabrication,. Assembly & packaging techniques.
Introduction to MOS Technology: Basic MOS transistors, NMOS & CMOS fabrication.
MOS Inverters: Pass Transistor, NMOS Inverter, CMOS Inverter, Latch up in CMOS circuits.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1 K.R. BOTKAR: Integrated Circuits.


2 S.M. SZE: Micro Electronics.
3 Milliam Grabel : Mico Electronics
4 Pucknell : VLSI Design.
Electronic Instrument & Measurements Lab
V Sem. EEcT-313-E

L T P Total Sessional : 25 Marks


- - 2 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 hrs

1. To measure voltage using digital voltmeter.

2. To measure the frequency using Lissajous pattern on CRO.

3. To measure the distortion in amplifiers using distortion meter.

4. To study Op-Amp. as half wave & full wave precision rectifier.

5. To study the op-amp as :


Adder
Subtractor
Integrater
Differentiator

6. To study the wave form on ECG recorder.

7. To study the sphygmomanometer for blood pressure measurement.

NOTE : At least 9 experiments are to be performed with 7 from above list, remaining 2 may either be
performed or designed & set by concerned institution as per the scope.
Power Electronics Lab

V Sem. EEcT-315-E

L T P Total
- - 2 2 Sessional : 25 Marks
Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

1. To Plot the firing characteristics of given silicon control rectifier.


a. By varying the gate current Ig keeping forward voltage Vak fixed.
b. By varying forward voltage Vak keeping gate current fixed.
2. To study the V-I characteristics of given UJT. To plot graph between Ve and Ie . To find
negative resistance from the graph.
3. To plot V-I characteristics of given Triac in I and III quadrant.
4. To plot the drain characteristics of given F.E.T & to evaluate the parameter rd, Idss.
5. To study the UJT based relaxation oscillator & to evaluate the dynamic resistance.
6. To study & draw the characteristics of DC-DC chopper power circuit
7. To study the characteristics of single phase fully controlled converter circuit.
8. To study the characteristics of 3-phase fully controlled converter power circuit.
9. To study single phase Mc Murray Inverter power circuit.
10. To study single phase cyclo-converter circuit.
Control System Lab.
V Sem. EEcT-317-E

L T P Total Sessional : 25 Marks


- - 2 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hr.

1. To study D.C. Position control system.

2. To study linear system simulator.

3. To study light intensity control using P & PI controller with provision for

disturbance and transient speed control.

4. To study D.C motor speed control.

5. To study the stepper motor characteristics and its control through microprocessor kit.

6. To study Temperature control system.

7. To study Compensation design

8. To study Digital control system.

NOTE : At least 9 experiments are to be performed with 8 from above list, the remaining may either
be performed or designed & set by concerned institution as per the scope.
VLSI & IC TECHLONOGY LAB

V Sem. EEcT-319-E

L T P Total Sessional : 25 Marks


- - 2 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

1. Study of VHDL.
2. To design the two input NAND gate , NOR gate , EX-OR gate in VHDL .
3. To design a full adder & full substractor using the same hardware & with the help of control
signal .
4. To design a 4:1 multiplexer and 1:4 demultiplexer in VHDL.
5. To design a priority encoder in VHDL.
6. To design a carry look ahead adder in VHDL.
7. To design a BCD adder & BCD subtractor in VHDL.
8. Write a program in VHDL to compute 2’s complement of a four bit binary numbers.
9. Write a program in VHDL to implement the Boolean expression .
F= (A+ B) (C+D) using CMOS circuitry .
10 Implement a F= (A+ B ) using only PMOS circuitry.
(i) Design a MOD-6 synchronous & asynchronous (ripple) counter in VHDL.
(ii) Design a MOD-8 ring & Johnson counter in VHDL.
SIXTH SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duration


Course No. Marks of Exam

L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical


Viva
EEcT-302-E MICROPROCESSOR & APPLICATIONS 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-304-E POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS & PROTECTION 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-306-E DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-308-E DEGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-310-E ELECTRIC DRIVES & CONTROL 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-312-E ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & PROCESSES 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-314-E MICROPROCESSOR LAB. - - 2 2 - 50 25 75 3
EEcT-316-E POWER SYSTEM LAB. - - 2 2 - 50 25 75 3
EEcT-318-E COMMUNICATION ENGG. LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

EEcT-320-E ELECTRIC DRIVES LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3


TOTAL 21 6 8 35 600 450 100 1150 -

Note : - Students shall devote 8 weeks to industrial training after sixth semester exam outside the college campus at approved works.
MICROPROCESSOR & APPLICATIONS

VI SEM. EEcT-302-E

Theory –100 Marks


L T P Total Sessional-50 Marks
4 1 - 5 Duration: 3Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction to microprocessor, its advantage & limitations: Various type of processors including the
special purpose; the concept of stored programme architecture; machine & instruction cycle timing; single
chip vs. chip set microprocessor.

UNIT II
Microprocessor architecture& programming - Detailed description of 8085 pins, flags, registers etc.;
generation of system clocks power on reset; addressing mode; instruction set; stack operation; sub routine
& macros; interrupts; assembler directive languages programming
Buses: Parallel Vs serial; bus buffering tri stating noise; loading & reflection problem – an introduction
only; bus standards like RS422/432, IEEE438, RS232.

UNIT III
Interfacing: Memory mapped I/O & input/output mapped I/O space, various data transfer
techniques programme data transfer techniques, interrupt data transfer techniques, DMA.
Memory: Interfacing of the memory, various kinds of Memory (RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM), IC
8755.

UNIT IV
Special purpose support devices & Application: Brief description & interfacing of 8255 PPI & 8253,
8251 USART & A/D ,D/A Chips , applications- A temperature monitoring system & closed loop control.
Introduction to micro controller & advanced 8086 microprocessor & its architecture, comparison of 8086
& 8085.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all ,
selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. R.S. GAONKAR: Microprocessor architecture, programming & Application.(MGH)
2. Malvino, A.P. : Digital computer electronics-an Introduction to microprocessor.(MGH)
3. D.V.HALL: Microprocessor & Digital circuits.(MGH)
4. MATHUR A.P. : Introduction to microprocessor
POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS & PROTECTION

VI SEM. EEcT-304-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction : Per unit quantities characteristics & representation of components of a power system,
synchronous machines, transformers, lines cables & loads. Single line diagram, impedance diagram, line
reactance diagrams.

Protective Relaying : Scheme of protection of generators, transformers, transmission lines & bus-bars,
carrier current protection, functional characteristics of relays, operating principle of electromagnetic and
static relays, over current, directional over current, differential relay, impedance relay.
Neutral grounding : Need for neutral grounding, various types of neutral grounding.

UNIT II

Circuit Interruption : Circuit interruption, theory of arc formation and it’s excitation in d.c., a.c.
circuits, restriking & recovery voltage, interruption of capacitive & inductive currents. Rupturing capacity
& rating of circuit breakers.
Circuit-Breakers : Classification of circuit-breakers, circuit-breakers of low medium, high & extra high
voltages. Multibreak & resistance switching. Autorestoring of high capacity & H.V. circuit breakers.

UNIT III
Fault Analysis:- Symmetrical faults: calculation of fault currents, use of current limiting reactors.
Unsymmetrical faults: Types of transformation in power system analysis, symmetrical components
transformation, sequence impedance of power system elements,

Sequence network of power system analysis of unsymmetrical short faults sequence components filters,
Network analysis & it’s application to interconnected system.UNIT IV

Transients in Power Systems: Transient electric phenomenon, lighting & switching surges, travelling
waves, reflection & refraction of waves with different line termination, Protection against dangerous
pressure rises.

Stability of power System: Concepts of stability, power angle characteristics of Synchronous, steady
state & transient stability swing waves.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit.
References:
1. Elements of power system analysis by W.D. Stevenson.
2. Electric Power System by B.M. Weddy.
3. The transmission & Distribution of electric energy by H.Cotton.
4. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari.
5. A course in Electrical Power by Soni, Gupta & Bhatnagar.
6. Power System Analysis & Stability by S.S. Vadhera
7. Electrical Power System by C.L. Wadhwa. 8. Electrical Power System by Ashfag Hussain.
9. Electrical Power by S.L. Uppal.
10. Switching & Protection by Sunil S. Rao.
DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
VI SEM. EEcT-306-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I
DC MACHINES :Output equation, choice of specific loadings, choice of poles and speed, Design of
conductors, windings, slots field poles, field coils, commutator and machine design.

UNIT II
SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES: Specifications, ratings and dimensions, specific loadings, main
dimensions, low speed machines, turbo generators, armature conductors, cooling.

UNIT III
INDUCTION MOTORS: Three Phase Induction Motor: Standard specifications, output equations,
specific loadings, main dimensions, conductor size and turns, no. of slots, slot design, stator core, rotor
design, performance calculations.
Single Phase Induction Motor: output equations, specific loadings, main dimensions, design of main
and auxiliary winding, capacitor design, equivalent circuit parameters, torque, efficiency,

UNIT IV
TRANSFORMERS: Standard specifications, output equations, design of core, coil, tank and Cooling
tubes, calculation of circuit parameters, magnetizing current, losses and efficiency, Temperature rise and
regulations from design data.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all ,
selecting at least one question from each unit.

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.G.Say, Performance and design of ac machines, CBS Publishers and distributors, New
Delhi, 1983.
2. S.K. Sen., Principles of electrical machine design with computer programs, Oxford and IBH
publishing co. 1987.

REFERENCES
1. J.H. Kuhlmann, Design of electrical operators, John Willey, 1957.
2. CG Veinott, Theory and design of small induction machines, MGH, 1959.
3. A Shanmugasundarem, Electrical machine design databook, John willey, 1979.
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

VI SEM. EEcT-308-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
The Z – Transform Analysis of LTI System:- Transform its properties, System Function of a linear
Time- Invariant system. Inversion of the Z-Transform, the one-sided Z-transform, Solution of difference
equations. Analysis of LTI system in Z- domain, transient and steady- state response. Causality and
stability. Pole- Zero Cancellations. Shur- Cohn Stability test. Jury Test Shur-Cohn-fuzzivera stability
criterion.

UNIT II
DFT and FFT: DFT and its properties, Circular Convolution and fast linear convolution, Linear filtering
using DFT. Direct Computation of DFT, FFT algorithms, Radix-2 and Radix-4 algorithms. Goetzel
Algorithm, Chirp-Z Transform algorithm.

UNIT III
Implementation of Discrete-Time Systems: Structure for FIR Systems-direct form, Cascade form,
Frequency-Sampling and Lattice structures, Structures for IIR-direct form, signal flow graphs and
transpose structures. Cascades form and lattice structures, state space structure.
Design for Digital Filters:- Design for FIR filters-using window method ( hamming window,
rectangular window), using frequency of IIR filters from Analog filters by approximation of derivatives,
by impulse invariance by Transformation, Matched Z-Transformation Characteristics of commonly used
analog filters.

UNIT IV
Time Frequency Analysis: Introduction to wavelets and wavelet transforms.
Brief Introduction to DSP Architecture: Pipeline, Lattice and systolic architecture.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all ,
selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Digital Signal Processing by J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manalakis-PHI
2. Digital Signal Processing by: A.V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schafer-PHI
3. Element of Digital Signal Processing by N. Sarkar Khanna Publishers.
4. Digital Signal Processing by S. K. Mitra –TMH.
5. Digital Signal Processing by Rabinar, Gold-PHI
6. Digital Signal Processing by S. Salivahanan- TMH
7. Digital Signal Processing by IFecher
ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL
VI SEM. EEcT-310-E

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction:- Definition & classification of different type of drives, Review of characteristics and
components of electric drives, Speed control methods of various a.c. and d.c. drives, its advantages and
applications, acceleration and retardation time, energy consideration.
Braking of drives:- Various methods of braking of a.c. and d.c drives, Automatic control arrangement,
characteristics and application, acceleration and Retardation time ,Energy consideration.
Induction motor (A.C) drives:- Basic principle of induction motor drives, 3 ∅ a.c voltage controller fed
I.M drive, variable frequency control, voltage source inverter (VSI) and current source inverter (CSI),
cycloconverter fed IM drive, Slip Power control, static rotor resistance control, chopper control of 3 -∅
slip ring induction motor.

UNIT II
D.C. drives:- Rectifier controlled circuits, Single phase fully controlled and half controlled rectifier
fed separately excited d.c motor, 3∅ fully and half controlled fed separately excited d.c. Motor,
performance and characteristics of single phase and 3∅ rectifier controlled d.c drives. Control techniques
of d.c. Drives using chopper, multi quadrant control of chopper fed motors.

UNIT III
Dynamics of Electric drives:- Fundamental load torque equation, permissible frequency of starting and
stopping, definite time, speed and current limit control, Automatic starting and pulling operation of
synchronous motors.
Digitally Controlled (Microprocessor control of Electric drives) :- Application areas and functions of
HP in drive technology, Block diagram of arrangement and comparison with other method, components
for digital control, vector control of IM drive using HP.

UNIT IV
Traction Drives:- Nature of traction load, motors, conventional d.c & a.c traction drives, charactertics,
d.c traction using chopper controlled d.c motors, polyphase a.c motors for traction drives, speed time
relationship.
Rating of motors:- Determination of motor rating, Nature of loads and classes of motor duty, frequency
of operation of motor subjected to intermittent loads, pulse loads etc.
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit.
References:

1. Electric drives by S.K.Pillai, Wiley.


2. Thyrister D.C Drives by S.K.Sen.
3. Control System in Industry by Siskind, McGraw Hill. 4. Electric Machines & Drives by Fransver.
Relevant I.S.I. Cader.
ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND PROCESSES
EEcT-312-E

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs
UNIT 1
Conductors,Properties of conductors ,ACSR,High resistivity materials and their properties, Alloys,
Soldering and brazing materials, superconductivity, super conductor materials and their applications.
UNIT 2
Insulators,classification of insulators, dielectric materials, glass and ceramics, refractory materials and
their uses, optical fibers, lasers and opto-electronics materials, semiconductor materials, properties of
semiconductor materials thermosetting and thermoplast materials.
UNIT 3
Classification of material, dia , para, and ferro magnetic materials-curie law and curie weiss law
(qualitative study).Ferromagnetism-Qualitative study of domain theory-Hysterisis phenomena. Hard
and soft magnetic material and their applications. Ferrites, Structure and property.
UNIT 4
Processes used in Plano technology e.g. lapping, polishing, cleaning, masking, photolithography,
diffusion, oxidation and Metallization, welding wire bonding, packaging and encapsulation, Heating-
induction and dielectric, Electron beam welding and cutting,annealing,cold & Hot rolling

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all ,
selecting at least one question from each unit.

REFERENCE :

1. Kasap S.O. Principles of Electrical Engg. Material and Devices(MGH)


2. Mahajan Principles of growth and processing of semiconductors(MGH)
3 Dhir. Electronics components and materials and principles
Manufacturing & Maintenance (TMH)
4. Addision: Electronics Engg. Material Devices (TMH)
5. Ruska N scot: Microelectronics processing an introduction to the manufacturer
of integrated Circuits(MGH)
6. Seth & Gupta: A course in electrical Egg. Materials(Dhanpat Rai & Sons)
7. Dekker: Electrical Engg. Materials(PHI)
MICROPROCESSOR LAB

VI SEM. EEcT- 314-E


L T P Total Sessional: 50 Marks
- - 2 2 Practical : 25Marks
Total : 75 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs

1 To study the 8085-microprocessor kit.

2 Add two Binary numbers using 8085-Microprocessor kit.

3 Find 2’s complement of a binary number using 8085-Microprocessor kit.

4 To arrange a series of numbers in descending order using 8085-


Microprocessor kit.

5 Multiplication of two binary numbers using 8085-Microprocessor kit.

6 Divide a 16-bit number by 8-bit number and restore result in memory


location 2700 using 8085-Microprocessor kit.

7 To find Square root of a 8- bit number using 8085-Microprocessor kit .

8 To find the largest number in a data array using 8085-Microprocessor kit.

9 To interface a D/A converter with the 8085-microprocessor kit.

10 To interface the stepper motor with the 8085-microprocessor kit.


POWER SYSTEM LAB

VI SEM. EEcT- 316-E

L T P Total Sessional: 50 Marks


- - 3 3 Practical : 25Marks
Total : 75Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs

1. To find out the dielectric strength of transformer oil.

2. To find zero sequence component of three phase line.

3. To draw the characteristics of thermal overload relay.

4. To study an IDMT over current relay to obtain and plot it’s


characteristic curves i.e. the graph between current and time.

5. To measure the ABCD parameters of a given transmission line.

6. To plot the power angle characteristics of given transmission lines.

7. To find the string efficiency of a string insulator with/without


guard rings.

8. To study the characteristics of transmission line for t-network &


pie- network.

9. To study and testing of a current transformer

10. To study various types of distance relay


COMMUNICATION ENGG. LAB

VI SEM. EEcT- 318-E

L T P Total Sessional: 25 Marks


- - 2 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs

1. Study of AM Modulation / Demodulation.

2. Study of FM Modulation / Demodulation.

3. Study of PAM Modulation / Demodulation.

4. Study of DA Modulation / Demodulation. ..

5. Study of PCM Modulation / Demodulation.

6. Study of Carrier Modulation technique using ASK.

7. Study of Carrier Modulation technique using FSK

8. Study of Carrier Modulation technique using PSK

9. Comparative study of Delta Modulation & Adaptive Delta Modulation Technique.

10. To study the Time Divison Multiplexing & Demultiplexing


ELECTRIC DRIVES LAB

VI SEM. EEcT- 320-E

L T P Total Sessional: 25Marks


- - 2 2 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs

1. Study of Industrial Applications of various mills.

2. Variable Torque Control of Induction Motor.

3. Breaking of DC Motor by using Mechanical & Electrical Methods.

4. Rotor resistance control of 3 ϕ Slip Ring Induction Motor.

5. Chopper Control of DC Motor.

6. Chopper Control of separately excited DC motor.

7. Study of different types of a loading on a particular load.


(a) Intermediate Loading
(b) Continuous Loading

8. Methods of starting Induction Motor.

9. Variable Voltage Control of Induction Motor.

10. Microprocessor Based Control of any Motor.


SEVENTH SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duration
Course No. Marks of Exam

L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical


Viva
EEcT-401-E COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & ARCHITECTURE 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-403-E GENERATION AND CONTROL OF POWER 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-405-E MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGG. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-407-E ADVANCE PROGRAMMING 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
* DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE-I 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
** DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE-II 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-423-E ADVANCE PROGRAMMING LAB. - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-425-E DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESING LAB. - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
EEcT-427-E MINOR PROJECT - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3

EEcT-429-E MAJOR PROJECT - - 1 1 - - - - -


EEcT-431E SUMMER TRAINING REPORT - - - - - 75 - 75 -
TOTAL 20 6 9 35 600 475 100 1175 -
LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES FOR B.TECH. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGG. FOR 7TH SEMESTER
* DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE –I, 7th Semester
Sr.No. Subject Code
Subject Name
1 COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS & DESIGN EEcT-441-E
2 HVDC TRANSMISSION EEcT-443-E
3 POWER SYSTEM DYNAMIC & CONTROL EEcT-445-E
4 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING EEcT-447-E

** DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE-II , 7th Semester


Sr.No. Subject Name Subject Code
1 ANTENNA & WAVE PROPAGATION EEcT-449-E
2 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & EEcT-451-E
INTERFACING
3 DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING EEcT-453-E
4 OPERATING SYSTEM EEcT-455-E
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
VII SEM.( EEcT-401-E)

L T Total Theory : 100 mks


4 1 5 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs
UNIT I
Evolution of computers: Generation of computer system, different types of computers,
characteristics of Von Neumann architecture, Limitation of computer systems, Parallel
computer structures.
Instruction formats, addressing modes and instruction types: Principles of linear
pipelining, Classifications of pipeline processor, Interleaved memory organizations,
Instructions and arithmetic pipelines, Design examples, vector processing requirements,
characteristics of vector processing.
UNIT II
Multiprocessor: Architecture, Functional structure, Loosely coupled multiprocessors,
Tightly coupled multi processor, Processor characteristics for multiprocessing, Inter-
connection networks, Time shared, crossbar switch and multiport memories and
multistage networks for multiprocessors, classification of multiprocessor operating
system.
UNIT III
AL Unit: Construction, Integer representation, Binary half adder, full adder, Parallel
Binary adder, Addition and subtraction in a parallel arithmetic element, Full adder
design, BCD adder, Positive and negative BCD number, Shift operations, Basic
operations, Logic operations, Multiplexer, High Speed arithmetic.
Control Unit: Construction of an instruction work, Instruction cycle and execution cycle,
organization of control registers, Instruction formats, Controlling arithmetic operations,
Typical Sequence of operations, Instruction set, Register transfer language,
Microprogramming- Micro instruction format, Simple microprogram, Microprogramming
applications.
UNIT IV
Memory: Basic concepts, memory device characteristics, semiconductor memories, static
and dynamic memories. Random access and serial access memories. Memory hierarchies-
cache, virtual, interleaved and associative memories.
I/O Devices: Input media, Keyboards, Mouse, Pointing Devices, character recognition
(MICR & OCR), Output devices, CRT, Flat panel display, Printers, Tele printer (TTY).
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.
References:
1. Hay, “ Computer Architecture And Organizations” TMH
2. Stalling , “Computer Organization” PHI
3. Tannanbaum, “Structured Computer Organization” TMH
GENERATION & CONTROL OF POWER

VII Sem (EEcT-403-E)


L T P/ D Total Theory : 100 mks
3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs

UNIT I
Load Fore-casting: Load curves, load factor, maximum demand factor, diversity factor,
different types of loads, fore-casting of loads.
Power plant Economics and Selection: Choice in type of generation, choice of size of
generator units and number of units, cost of electrical energy, depreciation of plant, effect of
load factor on cost of electrical energy.

UNIT II
Thermal Power Plants: Choice of site, main parts and working of plants & their layout,
characteristics of turbo-generators.
Hydro-Electric Plants : Choice of site, types of hydro-electric plants, capacity calculations
for hydro power main parts and working of plants and their layout, characteristics of hydro-
electric generators.
UNIT III
Nuclear Power Plants: Choice of site, classifications of plants main parts and working of
plants and their layout.
Diesel Power Plants: Choice of site, diesel plant equipment, working and layout of the plant.

UNIT IV
Combined working of Power Plants: Advantages of combined working of different power
plants, Basic load stations and Peak load stations, Economic load of thermal power plants.
Power Station Equipment and Control: Exciters, purpose & requirements of good exciters,
self-excited exciter, Rotating main & pilot exciters, Brushless exciters. Voltage Regulators-
purpose & requirements of good voltage Regulator, Direct acting Rheostatic type voltage
regulator, static voltage regulator.
1. Speed Governing Systems: Purpose of speed governing system, Hydraulic type speed
governing system for steam turbines & hydro turbines.
2. Voltage Control- Voltage control by Reactive Power Control, Voltage control by tap-
changing transformers combined use of tap-changing transformer and reactive power
injection, use of induction regulators.

NOTE :. The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Deshpande, M V : Elements of Electrical Power Station Design, wheeler publishing
Co.(P) Ltd. Allhabad,1979.
2. Gupta, B. R. : Generation of Electrical Energy, Eurrasia Publishing House,
(Pvt) Ltd. New Delhi, 1983
3. Gupta, P.V. : A Course in Electrical Power, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi-6
4. Vadhera, S.S : Power Sytem Analysis and Stability, Khanna Publishers, Delhi-6,
1981.
MICROWAVE & RADAR ENGG.
VII SEM. (EEcT-405-E)

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks

Duration : 3 Hrs

UNIT I
Introduction to microwaves and tubes,Microwave Devices: Advantage of Microwaves,
limitation of conventional tubes, Light house tube, Multicavity & Reflex klystron, Magnetron

UNIT II
Tunnel diode, Gunn diode, Parametric amplifier, masers, TWT, IMPATT, TRAPTT,

Microwave solid state devices.

UNIT III
Microwave Circuits: Scattering matrix, impedance transformation & Matching, passive
Microwave devices (E-plane &H-plane Tee, Magic Tee, Circulator, Attenuator, isolators,
directional coupler, TE, TM & TEM modes in Rectangular wave guides, resonators, phase
shifter).

UNIT IV
Radar Engg. : Introduction, Radar range equation, parameters affecting the range, Doppler
effect, CW and pulse Doppler Radar, MTI delay lines and canceller, range gate pulse, MTI &
Doppler radar, non coherent MTI. Noise and clutter, Radar displays, Radar signal
processing, applications of radar, radio aids to navigation.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

REFERENCES:
1. Liao S.Y. : Microwave Circuit & Devices, PHI.
2. Skolonik M. K. : Introduction to Radar system, McGraw Hill.
3. Siegman A.E. : An introduction to lasers & Masers, McGraw Hill.
4. M. Kulkarni : Microwave & Radar Engineering, Umesh Publication.
5. Gautam A. K. : Microwave Engineering , S.K. Kataria & Sons.
ADVANCE PROGRAMMING

VII Sem. (EEcT-407-E)

L T P/D Total Theory : 100Marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional:50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I
Review of elementary data structures- arrays, stacks, queues, link list with respect to storage
representation and access methods.

UNIT II
Searching methods: Sequential, binary, Indexes searches.

UNIT III
Sorting: internal and external sorting, Methods: bubble, insertion, selection, merge, heap,
radix and quick sort. Comparison with respect to their efficiency.

UNIT IV
C++ Programming Language:- Concept of object oriented programming, Abstract Data type
C classes , Data encapsulation , inheritance, polymorphism , virtual function templates
implementation using C++.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

Reference:
1. Trembley and Sorenson, “ An Introduction of data structures with application”
McGraw Hill.
2. Goodman, S.E., and Hetedniemi, S.T, “ Introduction to the design and Analysis” ,
McGraw Hill.
3. Herbert Schildt, “ C++ Computer reference”, TMH.
4. Herowitz E and Sahni S. “ Fundamentals of Data Structures”.
ADVANCE PROGRAMMING LAB
(VII Semester) EEcT-423-E

L T P/D Total Sessional : 25Marks


- - 3 3 Practical : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

1) Write a program to perform following operations on linked list.


a. Insertion of a node
b. Deletion of node.
2) WAP to implement stack.
3) WAP to implement queues.
4) WAP to sort a list using following.
a. Insertion sort d. Quick sort
b. Bubble sort e Merge sort
c. Selection Sort f. Radix sort
5) WAP to find roots of quadratic equation using polymorphism.
6) WAP to find addition & multiplication of two matrices using classes.
7) WAP which shows the use of inheritance.
8) WAP to implement the concept of copy constructor & destructor.

NOTE : At least 9 experiments are to be performed with 8 from above list, remaining may
either be performed or designed & set by concerned institution as per the scope.
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB
(VII Sem) EEcT-425-E

L T P Total Sessional - 25 Marks


0 0 2 2 Practical - 25 Marks
Total - 50Marks
Duration - 3 Hrs

Perform the Experiments using MATLAB:-

1. To develop a program for computing Z- transform in factored form, Plot its poles and
zeros , and then determine its ROCs.
2. To develop a program for computing Inverse Z-transform of a rational transfer
function.
3. To develop a program for linear convolution and circular convolution .
4. To develop a Program for computing discrete fourier transform .
5. To develop a Program for computing the convolution by overlap-add method and
overlap save-method.
6. To develop Program for realization of IIR Digital filters ( Direct, Cascade, Parallel).
7. To develop a program for sampling theorem .
8. To design FIR filters using windows technique.
9. To design analog filter (Low pass, High pass).
10. To design analog filter (Band pass, Band stop)
11. To design IIR filters using (Impulse Invariant method ).
12. To design IIR filters using (bilinear transformation).
COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
DE-I (EEcT-441-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration: 3 Hrs.
UNIT I:
Basic principles of analysis and design of structured and modular system, advantages and
disadvantages of computer aided design over conventional design, specification, problem definition,
object formulations
Methods of network modeling by graph theoretic and algorithm approach,

UNIT II :
Impedance Matrices, Primitive Network, Formulation of network matrices by singular and non-
singular transformations, Indefinite admittance matrix and formation, definite admittance matrix by
digital computer.

UNIT III :
Algorithm for formulation or Bus Impedance matrix, Modification of Bus impedance and admittance
matrices, Analysis of various faults ( 3- Phase, L-G, L-L, L-L-G) using Z-bus algorithms.

UNIT IV :
Load Flow equations, Formation and Solutions Using Gauss, Gauss-Seidel iterative methods,
Newton-Raphson and Fast decoupled methods, Comparison of load flow methods.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section
having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in
all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. The Practical Guide to Structured System Design: Prentice Hall, by Hones, M.P.
2. Structured Analysis: Prentice Hall, by Weinberg Victor.
3. Computer Methods in Power System Analysis: by EI- Abiad and Stagg McGraw
Hill.
4. Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis: by TATA McGraw Hill.
5. Electric Energy System Theory: TATA McGraw Hill, by Pai, M.A.
6. Advanced Power System Analysis and Dynamics by Singh, L.P Willey Eastern.
7. Modern Power System, International Text Book by Neuenswandor, J.R.
8. Elements of Power System Analysis McGraw Hill, by Stevenson.
9. Modern Power System Analysis: TATA McGraw Hill, by Nagrath and Kothari.
HVDC Transmission
DE-I ( EEcT-443-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I : Merits and Demerits of HVDC over EHVAC, type of HVDC links, Analysis Of 3-
phase bridge converter with grid control for U ≤ 60° and U ≥ 60°, derivation of equivalent circuit
of HVDC link.

UNIT II : Basic means of control of HVDC link, C.C.A., C.C. and C.E.A, Control Characteristics, combined
characteristics of a converter, Harmonics in HVDC Operation, types of filters used for harmonic elimination
elimination, characteristics harmonics, characteristic AC current harmonics, Non characteristics AC
harmonics, harmful effects.

UNIT III: Protection aspects of a HVDC link, types of faults, overcurrent protection,
over voltage protection, ground and short circuit fault & their protection.

UNIT IV : Parallel operation of A.C. and D.C. Systems. Corona & R.I characteristics of HVDC
link.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each
section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to attempt five
questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.

Reference:
1. K.P. Padyar, “HVDC Power Transmission Systems”, Wiley Eastorn Ltd. 1990.
2. E.W. Kimbark, “Direct Current Transmission”, Vol.I, Wiley Intersct
3. J. Arrillage, “High Voltage Direct Current Transmission”, Peter Peregrines,1983.
4. S. Rao,” EHV-AC and HVDC transmission Engineering Practice”, Khanna
publishers,1990.
POWER SYSTEM PLANNING
DE-I ( EEcT–447-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks


3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration : 3 Hrs
UNIT I
Load Forecasting : Introduction, Classification of loads, methods of load forecasting.
Scope of power system planning and design significance:-Computer programming for
planning, generation, transmission, Investment growth, generation cost.

UNIT II
Reliability of Transmission and Distribution System : Definition of reliability, bath tub
Curve, Two state model, failure and repair rate, Probability density function,
probabilities of survival and failure, mean time to failure, Mean down time, continuous
Markov’s process, reliability of series and parallel system, Approximate method,
reliability planning, and perception of reliability models.

UNIT III
Reliability Schemes in Power System:- Introduction, Marine power plant, Nuclear
Power plant, General Complex systems, Failure modes and effect analysis, Fault free
Analysis of power systems.

UNIT IV
Operation and Control of Interconnected Power systems(AGC and SCADA):- Main
tasks planning , operation , accounting , Tasks of national control center, Regional
control center, Generating station control room, Tasks of major substations, AGC-
SCADA, Normal state - Restoration, system security, factors affecting security, load
flow, state estimation.

NOTE : The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

Reference :
1. Switch gear protection and power system by SUNIL S. RAO.
2. Power System Analysis and stability by S.S. Vadhera.
3. Power System Design and Analysis by B.R. Gupta
4. System Engg. & Reliability by L. S. Srinath.
ANTENNA & WAVE PROPAGATION

DE-II (EEcT-449-E)
L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 Marks
Duration: 3 Hrs.
UNIT I :
Basic Principle: Scalar & vector potential for electric & magnetic components, Retardation,
retarded vector potential relation between scalar & vector potential current element.
Basic Antennas: Half wave dipole, quarter wave mono pole, short dipole, calculation of
radiation resistance, effective length & pointing vector. Current distribution: Linear current &
sinusoidal distribution.

UNIT II :
Antenna Parameter: Solid angle, radiation intensity, directive gain directivity, power gain,
beam width: HPBW, FNBW, band width, Q factor resonance in antenna, antenna as a
transmission line, antenna as active component, antenna temp. Radiation pattern, Eplane H
plane, efficiency. Effective aperture, scattering aperture, loss aperture, directivity,
polarization. Transmission between two Antenna, Reciprocity theorem application of
Reciprocity theorem.
Low Freq Antennas: Monopole, folded, loop antenna, biconical antenna, yagiuda antenna:
different antenna used for A.M & FM transmission. VHF & LHF antennas, Resonant
Antennas & non-resonant antenna, design parameter of different Antenna.

UNIT III :
Microwave Antenna: Parabolic Antenna, Lens Antenna, horn Antenna, Antenna used for
tracking & antenna used for satellite communication. E-plane horn, H-Plane horn circulars
Horn, pyramidal Horn.
Radio Wave Propagation: Different technique for radio wave propagation: Ground wave
propagation, space wave, sky wave, duct propagation, troposcatter.

UNIT IV :
Ionosphere propagation: Skip distance, LUF, MUF, Critical freq, Variation of refractive
index with height, effect of earth magnetize field on ionospheres propagation, calculation of
refractive index dielectric constant & Conductivity for ionospheres. Ionospheres
abnormalities.
Antenna Array: Multiplication of Pattern, Significance of Antenna Array, Broadside, End
fired, Uniform, Parasitic feed in Antenna Array, Calculation of Directivity & B.W for
Antenna array. Increased directed directive end fired array. Tapering of Array: Binomial
Array, Techepbyshe.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Jordan Balmian:- Electromagnetic Field Theory (PHI)
2. Kraus Antenna & Wave propagation (Mc Graw Hill)
3. Antenna & Wave propagation by K.D.Prasad (Satya Prakashan)
4. Collin R.E :- Antenna & Wave Propagation (TMH)
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR & INTERFACING
DE-II (EEcT-451-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 Marks
Duration : 3 Hrs.
UNIT I :
8086 Microprocessor: 8086 Internal Architecture timing diagram, interfacing 8086 to
memory.

UNIT II :
8086 Assembly Language Programs: 8086 instruction set, Assembler directive,
program development method, Writing simple 8086 programs for use with an
assembler.

UNIT III :
8086 Interrupts: 8086 Interrupts and Interrupt responses, hardware interrupt
application.
Interfacing: Digital interfacing, Programming parallel port and handshake I/O,
Interfacing a Microprocessor to keyboards & displays, Analog interfacing,
introducing to A/D and D/A Converter & applications.

UNIT IV:
Introduction to 80286, 80386, 80486 microprocessor, Single chip microcontrollers.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Duglas V. Hall “ Microprocessor & Interfacing Programming & Hardware-IInd
Edition”, TATA Mc Graw Hill.
2. A.P. Mathur “, Introduction Microprocessor–IIIrd Edition”, (TMH)
3. Tabak. D,” Advanced Microprocessor-2nd edition,” (TMH)
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
DE-II (EEcT-453-E)
L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks
3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration : 3Hrs.
UNIT I: Basic & Computer Networks, Need & Evolution of Computer Networks,
Description of LAN, MAN, WAN and wireless Networks, OSI and TCP/IP models with
description of Data Encapsulation & peer to peer communication, Comparison of OSI and
TCP/IP, Basic terminology of computer networks- bandwidth, Physical and logical
topologies, Media-10 base Z, 0 base S, 10 base T, 100base TX, 100base FX, 1000 base
LX and wireless, LAN & WAN devices- Router, bridge Ethernet switch HUB, Modem
CSU/DSU etc.
UNIT II: Physical Layer- Representation, one bit on physical modem i.e. in wired
network, Optical Network and wireless N/W, Encoding/Modulation- TTL Encoding,
Manchester Encoding, AM, FM and PM, Dispersion, Jitter, Latency and collision.
Different types of Media- Shielded twisted pair, Unshielded twisted pair, Coaxial cable,
Optical Fiber cable and wireless. Layer- LLC and MAC sub layer, MAC addressing
Layer 2 devices, Framing Error control and flow control. Error detection and correction
CRC Codes, block parity and Checksum, elementary data link protocol, sliding window
protocol, Channel allocation problem- static and dynamic.
UNIT III:Multiple Alex protocol- ALOHA, CSMA/CU Token bus Tokening,
FDDI.Network Layer, Segmentation and autonomous system path determination,
Network Layer addressing, Network-layer data gram, IP addressed classes,
Subneting,Sub network, Subnet mark, Routing algorithm- optiomality Principle, Shortest
path routing , Hierarchical routing, Broadcast routing, Multicast routing, Routing for
mobile host- Concatenated Visual circuits, tunneling, Fragmentation and DHCP. Routing
Protocol- RIP, IGRP, USPF and EIGRP Network layer in ATM Networks.
UNIT IV: Transport Layer- Layer 4 Protocol TCP & UDP Three way hand shakes open
connection ATM AAL Layer protocol, Session Layer design issue, Presentation Layer
design issue and Application layer design issue. Application layer Protocol, TELNET,
FTP, HTTP, SNMP
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Tannenbum, “ Computer Networks,” PHI


2. Darlx, “ Computer Networks and Their Protocols”, DLA Labs
3. Freer, “ Comp. Communication & Networks” , East-West-Pre
4. Frozen, “Data Communication & Networking (TMH)
5. Stalling ,”Data & Computer Communication.(PHI)
OPERATING SYSTEM
DE-II (EEcT-455-E)
L T P/D TOTAL Theory: 100 mks
3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs.
UNIT I:
Introduction: Operating System Services-types.
File Systems: File concept, File support, Access methods, Allocation methods,
Directory Systems, File protection.
CPU Scheduling: Review of multiprogramming concepts, scheduling concepts,
Scheduling algorithms, Algorithm evaluation, multiple processor scheduling.
UNIT II:
Memory Management: Bare machine concept, Resident monitor, Swapping-Multiple
partitions, Paging, Segmentation, Combined systems, Virtual memory, Demand paging,
Page replacement algorithms, Thrashing, Cache memory.
UNIT III:
I/O Management And Disk Scheduling: Organisation of I/O function, Logical structure
and I/O buffering, Memory physical characteristics , First come first served scheduling,
Protection: Goals of protection, Mechanisms and policies, Domain of protection, Access
matrix, Dynamic protection structure, Language based protection, Protection problems,
Security. Round robin, Shortest seek time first scheduling, SCAN, CSCAN, LOOK,
CLOOK, Selecting a disk scheduling algorithm, Sector queueing.
UNIT IV:
Concurrency: Principle of concurrency, Mutual exclusion, Software support, Dekker’s
algorithm, Hardware support, Operating system support, Semaphore Implementation,
Messages, Deadlock presentation , Deadlock detection, Deadlock avoidance, recovery.
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections,
each section having two questions from each of the four units. The candidate shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

Text Book:
1. James L. Peterson and Abraham Silbersachatz, Operating System Concepts, Addison
Wesley, World Students Series Edition, Second edition, 1985.
References:
1. Harvey M. Deitel, An Introduction to Operating Systems, Addison Wesley Publishing
Company, Revised First edition, 1984.
2. John J. Donovan, Systems Programming, McGraw Hill Book Co., International
Student Edition, 1985.
EIGHTH SEMESTER SCHEME OF EXMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Course Title Teaching Schedule Examination schedule Total Duratio
Course No. Marks n of
Exam
L T P/D Total Theory Sessional Practical
Viva
EEcT-402-E MODELLING AND SIMULATION 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-404-E MODERN TRENDS IN COMMUNICATION 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-406-E SPECIAL ELECTRIC MACHINES 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
* DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE-III 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
** DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE-IV 4 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
EEcT-422-E SIMULATION LAB. - - 3 3 - 25 50 75 3
EEcT-424-E MAJOR PROJECT - - 6 6 - 75 75 150 3
EEcT-426-E SEMINAR - 2 - 2 - 25 25 50 -
EEcT-428-E COMPREHENSIVE VIVA - - - - - 75 - 75 -

EEcT-430-E GENERAL FITNESS & PROFESSIONAL APTITUDE - - - - - - 75 75 3


TOTAL 19 7 9 35 500 450 225 1175 -
LIST OF DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES FOR B.TECH. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGG. FOR 8TH SEMESTER
th
* DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE –III , 8 Semester

Sr.No. Subject Name Subject Code


1 UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY EEcT-442-E
2 NON-CONVENTIONAL SOURCES OF ENERGY EEcT-444-E
MANAGEMENT
3 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS EEcT-446-E
4 FUZZY LOGIC & NEURAL NETWORKS EEcT-448-E
** DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE-IV , 8th Semester
Sr.No. Subject Name Subject Code
1 RADIO & TV ENGINEERING EEcT-450-E
2 DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN EEcT-452-E
3 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING EEcT-454-E
4 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING EEcT-456-E
MODELLING AND SIMULATION
EEcT-402-E
VIII SEMESTER

L T P Total Theory : 100 mks


4 1 - 5 Sessionals: 50 mks
Duration : 3 hrs

UNIT 1:
Introduction: Systems, Models and simulation, concept of model, model classification and mathematical representation, Identification,
continuous and discrete, static and dynamic, deterministic and stochastic systems.

UNIT 2:
Discrete event systems: Introduction, statistical model in simulation, random number generation, method of generating random variables,
discrete random variates, generating correlated random numbers.
Queuing models: Characteristics, queuing notation, single server and multiple server systems.

UNIT 3:
Simulation: State space simulation techniques, Digital simulation languages, Analog simulation of linear systems, magnitude
scaling, time scaling, simulation equations, transfer function simulator, hybrid simulation. Load flow, short circuit
and steady state stability studies. Transmission parameters.

UNIT 4:
Matlab: Matlab environment, programming, modeling, with matrices, simulation in Matlab, introduction to dynamic system simulation using
SIMULINK, applications of simulink.

Note: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

REFERENCES:
1. Banks J. Carson J.S and Nelson B: Discrete Event system simulation, PHI.
2. Celler F.E. Continuous system simulation, Springer veriag.
3. Athanasios Papoulis: Probability Random variables and Statistics Processes,
Mc-Graw Hill.
4. Reference manual & user’s guide on Matlab.
5. Analog computation & simulation (V Raja Raman)
6. System simulation with digital computer ( D E O )
7. System simulation (Jorden)
8. System modeling & Computer Simulation by Nain A. Kheir. Marcel Dekker Inc.
9. Discrete Event System Simulation, PHI Banks J. Carson J. S. and Nelson B.
10. Advanced Computer methods for power system Analysis- Stagg and Elabiad.
11. Advanced power System L. P. Singh ( New Age Publication)

MODERN TRENDS IN COMMUNICATION


VIII Sem. (EEcT-404-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 Mks


4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 Mks
Duration : 3 hrs.

UNIT I
Digital Communication: - Introduction to sampling theorem for band limited & band pass signals, bit rate, detection levels, Digital filtering,
Pulse code modulation, Adaptive data modulation, coding, Coding efficiency, introduction to used codes. Error detection & corrections codes,
ASK,FSK, PSK,DPSK,QPSK.

UNIT II :
Satellite Communication: - Introduction, Satellite orbits, frequency used, station keeping, orientation of satellite, transmission paths & its losses
& noise consideration. Satellite systems flux density, effective isotropic radiated power, link budget calculations, multiple accessing techniques.

UNIT III :
Fiber Optic Communication: - Introduction, advantages & disadvantages, principle of light transmission in a fiber, types of optical fibers, effect
of index profile on propagation, modes of propagation. Number of modes via fiber, single mode propagation, rayleigh scattering losses, absorption
losses, mode coupling losses, bending losses, combined losses, effect of dispersion on pulse transmission, inter model dispersion, material
dispersion, wave guide dispersion, total dispersion.

UNIT IV:
Optical Communication:- LEDs, semiconductor laser diode, the PN photodiode, PIN diode. The avalanche photo diode,fiber optic
communication system block diagram & loss budget, connectors & Splices.

NOTE : The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Dennis Roddy & John Collen: Electronics Communication.(PHI)


2. John Gowar: Optical communication system (PHI)
3. D. C. Aggarwal : Satellite Communication

SPECIAL ELECTRIC MACHINES


VIII Sem. (EEcT-406-E)

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 mks


4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration : 3 hrs.

UNIT I Different types of FHP motors and uses in domestic & industrial applications, Single phase Induction motor, Qualitative
examination starting and running performance of I-Phase Induction Motors.

UNIT II Linear Induction Motors and Actuators and its principle of operation, Linear Levitated machine & applications, Permanent magnet
motors, High performance energy efficient machines, Effect of E.M.F injected into secondary circuits , quantitative study, scharge motor.

UNIT III Special Induction generations, Special motors and generators associated with Wind, Solar, Tidal, Biogas and other unconventional
energy forms and their applications.

UNIT IV Synchronous motors, Series universal motors, Stepper motor, Permanent magnet D.C. motor, Permanent magnet AC motors,
Switch reluctance motors. Servo motor, shaded pole motor, brush less D.C motor, Typical applications in Computers, Electronics,
Communications and Information Technologies.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Generalized Electrical Machines by P. S. Bhimbra


2 Generations of Electrical Energy by A. E. Fitzgerald/Charles , Kingsley J. R.
3 The Performance &design of A.C Commutator Motor by O.E .Taylor
4 Performance & Design of A.C machines by M.G. Say
SIMULATION LAB
VIII- Sem. (EEcT-422-E)

L T P Total Practical : 50 mks


- - 3 3 Sessional: 25 mks
Duration: 3 hrs.

List of Experiments :

Perform the experiments using C/C++ Language

1. To develop a Program for Matrix n*n.

2. Add two Matrix.

3. Multiplication of two Matrix.

4. Find Inverse of Matrix.


5. Check stability by Routh Hurwitz Criteria.

6. Check stability by Jury Test.

7. Draw a circle for given radius use graphics.

8. Draw a straight-line use graphics.

9. Find Eigen value for given Matrix.

10. To develop a program for Cramer’s Rule

11. To develop a program for Tower of Hanoi.

NON-CONVENTIONAL SOURCES OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT


DE-III (EEcT-444-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration : 3Hrs
UNIT I: Introduction : Limitation of Conventional Energy sources, used & growth of alternate energy sources, Basic schemes & application of direct
energy conversion.
Energy Management : Principles of energy conservation , Energy Audit, energy conservation approach/technologies, co-generation, waste heat
utilization, power factor improvement, regeneration methods, energy storage, efficient energy management techniques, energy management system in
India.

UNIT II : MHD Generators : Basic principle, gaseous conduction & Hall effect, generator & motor effect, different types of MHD generators,
practical MHD generators, applications & economic aspects.
Thermo-Electric Generators: Thermoelectric effects, Thermoelectric converters, figure of merit, properties of Thermoelectric materials, brief description
of construction of thermoelectric generators, applications & economic aspects.

UNIT III: Photo Voltaic Effect & Solar Energy:- Photo Voltaic effect, different types of photoelectric cells, cell fabrication, characteristics of photo
voltaic cells, conversion efficiency, solar batteries, Solar radiation analysis, solar energy in India, solar collector, solar furnaces & applications.

UNIT IV: Miscellaneous Sources : Fuel cells, principle of action, general description of fuel cells, conversion efficiency, operational characteristics &
applications. Low level hydro plants, definition of low head hydropower, Choice of site, choice of turbines. Wind power, history of wind power, wind
machines, theory of wind power, characteristics of suitable wind power sites, Bio mass energy, conversion processes. Different bio mass energy resources,
electric equipment, precautions, and applications.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four units. The
candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Energy Resources; Demand & Conservation with special reference to India by Kashbari, C, TMH
2. An Introduction to Direct Energy Conservation by R.A. Coormbe.
3. Direct Energy Conversion by Kettani, M.
4. Energy Hand book by Robert L. Loftness.
5. Energy Technology Hand Book by Considine.
HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
DE-III (EEcT-446-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs.
UNIT I: Introduction to EHV AC and HVDC transmission-Comparison between HVAC and HVDC, overhead and underground transmission
scheme-Standard transmission voltages- Factors concerning choice of HVAC and HVDC transmission-Block diagram of HVAC and HVDC
transmission schemes. Modern developments in HVDC transmission. Protection of HVAC and HVDC systems.
UNIT II: Properties of bundled conductors –Inductance and capacitance of EHV line –Surface voltage gradient on single, double and more
than three conductor bundles –Corona effects-Power loss-Increase in radius of conductors-Charge voltage diagram-Qualitative study of corona
pulses, their generation and properties.
UNIT III: Properties of EHVAC transmission at power frequency – Generalised constants-Power circle diagram and its use-Voltage control
using compensators-High phase order transmission. Review of rectification and inversion process-Constant current and constant extinction
angle modes of operations-Analysis of DC transmission systems-Harmonics on AC and DC sides and filters for their suppression – Multi
terminal DC transmission systems – Parallel operation of AC and DC transmission.
UNIT IV: Over voltage in EHV systems, origin and types – Ferro resonance over voltage – Switching surges, reduction of switching surges
on EHV systems-Introduction to EHV cable transmission – Electrical characteristics of EHV cables – properties of cable insulation materials-
EHV insulators – Characteristics and pollution performance
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all , selecting at least one question from each unit.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rakesh Das Begamudre ,EHV AC Transmission Engineering, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990.
2. E.W.Kimbark, Direct Current Transmission, Volume 1,Wiley Interscience,1971.

REFERENCES:
1. Sunil S.RAO ,Swichgear and Protection,Khanna Publishers,1986.
2. T.J.E Miller,Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems,John Wiley and Sons, Newyork,1980.
3. G.K.Dubey, S.R.Doralda. A.Joshi,R.M.Sinha,Thyristorised Power Conrollers,Wiley Eastern Limited,1992.

UTILAZTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY


DE-III (EEcT-442-E)

L T P Total Theory: 100 mks


3 1 -- 4 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs

UNIT 1: Illumination: Term used in illumination, Law’s of illumination, sources of light, arc lamp incandescent lamp, discharge lamp, sodium
vapour, mercury vapour lamp, florescent tubes, lightening schemes, method of lightning calculation.

UNIT II: Electrical Heating: Advantages of Electrical Heating, various types of Electrical heating, Power frequency and High frequency
heating, Degree of heating element, Equivalent circuit of arc furnace, Resistance heating, Arc heating, Induction heating, dielectric heating etc.

Electric Welding: All types of electrical welding, resistance welding, arc welding, electrical winding equipment, Comparison between AC & DC
welding, types of electrodes, advantages of coated electrodes.

UNIT III:Electroplating: Basic principle, faraday’s law of electrostatics, terms used, Application of electrolysis, factors governing electro
deposition, power supply.

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Basic principle, various compression cycle & system its application, electric circuit of refrigerator, air
conditioner.
UNIT IV: Traction Motors : Different system of electric traction, comparison between AC & DC system, block diagram of traction system
,Starting-Speed control and braking-Speed control and braking –Speed time curves,-Mechanics of Train movement-Tractive effort for acceleration
– Power and energy output from driving axles-Specific energy output and consumption-Train resistance.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:
1. Dr.S.L.Uppal, Electrical Power ,Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,1980.
2. M.L.Soni,P.V.Gupta,U.S.Bhatnagar,A.Chakrabarti,A Text Book On Power System Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Co,New
Delhi1997-98
3. H.Pratap, Art and Science of Utilization of Electric Energy, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi,1980.
4. G.C.Garg, Utilization of Electric Power and Electric Traction, Khanna publishers, New Delhi,1995.

FUZZY LOGIC & NEURAL NETWORKS


DE-III (EEcT-448-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks


3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration : 3 Hrs.
UNIT I :
Introduction to Fuzzy sets, Crisp sets, Basic concepts of Fuzzy sets, L-fuzzy sets, level 2-fuzzy sets, type 2-fuzzy sets. Fuzzy sets Vs. Crisp
sets. Fuzzy Arithmetic, Algebraic operations, set-theoretic operations, fuzzy relation on sets & fuzzy set compositions of Fuzzy relations,
properties of the minimum-maximum composition.
UNIT II :
Introduction to Fuzzy control, Fuzzy logic controller components, Construction of Fuzzy sets
(Direct methods, Indirect method), Introduction to Expert system, Case study on fuzzy logic controller, Application of Fuzzy control.

UNIT III:
Introduction to Neural Networks, Artificial Neuron model, Neural Network controller, Multilayer Network, Back propagation Algorithm
(Forward, Backward), learning control Architecture (Indirect learning, General, Forward Inverse), Simplex matrix operation.

UNIT IV:
Application of Neural Network: The traveling salesman problem, Time series prediction.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. James A. Anderson “ Introduction to Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall India.


2. H.J. Zimmermann “ Fuzzy set theory & its Applications “, Allied Publishers Ltd.
3. Nil Junbong “ Fuzzy Neural Control Principles & Algorithm”, PHI.
4. N.K. Bose “ Neural Network Fundamental with Graphics “, TATA McGraw Hill.
5. Klir George J. “ Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic Theory and Applications”, PHI.
6. J.M Zurada , “ Introduction to Artificial Neural Network” , Jaico Publishers
RADIO & TV ENGINEERING
DE-IV (EEcT-450-E)
L T P /D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks
4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I: Radio Transmitter: Modulation, AM Transmitter, FM Transmitter; AFC, Sensitivity selectivity, VODAS, Radio Transmitter,
Telephone transmitter Privacy device, Radio telegraph transmitter.

UNIT II: Radio receiver: TRF, super-heterodyne, communication receiver, double conversion receiver, SSB Rx, freq synthesis, image freq,
selectivity. IF freq tracking AFC & AGC n Rx, FM demodulator, neutralization, freq drift & scintillation, Diversity reception, fading, armstrong
FM Rx.

UNIT III: Monochrome T.V: Introduction, composite video signal picture tube, camera tube image orthicon, vidicon, plumbicon TV Tx & Rx,
modulation technique, TV Application CATV, CCTV, Video games Theater T.V., VTR, AGC, Various AGC system

UNIT IV: Color T.V.: Compatibility, three color theory different color picture tube, color signal transmission, NTSC, Color TV, PAL, SECAM

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Monochrome & color T.V. by R.R.Gulati (Wiley Eastern Ltd.)


2. Radio Engineering by G.K. Mithal (Khanna Publications)
3. A.M Dhaka, “ Monochrome & color T.V” (TMH)
4. Skolnik.M.I,” Introduction to Radar System” (TMH)
DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN
DE- IV (EEcT-452-E)

L T P/D TOTAL Theory :100 mks


4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration : 3 Hrs

UNIT I: Combination Circuit Design: Adders Substractor, BCD Adder code converters, 7-segment display, designing using multiplexer,
demultiplexer, decoder, encoder.

UNIT II: Synchronous Sequential ckt Design: Flip-flop, FSM. Sequence detector, party checker & Detector and different applicator of
sequential ckts, state table state diagram. Moose & mealy sequential ckt with state diagram reduction of state table using merger graph method &
moose method, computing M/C, limitation & capabilities of seq. Ckt.

UNIT III: Asynchronous Sequential ckt. : FSM, Racer, state table & flow table diagram, compatibility chart state assignment in Asynchronous
ckt.

UNIT IV: Introduction to: ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, masked ROM, FAMOS, PAL, PLA, FPGA.
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

References:

1. Z.Kohavi by Switching & System (McGraw Hill)


2. R.P.Jain By Digital Electronics & Microprocessor (McGraw Hill)
3. W.Fletcher :- An Engineering Approach to Electronic Design (PHI)
4. Floyd: - Digital Fundamentals (UBS)
5. Morris Mano:- Digital Logic &Computer Design(PHI)
Digital Image Processing
DE-IV (EEcT-454-E)
L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks
4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 mks
Duration: 3 Hrs.
UNIT I:
DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS: Introduction, image model, sampling and Quantization, relationship between pixels, imaging
geometry, photographic film, discrete,
Fourier transform, properties of two dimensional Fourier transform, fast Fourier transform.

UNIT II:
IMAGE ENHANCEMENT AND COMPRESSION: Enhancement by point processing, spatial filtering and enhancement in the frequency
domain, pseudo color image processing, image compression models, error free compression, image compression standards.

UNIT III:
IMAGE RESTORATIONS: Degradation, models, diagonalizations of matrices, inverse filtering, interactive estorations, geometric
transformations.
IMAGE SEGMENTATION: Detection of discontinuities, edge linking and boundary detection, thresholding, region orienting segmentation.

UNIT IV:
REPRESENTATIONS AND RECOGNITION: Representations schemes, boundary descriptors, regional descriptors, morphology, recognition
and interpretation, basics.

NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Rafael c. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, digital image processing, Addison Wesley publishing company, 1987
REFERENCES
1. William K. Pratt, digital image processing, John Wiley and sons, 1978
2. Jain, Fundamentals of digital image processing, PHI, 1996
3. Barrie W. Jervis , “digital signal processing (Pearson education India)
4. Prokis, “ digital signal processing” (PHI)
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
DE-IV ( EEcT-456-E)
L T P/D TOTAL Theory : 100 mks
4 1 - 5 Sessional : 50 mks
Duration : 3Hrs
UNIT- I: Introduction: Programs vs. Software products, Emergence of Software Engineering, Notable Changes in Software Development
Practices, Software Life Cycle Models.
Software Project Management: Project Planning, Project Size Estimation Matrices, Project Estimation Techniques, Empirical Estimation
Techniques, COCOMO- A heuristic Estimation Technique, Halstead’s software Science- An Analytical Technique, Staffing Level Estimation,
Scheduling, Organization and Team structures, Staffing, Risk Management, Software Configuration Management.
UNIT- II: Requirements Analysis and Specification: Requirements Analysis, Software Requirements Specification (SRS), Formal System
Development Techniques, Algebraic Specifications, Software Design: Good Software Design/Practices, Cohesion and Coupling, Neat
Hierarchy, Software Design Approaches.
Function-Oriented Software Design : Overview of the SA/DK Methodology, Structured Analysis, Data Flow Diagrams (DFDs), Extending
the DFD Technique to Real Time Systems, Structured Design.
UNIT- III: Object Oriented Software Design: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts, Object- Oriented vs. Function –Oriented Design,
Graphical Representation of Object-Oriented Design, Object-Oriented Design Methodology.
User Interface Design: Characteristics of a Good User Interface Design, Basic Concepts, Command Language –Based Interface, Menu-Based
Interface, Director Manipulation Interfaces, Windowing Systems, Types of Widgets, An overview of X Window/MOTIF, Visual C++.
Coding And Testing: Coding, Unit testing, Black Box Testing, White-Box testing, Debugging, Program Analysis Tools, Integration Testing,
System, General Issues Associated with Testing.
UNIT-IV Software Reliability and Quality Assurance: Software Reliability, Software Quality, Software, Software Quality Management,
ISO 9000, SEI Capability Maturity Model. Computer Aided Software Engineering: CASE and its Scope, CASE Support in Software
Architecture of a CASE Environment.
Software Maintenance: Software Reverse Engineering, Software Maintenance Process Models, and Estimation of Maintenance Costs.
NOTE: The question paper shall have eight questions in all organized into four sections, each section having two questions from each of the four
units. The candidate shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from each unit.
References:
1. Rajib Mall, “ Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, PHI
2. RogerS.Pressman ,“Software Engineering A Practitioner’s Approach, McGraw-Hill.
3. Ali Behforooz and Frederich J. Hudson, “ Software Engineering Fundamentals”, Oxford University Press.
SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
B.Tech. 1ST YEAR (SEMESTER–I) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2004-2005)
Course Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duratio
No. Course title L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total n of
Exams.
MATH- Mathematics-I 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
101E
PHY-101E Physics-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
HUM-101E
OR
Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / of Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E

ME-105E
OR
Engg. Graphics and Drawing
- -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CH-101E
OR
Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in c 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E
Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-103E Physics Lab.-I - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E
Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E
Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements -- -- 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E of Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-109E
2
Total 24/20 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.
3. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
MATH-101E
MATHEMATICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 Marks


4 1 - Sessional: 50 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
During of exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Applications of Differentiation : Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series, Expansion by use of known series, Expansion by forming a differential equation, Asymptotes, Curvature, Radius
of Curvature for Cartesian, Parametric & polar curves, Centre of curvature & chord of curvature, Tracing of Cartesian & polar curves (standard curves).

UNIT – II
Partial Differentiation & its Applications : Functions of two or more variables Partial derivatives, Total differential and differentiability, Derivatives of composite and implicit
functions, change of variables.
Homogeneous functions, Euler’s theorem, Jacobian, Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series for functions of two variables (without proof), Errors and approximations, Maxima-minima of
functions of two variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers, Differentiation under the integral sign.

UNIT – III
Multiple Integrals and their Applications : Double integral, change of order of integration Double integral in polar coordinates, Applications of double integral to find area
enclosed by plane curves and volume of solids of revolution.
Triple integral, volume of solids, change of variables, Beta and gamma functions and relationship between them.

UNIT – IV
Vector Calculus : Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions Gradient of a scalar field and directional derivative, divergence and curl of a vector field and their
physical interpretations, Del applied twice to point functions, Del applied to product of point functions.
Integration of vectors, line integral, surface integral, volume integral, Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss divergence theorems (without proof), and their simple applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : F. Kreyszig.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics : B.S. Grewal.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mathematics Part-I : S.S. Sastry.
2. Differential and Integral Calculus : Piskunov.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : R.K. Jain and
S.R.K. Iyengar
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-101E
PHYSICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
PHYSICAL OPTICS
Interference: Division of wave front-Fresnel's biprism, Division of amplitude–Newton's rings, Michelson interferometer, applications.
Diffraction: Difference between Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction through a slit. Plane transmission diffraction grating, its dispersive and
resolving powers.
Polarization: Polarised and unpolarized light, double refraction; Nicol prism, quarter and half wave plates, Polarimetry; Biquartz and Laurent's half-shade
polarimeters, Simple concepts of photoelasticity.
UNIT-II
LASER: Spontaneous and stimulated emissions, Laser action, characteristics of laser beam-concepts of coherence, He-Ne and semiconductor lasers (simple ideas),
applications.
FIBRE OPTICS: Propagation of light in fibres, numerical aperture, single mode and multi mode fibres, applications.

UNIT-III
WAVE AND OSCILLATIONS: Simple concepts of Harmonic Oscillator, resonance, quality factor. E.M. wave theory-review of basic ideas, Maxwell's equations, simple
plane wave equations, simple concepts of wave guides and co-axial cables, Poynting vector. DIELECTRICS: Molecular theory, polarization, displacement, susceptibility,
dielectric coefficient, permitivity & various relations between these, Gauss's law in the presence of a dielectric, Energy stored in an electric field. Behavior of dielectrics
in a.c. field-simple concepts, dielectric losses.
UNIT-IV
SPECIAL THEORY OF RELATIVITY: Michelson-Moreley experiment, Lorentz transformations, variation of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence.
NUCLEAR PHYSICS: Neutron Cross-section, Nuclear fission, Moderators, Nuclear reactors, Reactor criticality, Nuclear fusion. Interaction of radiation with matter-
basic concepts, radiation detectors-ionisation chamber, G.M. Counter, Scintillation and solid state detectors, cloud chamber and bubble chamber.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Physics of the Atom - Wehr, Richards & Adair (Narosa)
2. Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH)
3. Modern Engineering Physics – A.S. Vasudeva (S. Chand)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electricity and Magnetism – F.W. Sears (Narosa)
2. Physics Vol-I & II – Resnick & Halliday (Wiley Eastern)
4. A Text Book of Optics – Brij Lal & Subramanyam

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY
(BT-101 E)

L T P/D Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT - I
Introduction to life: Characteristics of living organisms. Hierarchy of organisation and factors responsible for regulating different levels of organisations. Structure of
Prokaryotic and Kukaryotic cell. Basic concept of State and Homeostasis.
Introduction to Biomolecules: Definition, general classification and important functions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids and vitamins.
Enzymes as biocatalysts: General characteristics, nomenclature and classification of Enzymes. Effect of temperature, pH, enzyme and substrate concentrations on the activity
of enzymes. Elementary concept of cofactors and coenzymes.
UNIT - II
Biodiversity :
(i) Plant System : Basic concepts of plant growth, nutrition, photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation. Types of Growth regulators and their physiological effects.
(iv) Animal System : Elementary Study of Digestive, Respiratory, Circulatory, Excretory systems and their functions.
(v) Microbial System : History of Microbiology, types of microbes and properties. Economic importance and control of microbes.

UNIT - III
Evolution: Theories of evolution. Mendel’s laws of inheritance. Variation and speciation.
Genetic: Cell division – Mitosis and Meiosis. Evidence of nucleic acids as a genetic material. Central Dogma.
Genetic Engineering : Elementary knowledge of Recombinant DNA Technology, Bio-informatics and Genomics.

UNIT – IV
Introduction to Biotechnology : Definition, scope and achievements. Tools used in biotechnology.
Applications of Biotechnology in Agriculture, Medicine and Environment – an elementary knowledge.
Prospects and public perception of Biotechnology.

Text/ Reference Books:


7. Cell Biology and Genetics. 9th edition. Starr, C. and Taggard; R. (2001) Thomson Learning USA.
8. Life Science of Biology 6th edition Purves W.K.; Sadava, D.; Orians, G.H. and Heller, H.C. (2001). W.H. Freeman & company, USA.
9. Basic Biotechnology. Ratledge, C. and Kristiansen, B. (2001) Cambridge University Press.
10. Basic Biotechnology. Ignacimuthu, S.J. (2002) Tata McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi
11. Genes VII Lewis Benjamin (2002). Oxford Univ. Press Oxford.
12. Biotechnology 3rd Edition. Smith, J.E. (2003) Cambridge University Press.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
ME-101E
ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

L T P Theory: 75 marks
3 1 Sessional: 25 marks
Total: 100 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-I
Properties of Steam & Boilers: Formation of steam at constant pressure, Thermodynamics properties of steam, Condition of steam, Steam tables, Measurement of
dryness fraction by throttling calorimeter, Classification of boilers, Comparison of water and fire tube boilers mounting and accessories with their functions,
Constructional and operational details of Cochran and Babcock and Wilcox boilers, Problems.
Steam Turbines and Condensers: Classification of turbines, Working principle of impulse and reaction turbine, Compounding of impulse turbine, Comparison of
impulse and reaction turbines, Types of condensers, Cooling ponds and cooling towers, Condenser and vacuum efficiencies.

Unit-II
I.C. Engines and Gas Turbines: Introduction, Classification, Constructional details and working of two-stroke and four-stroke diesel and petrol engines, Otto, Diesel
and Dual cycles, Working principle of gas turbine, Constant pressure gas turbine cycle.
Water Turbines, Pumps and Hydraulic Devices: Introduction, Classification, Construction details and working of Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Specific speed
and selection of turbines, Classification of water pumps and their working, Hydraulic jack and lift.
Unit-III
Simple Lifting Machines: Definition of machine, Velocity ratio, Mechanical advantage, Efficiency, Laws of machines, Reversibility of machine, Wheel and axle,
Differential pulley block, Single, double and triple start worm and worm wheel, Single and double purchase winch crabs, Simple and compound screw jacks. Problems.
Power Transmission Methods and Devices: Introduction to Power transmission, Belt drive, Rope drive, Chain drive, Pulley, Gear drive, Types of gears, Gear train,
Clutches, Types and function of clutches, Types and function of brakes, Power measurement by dynamometer, Types of dynamometers.
Unit-IV

Stresses and Strains: Introduction, Concept & types of Stresses and strains, Poison’s ratio, stresses and strains in simple and compound bars under
axial loading, Stress-strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants & their relationships, Principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of
stresses. Numerical problems.
Bending Moment & Shear Force: Definitions, SF and BM diagrams for cantilever and simply supported beam. Calculation of maximum SF, BM and point of contra-
flexure under the loads of (i) concentrated load (ii) uniformly distributed load (iii) combination of concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Problems.
Text Books:
7. Strength of Materials - G.H. Ryder, Pub.- ELBS.
8. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics – Modi and Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, New Delhi
9. Engineering Thermodynamics – C.P. Arora, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi
10. Thermal Engineering – A.S. Sarad, Pub. - Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.
11. Engineering Mechanics – K.L. Kumar, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi.
12. Theory of Machines – S.S. Rattan, Pub. – TMH, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
4. Strength of Materials – Popov, Pub. - PHI, New Delhi.
5. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal, Pub.- Metropolitan, Allahbad.
6. Thermal Science and Engineering – D.S. Kumar, Pub. – Kateria & Sons, New Delhi.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
CE101E
ELEMENTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERINGS

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Building Materials & Construction: Cement, sand, aggregate, bricks, reinforcing bars, structural steel sections.
Brick masonry: Bonds in brick work, reinforced brick work, load bearing walls, damp-proofing and water proofing, doors and windows
Making of concrete, reinforced concrete: columns, beams, lintels, floors and roofs, staircases, water retaining structures, foundations.

UNIT-II
Structural Steel: Properties, design of tension and compression members, beams and roof
Trusses, constructions- rewetted bolted and welded, industrial buildings and towers

UNIT-III
Soils and Foundations: Types of soils, bearing capacity of soils, improving the bearing capacity, earth pressure, foundation for walls, columns, machines and transmission

towers, pile foundation.

UNIT-IV
Water supply and treatment: Water needs, estimation of water demand, impurities in water and their sanitary significance, water quality standards, water treatment systems,

distribution systems- gravity, pumping and dual system, need for sanitation, systems of sanitation-water borne and conservancy methods of sanitation, sewerage systems-

partial, combined and separate systems.

References:
6. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar, Standard Pub., New Delhi.
7. Reinforced Concrete by I.C.Syal & A.K.Goyal, A.H Wheeler & Co., Delhi
8. Design of steel Structures by A.S.Arya & J.L.Ajonani Nem Chand & Bros.
9. Basics & Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New Age Int. Pub., New Delhi
10. Water Supply Enggi. By S.K. Garg.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
EL-101E

ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Semiconductors p-type, n-type, pn junction diodes, pn junction as a circuit element, its characteristics, half wave and full wave and bridge type rectifier circuits basic filter
circuits, Doide as voltage multiplier, clipper & clamper circuit. Zener diode as a voltage regulator. LED its characteristics construction & applications

UNIT-II
Characteristics of transistors in different configuration. Concept of d.c. and a.c. load line and operating point selection. Various amplifiers configurations their h-parameter
equivalent circuits determination of voltage gain current gain input resistance and output resistance & power gain. Concept of feedback in amplifiers, different oscillators
circuits (without analysis)

UNIT-III
Differential amplifier and its transfer characteristics. IC Op-Amps, its ideal & practical specifications and measurement of parameters. Op-Amp in different modes as inverting
amplifier non inverting amplifier scale changer, differentiator & integrator.
UNIT-IV
Characteristics of JFET, MOSFET, Various amplifier configurations using FET. Characteristics and Construction of SCR, TRIAC, UJT. Their basic areas applications.

Reference :

1. Electronic Devices & Circuits - Boylstad & Nashelsky.


6. Integrated Electronics By Millman & Halkias.
7. Electronic Principles – Malvino
8. Principles of Electronics – V.K. Mehta, Shalu Melta.
9. Electronic Circuits – Donald L. Shilling & Charles Belowl
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.

ME- 103E

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Introduction: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification. Industrial Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of
Accidents, Methods of Safety, First Aid.
Engineering Materials: General Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials, Mild Steel, Medium Carbon Steel, High Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel and Cast
Iron.
Unit-II
Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types of Patterns, Pattern Allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Moulding Sand and
its composition, Sand Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly, Melting ( Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting
Defects and Remedies.

Unit-III
Cold Working ( Sheet Metal Work ): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking, Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining
Advantages and Limitations.
Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing. Plant Layout, Objectives of
Layout, Types of Plant Layout and their Advantages.

Unit-IV
Introduction to Machine Tools: Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper, Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter,
Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points Cutting Tool and Tool Wear. Mechanics of Chips Formations, Type of Chips , Use of Coolants in
machining.
Welding: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc
Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing.

Text Books :
1. Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi.
2. Process and Materials of Manufacture-Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
3. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes- Campbell, J.S.- McGraw- Hill.
Reference Books:
4. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press.
5. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
6. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.

CSE -101E
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS & PROGRAMMING IN C

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1
An Overview of Computer System: Anatomy of a digital Computer, Memory Units, Main and Auxiliary Storage Devices, Input Devices, Output Devices,
Classification of Computers. Radix number system: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal numbers and their inter-conversions; Representation of information inside the
computers. Operating System Basics: Introduction to PC operating Systems: DOS, Unix/Linux, Windows 2000.

Unit-2
Programming Languages: Machine-, Assembly-, High Level- Language, introduction to Assembler, Compiler, Interpreter, Debuggers, Linker and Loader.
Programming fundamentals: problem definition, algorithms, flow charts and their symbols.
Internet basics: How Internet works, Major features of internet, Emails, FTP, Using the internet.

Unit-3
C Programming language: C fundamentals, formatted input/ output, expressions, selection statements, loops and their applications; Basic types, arrays, functions,
including recursive functions, program organization: local and external variables and scope & arrays.

Unit-4
Strings: strings literals, string variables, I/O of strings, arrays of strings; applications. Structures, Unions and Enumerations: Structure variables and operations on
structures; Structured types, nested array structures; unions; enumeration as integers, tags and types. Standard library: Input / output; streams, file operations, formatted
I/O, character I/O, line I/O, block, string I/O, Library support for numbers and character data, error handling:

Text Books:
4. Using Information Technology, 5th Edi, Brian K Williams & Stacey C. Sawyer, 2003, TMH
5. The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988, PHI.
6. C Programming – A modern approach by K.N. King, 1996, WW Norton & Co.

Reference Books:
5. Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin, 1998, TMH
6. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried, TMH
7. Teach yourself all about computers by Barry Press and Marcia Press, 2000, IDG Books India.
8. Using Computers and Information by Jack B. Rochester, 1996, Que Education & Training.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-103E

PHYSICS LAB. -I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: Students will be required to perform atleast 10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Ist semester will be based mainly upon optics, electrostatics, wave and oscillations which are the parts of the theory syllabus of Ist semester.

15. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings experiment.


16. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Fresnel's biprism experiment.
17. To find the wavelength of various colours of white light with the help of a plane transmission diffraction grating.
18. To verify Newtons formula and hence to find the focal lenth of convex lens
19. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Michelson interferometer.
20. To find the resolving power of a telescope.
21. To find the specific rotation of sugar solution by using a polarimeter.
22. To compare the capacitances of two capacitors by De'sauty bridge and hence to find the dielectric constant of a medium.
23. To find the frequency of A.C. mains by using sonometer.
24. To find low resistance by carrey foster Bridge
25. To find the resistance of a galvenometer by Post office Box
26. To Find Value of high Resistance by substitution method
27. To Find the value of high resistance by leakage method
28. To Convert a galveno meter in to an Ammeter of given range.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).
ME-107E

WORKSHOP PRACTICE

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 3 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
NOTE :
3. At least ten experiments/ jobs are to be performed/ prepared by students in the semester.
4. At least 8 experiments/ jobs should be performed / prepared from the above list, remaining two may either be performed/ prepared from the above list or designed &
set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of Manufacturing Processes and facilities available in the Institute.

List of Experiments / Jobs


13. To study different types of measuring tools used in metrology and determine least counts of vernier calipers, micrometers and vernier height gauges.
14. To study different types of machine tools ( lathe, shape or planer or slotter, milling, drilling machines )
15. To prepare a job on a lathe involving facing, outside turning, taper turning, step turning, radius making and parting-off.
16. To study different types of fitting tools and marking tools used in fitting practice.
17. To prepare lay out on a metal sheet by making and prepare rectangular tray, pipe shaped components e.g. funnel.
18. To prepare joints for welding suitable fo r butt welding and lap welding.
19. To perform pipe welding.
20. To study various types of carpentry tools and prepare simple types of at least two wooden joints.
21. To prepare simple engineering components/ shapes by forging.
22. To prepare mold and core assembly, to put metal in the mold and fettle the casting.
23. To prepare horizontal surface/ vertical surface/ curved surface/ slots or V-grooves on a shaper/ planner.
24. To prepare a job involving side and face milling on a milling machine.
CSE-103E
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB.
L T P Sessional Work: 25 Marks
- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

Representative programming problems:-

12. Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else)


13. Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-statement)
14. Write a program to find the average mail height & average female heights in the class (input is in form of sex code, height).
15. Write a program to find roots of quadratic equation using functions and switch statements.
16. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out of given 50 nos.
17. Write a program to multiply two matrices
18. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order
19. Write a program to concatenate two strings
20. Write a program to sort numbers using the Algorithm.
21. Represent a deck of playing cards using arrays.
22. Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not.
EL-109E
ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

13. To study the half wave & full wave rectifier.


14. To study t5he effect of various filters circuits.
15. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in common amitter & determine H- parameter from characteristics
16. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in CB & determine h-parameter from characteristics
17. To determine the Av, Ai of RC coupled CE transistor amplifier
18. Determine the frequency of oscillation in herteley oscillator
19. Determine the frequency of oscillation in phase shift oscillator
20. Determine the effect of negative feedback on bandwidth & gain in CE, RC coupled amplifier
21. Study TC Op-Amp as a inverting amplifier & scale changer
22. Study IC Op-Amp as a non inverting amplifier
23. Study IC Op-Amp as an integrator
24. Study IC Op-Amp as a differentiator
ME-109E

ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note:
3. Total ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.
4. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments should be performed as designed & set by the concerned
Institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
14. To study Cochran & Babcock & Wilcox boilers.
15. To study the working & function of mountings & accessories in boilers.
16. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke diesel engines.
17. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke petrol engines.
18. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single, double & triple start worm & worm wheel.
19. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single & double purchase winch crabs.
20. To find the percentage error between observed and calculated values of stresses in the members of a Jib crane.
21. To draw the SF & BM diagrams of a simply supported beam with concentrated loads.
22. To study the simple & compound screw jacks and find their MA, VR & efficiency.
23. To study the various types of dynamometers.
24. To the constructional features & working of Pelton/Kaplan/Francis.
25. To prepare stress-strain diagram for mild steel & cast iron specimens under tension and compression respectively on a Universal testing machine.
26. To determine the Rockwell / Brinell /Vickers hardness no. Of a given specimen on the respective machines.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
ST
B.Tech. 1 YEAR (SEMESTER –II) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2003-2004)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration of
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total Exams.
MATH- Mathematics-II 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
102E
PHY-102E Physics-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing .. -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-104E Physics Lab.-II - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-109E
Total 20/16 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E, ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E,
CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E) SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
2. Students are allowed to use single memory, non programmable scientific calculator during examination.
3. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
MATH-102E
MATHEMATICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total : 150 marks
Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Matrices & its Applications : Rank of a matrix, elementary transformations, elementary matrices, inverse using elementary transformations, normal form of a
matrix, linear dependence and in dependence of vactors, consistency of linear system of equations, linear and orthogonal transformations, eigen values and eigen
vectors, properties of eigen values, Cayley - Hamilton theorem and its applications.

UNIT-II
Ordinary Differential Equations & its Applications : Exact differential equations. Equations reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of Differential
equations of first order & first degree to simple electric circuits, Newton's law of cooling, heat flow and orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations of second and higher order. Complete solution, complementary function and particular integral, method of variation of parameters to find
particular Integral, Cauchy's and Legender's linear equations, simultaneous linear equations with constant co-efficients. Applications of linear differential
equations to simple pendulum, oscillatory electric circuits.
UNIT-III
Laplace Transforms and its Applications : Laplace transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, transforms of
derivaties, transforms of integrals, multiplication by tn, division by t. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms. Laplace transform of Unit step function, unit
impulse function and periodic function. Inverse transforms, convolution theorem, application to linear differential equations and simultaneous linear differential
equations with constant coefficients.
UNIT-IV
Partial Differential Equations and Its Applications : Formation of partial differential equations, Lagrange’s linear partial differential equation, First order non-linear
partial differential equation, Charpit’s method. Method of separation of variables and its applications to wave equation and one dimensional heat equation, two
dimensional heat flow, steady state solutions only.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics F Kreyszig
2. Higher Engg. Mathematics B.S. Grewal
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Differential Equations – H.T.H. Piaggio.
2. Elements of Partial Differential Equations – I.N. Sneddon.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar.
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics – Michael D. Greenberg.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-102E
PHYSICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
CRYSTAL STRUCTURE: Space Lattice, unit cell and translation vectors, Miller indices, simple crystal structure, Bonding in solids, Experimental X-ray diffraction
method, Laue method, powder Method, Point defects in solids, Elementary idea of quarks and gluons.
UNIT-II
QUANTUM PHYSICS: Difficulties with Classical physics, Introduction to quantum mechanics-simple concepts, discovery of Planck's constant, Group velocity and
phase velocity, Schrodinger wave equations - time dependant and time independent Schrodinger equations, Elementary ideas of quantum statistics.
FREE ELECTION THEORY: Elements of classical free electron theory and its limitations, Drude’s Theory of Conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi
level, Density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission, Richardson's equation.

UNIT-III

BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS: Origin of energy bands, Kronig, Penney Model (qualitative), E-K diagrams, Brillouin Zones, Concept of effective mass and
holes, Classification of solids into metals, Semiconductors and insulators, Fermi energy and its variation with temperature. Hall effect and its Applications.

UNIT-IV
PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY AND PHOTOVOLTAICS: Photoconductivity in insulating crystals, variation with illumination, effect of traps, applications of
photoconductivity, photovoltaic cells and their characteristics.
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS: Atomic magnetic moments, orbital diamagnetism, Classical theory of paramagnetism, ferro magnetism - molecular fields and
domains.
SUPER CONDUCTIVITY: Introduction (experimental survey), Meissner effect, London equation.
TEXT BOOKS:
4. Introduction to Solid State Physics (VII Ed.) - Charles Kittel (John Wiley).
5. Quantum Mechanics – Powell and Crasemann (Oxford & IBH)
6. Fundamentals of Solid State Physics – B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta and P.N.Saxena (Pragati Prakashan).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sold State Physics – Pillai (New Age).
2. A text book of Engg. Physics – Avadhanulu and Kshirsagar (S.Chand)
3. Quantum Mechanics – Ghatak & Loknathan.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-104E
PHYSICS LAB.-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note: Students will be required to perform at least10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Second semester will be based upon electricity, Magnetism, Modern Physics and Solid State Physics, which are the parts of theory syllabus.

16. To study He Ne laser


17. Tofind the frequency of ultrasonic waves by piezo eletric methods
18. To find the value of e/m for electrons by Helical method.
19. To find the ionisation potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron tube.
20. To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find the radius of coil by Stewart and Gee's apparatus.
21. To study the characteristics of (Cu-Fe, Cu-Constantan) thermo couple.
22. To find the value of Planck's constant by using a photo electric cell.
23. To find the value of co-efficient of self-inductance by using a Rayleigh bridge.
24. To find the value of Hall Co-efficient of semi-conductor.
25. To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode.
26. To find the band gap of intrinsic semi-conductor using four probe method.
27. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve.
28. To verify richerdson thermionic equation
29. To find the flashing and quenching potential of Argon and to find the cap. of unknown capacitor
30. To find the temp coeff. of resistance by using Pt resistance therometer by post office box

RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L. Gupta & V. Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol. I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).

HUM-101-E
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH
B.Tech. Semester-I

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
This course is designed for the students of Engineering and Technology who need English for specific purposes in specific situations. It aims at imparting the
communication skills that are needed in their academic and professional pursuits. This is achieved through an amalgamation of traditional lecture-oriented approach of
teaching with the task based skill oriented methodology of learning.

Unit-I
Communicative Grammar:
Part A : Spotting the errors pertaining to nouns, pronouns, adjective and adverbs; Concord - grammatical concord, notional concord and the principle of proximity
between subject and verb.
Part B : Changing the voice : from Active to Passive and Passive to Active.
Unit-II
Lexis: Idioms and phrases; Words often confused; One-Word Substitutes; Formation of words (suffixes, prefixes and derivatives);

Unit-III
Oral Communication:
Part-A: Introduction to principal components of spoken English – Transcription, Word-accent, Intonation, Weak forms in English
Part-B: Developing listening and speaking skills through various activities, such as (a) role play activities, (b) Practising short dialogues (c) Group discussion (d) Debates
(e) Speeches (f) Listening to news bulletins (g) Viewing and reviewing T.V. programmes etc.
Unit-IV
Written Communication: Developing reading and writing skills through such tasks/activities as developing outlines, key expressions, situations, slogan writing and
theme building exercises, dialogue writing, interpreting pictures/cartoons.

Unit-V
(For Internal Evaluation Only):
Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of a book (Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a
presentation of the same in the class
Unit-VI
Technical Writing:
(a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing
(b) E-mail writing
(c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports
(d) Press Report Writing

SUGGESTED READING:
1. Language in Use (Upper intermediate Level, Adrian Doff Christopher Jones, Cambridge University Press
2. Common Errors in English, Abul Hashem, Ramesh Publishing House, new Delhi.
3. Objective English, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal & J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman, Delhi.
5. The sounds of English, Veena Kumar, Makaav Educational Software, New Delhi.
6. English Phonetics & Phonology, P. Roach, Cambridge University Press, London.
7. English for Engineers and Technologists: A Skill Approach, Vol. 2, Orient Longman, Delhi.
8. Business Communication, M.S. Ramesh and C.C. Pattanshetti, R.Chand and Company, Delhi
9. Group Discussion, Sudha Publications/Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.
10. English Grammar & Composition. By Rajinder Pal & Prem Lata Suri, Sultan Chand Pub. New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
All questions will be compulsory and will cover all the aspects of the syllabus except unit V. There will be sufficient internal choice.
Unit-I: 20 Marks
Questions No. 1 will require the students to carefully read the sentences given and trace the errors, if any, and then supply the correct alternatives/answers.
Unit-II: 20 Marks
Question No. 2 may have four or five parts testing knowledge of different items of vocabulary.
Unit-III: 20 Marks
Question No. 3 will have four parts of 5 marks each from part A of the unit.
Note: Speaking and listening skills of part B will primarily be tested orally through internal assessment.

Unit-IV: 20 Marks
Question No. 4 may have many parts. The questions will be framed to test students' composition skills on the elements prescribed in the unit. For example, the students
may be required to develop a hypothetical situation in a dialogue form, or to develop an outline, key expression etc.
Unit-V is for internal assessment only.
Unit-VI: 20 Marks
Question No. 5 may have two parts. While the one part may require the students to frame either a press/news report for the print media or write the given business letter,
or e-mail a message, the second part will have a theory question on the format of formal report and business letter.

ME-105E

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DRAWING

L T P Examination : 100 marks


- 3 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Various types of projections, First and Third angle systems of orthographic projections. Projections of points in different quadrants. Projections of straight lines – parallel
to one or both reference planes, contained by one or both planes, perpendicular to one of the planes, inclined to one plane but parallel to the other plane, inclined to both
the planes, true length of a line and its inclinations with reference planes, traces of a line.

Unit-II
Projections of Polyhedra Solids and solids of Revolution – in simple positions with axis perpendicular to a plane, with axis parallel to both planes, with axis parallel to
one plane and inclined to the other. Development of surface of various simple solids such as cubes, cylinders, prisms, pyramids etc. orthographic views, orthographic
drawings of Bolts, Nuts, Bolted joints, screw threads, screwed joints.
Note : Some simple exercise may be attempted with AUTOCAD.

Text Book
2. Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry : N.D. Bhatt and V.M.Panchal, Forty-Fourth Edition 2002, Charotar Publishing House.
Reference Books
4. Engineering Graphics and Drafting : P.S. Gill, Millennium Edition, S.K. Kataria and Sons.
5. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing : S.B. Mathur, Second Revised and Enlarged Edition 2000, Vikas Publishing House.
6. Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000 : T. Jeyapoovan, First Edition 2002, Vikas Publishing House.
CH-101E
CHEMISTRY
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-1
Thermodynamics - Second law, concept of Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free energy and work functions, Free energy change, Chemical Potential, Gibb's
Helmholtz equation, Clausius - Clapeyron equation, Related numerical problems with above topics. Phase-Rule - Terminology, Derivation of Gibb's Phase Rule
Equation, One Component System (H2O System), Two Components systems, Eutectic system (Pb-Ag), system with congruent m.pt. (Zn-Mg), systems with incongruent
m.pt. (Na-K), Applications of above Systems.
Unit-2
Water & its treatment : Part I – Sources of water, impurities in water, hardness of water and its determination, units of hardness, alkalinity of water and its determination,
Related numerical problems, scale and sludge formation (composition properties and methods of prevention). Water and its treatment : Part II – Treatment of water for
domestic use, coagulation, sedimentation, filtration and dis-infection, water softening, Ion-exchange process, mixed bed demineralisation, Desalination (reverse osmosis)
(electrodialysis).

Unit-3
Corrosion and its prevention - Galvanic & concentration cell, Dry and wet corrosion, Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion,
water-line corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, factors affecting corrosion, Preventive measures (proper design, Cathodic protection, protective
coatings).
Lubrication and Lubricants-Friction, mechanism of lubrication, classification and properties of lubricants, Additives for lubricants, synthetic lubricants, Greases –
Preparation & properties (consistency, drop point) and uses.
Unit-4
Polymers and Polymerization-Organic polymers, polymerisation, various types of polymerisation, effect of structure on properties of polymers, preparation properties
and technical applications of thermo-plastics (PVC,PVA), thermosets (PF,UF), and elastomers (SBR,GR-N), Silicones, Introduction to polymeric compsites. Analytical
methods;its needs and different methodes;Spectroscopy; its defination and scope;salient features of spectrophotometer,brief introduction of titrimetric methodes,Elementry
discussion on flame photometry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry, P.C. Jain, Monica Jain (Dhanpat Rai & Co.).
2. Chemistry in Engineering & Tech., Vol.I & II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
4. Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis, MERITT & WILLARD (East-West Press).
5. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press).
6. Physical Chemistry, W.J. Moore (Orient-Longman).
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
EE-101E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
D.C. CIRCUITS: Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, D.C. Circuits, Nodal and Loop methods of analysis. A.C. CIRCUITS: Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak
values, RMS and average values, phase angle, polar & rectangular, exponential and trigonometric representations; R,L and C components, behaviors of these
components in A.C. circuits. Concept of complex power, power factor.

UNIT-II
TRANSIENT RESPONSE: Transient response of RL, RC and RLC Circuits with step input. NETWORK THEOREMS: Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem,
superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, Star to Delta & Delta to Star transformation. SERIES AND PARALLEL A.C. CIRCUITS: Series and parallel
A.C. circuits, series and parallel resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth.

UNIT-III
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta circuits, power equation, measurement of power by two wattmeter method,
Importance of earthing. TRANSFORMERS: Principle, construction & working of transformer, Efficiency and regulation.

UNIT-IV
ELECTRICAL MACHINES: D.C. Machine: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Torque Equation, Types of Machine, internal & external characterstics, speed
control. Induction motor: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Types of motors, slip concept, Synchronous motor: Principle, construction, Types of motors
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical Engg (2nd Edition) : Kothari & Nagarath, TMH
2. Electrical Technology (Vol-I) : B.L Theraja & A K Theraja, S.Chand

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals : Deltoro, PHI
2. Network Analysis :Valkenburg, PHI

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
IES
(For Under-Graduate Students)

Unit 1 : The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies


Definition, scope and importance.
Need for public awareness.
Unit 2 : Natural Resources
Renewable and non-renewable resources :
Natural resources and associated problems.
g) Forest resources : Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
h) Water resources : Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
i) Mineral resources : Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and mineral resources, case studies.
j) Food resources : World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging,
salinity, case studies.
k) Energy resources : Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case studies.
l) Land resources : Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
• Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
• Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit 3 : Ecosystems
• Concept of an ecosystem.
• Structure and function of an ecosystem.
• Producers, consumers and decomposers.
• Energy flow in the ecosystem.
• Ecological succession.
• Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
• Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem :
e) Forest ecosystem
f) Grassland ecosystem
g) Desert ecosystem
h) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit : 4 Biodiversity and its conservation
• Introduction – Definition : genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
• Biogeographical classification of India.
• Value of biodiversity : consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values.
• Biodiversity at global, National and local levels.
• India as a mega-diversity nation.
• Hot-spots of biodiversity.
• Threats to biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
• Endangered and endemic species of India.
• Conservation of biodiversity : in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit 5 : Environmental Pollution


Definition
• Causes, effects and control measures of :
h) Air pollution
i) Water pollution
j) Soil pollution
k) Marine pollution
l) Noise pollution
m) Thermal pollution
n) Nuclear hazards
• Solid waste Management : Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.
• Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
• Pollution case studies.
• Disaster management : floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit 6 : Social Issues and the Environment
• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development
• Urban problems related to energy
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies.
• Environmental ethics : Issues and possible solutions.
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies.
• Wasteland reclamation.
• Consumerism and waste products.
• Environment Protection Act.
• Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
• Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
• Wildlife Protection Act
• Forest Conservation Act
• Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation
• Public awareness.
Unit 7 : Human Population and the Environment
• Population growth, variation among nations
• Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme
• Environment and human health.
• Human Rights.
• Value Education.
• HIV/AIDS
• Women and Child Welfare.
• Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health.
• Case Studies.
Unit 8 : Field Work
• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.
• Visit to a local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.
• Study of common plants, insects, birds.
• Study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

Examination Pattern : The question paper should carry 100 marks


The structure of the question paper being.

PART – A : Short Answer Pattern 25 Marks


PART – B : Essay type with inbuilt choice 50 Marks
PART – C : Field Work 25 Marks

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINERS

Part – A Question 1 is compulsory and will contain ten short-answer type question of 2.5 marks each covering the entire syllabus.
Part – B Eight essay type questions (with inbuilt choice) will be set from the entire syllabus and the candidates will be required to answer, any four of them. Each essay type
question will be of the 12½ marks.

The examination will be conducted by the college concerned at its own level earlier than the annual examination and each student will be required to score minimum of
35% marks each in theory and Practical. The marks obtained in this qualifying paper will not be included in determining the percentage of marks obtained for the award of degree.
However, these will be shown in the detailed marks certificate of the student.

B.E. I/II Semester


CH-103E
CHEMISTRY LAB
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least ten experiments are to be performed by the students.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
14. Determination of Ca++ and Mg++ hardness of water using EDTA solution.
15. Determination of alkalinity of water sample.
16. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO) in the given water sample.
17. To find the melting & eutectic point for a two component system by using method of cooling curve.
18. Determination of viscosity of lubricant by Red Wood viscometer (No. 1 & No. 2).
19. To determine flash point & fire point of an oil by Pensky -Marten's flash point apparatus.
20. To prepare Phenol-formaldehyde and Urea formaldehyde resin.
21. To find out saponification No. of an oil.
22. Estimation of calcium in lime stone and dolomite.
23. 10. Determination of concentration of KMnO4 solution spectrophotomet-erically.
24. Determination of strength of HCl solution by titrating it against NaOH solution conductometerically.
25. To determine amount of sodium and potassium in a, given water sample by flame photometer.
26. Estimation of total iron in an iron alloy.

SUGGESTED BOOKS :
4. A Text Book on Experimental and Calculation – Engineering Chemistry, S.S. Dara, S. Chand & Company (Ltd.)
5. Essential of Experimental Engineering Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company.
6. Theory & Practice Applied Chemistry – O.P. Virmani, A.K. Narula (New Age)
EE-103E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
11. To verify KCL and KVL.
12. To verify Thevenin’s & Norton's Theorems.
13. To verify Superposition theorems.
14. To study frequency response of a series R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency& Q- factor for various Values of R,L,C.
15. To study frequency response of a parallel R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency & Q -Factor for various values of R,L,C.
16. To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency Vs load characteristic.
17. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests on transformer.
18. To perform speed control of DC motor.
19. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests of a three phase induction motor.
20. Measurement of power in a 3 phase system by two watt meter method.
Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)

Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
(3rd Semester)

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule Duration


Sr.
Course No. Subject (Marks) of Exam
No.
(Hrs.)
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total
Mathematics-III/ Basics of
MATH-201E/
1. Industrial Sociology, Economics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
HUM-201E
& Mgmt.
Data Base Management
2. CSE-201E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
Systems

3. CSE-203E Data Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4. CSE-205E Discrete Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5. CSE-207E Internet Fundamentals 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6. ECE-203E Analog Communication 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7. IT-253E Internet Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3


Data Base Management
8. CSE-209E - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3
Systems Lab
9. CSE-211E Data Structures Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3
10. ECE-207E Analog Communication Lab - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
TOTAL 18 6 11 35 600 450 100 1150

BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY, ECONOMICS


& MANAGEMENT

HUM – 201 E Sessional : 50 Marks


L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 - Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Meaning of social change, nature of social change, theories of social change. The direction of social change, the causes of social change, the process of social change. Factors of

social change – the technological factors, the cultural factors, effects of technology on major social institutions, social need of status system, social relations in industry.

UNIT-II

Meaning of Industrial Economic, Production Function, its types, Least Cost Combination, Law of Variable Proportion, Laws of Return – Increasing, Constant & Diminishing.

Fixed & variable costs in short run & long run, opportunity costs, relation between AC & MC, U-shaped short run AC Curve.

Price & Output Determination under Monopoly in short run & long run. Price Discrimination, Price Determination under Discriminating Monopoly. Comparison between

Monopoly & Perfect Competition.

UNIT – III
Meaning of Management, Characteristics of Management, Management Vs. Administration, Management – Art, Science & Profession, Fayol’s Principles of Management.

Personnel Management – Meaning & Functions, Manpower – Process of Manpower Planning, Recruitment & Selection – Selection Procedure.

Training – Objectives & Types of Training, Various Methods of Training. Labour Legislation in India – Main provisions of Industrial disputes Act 1947;

UNIT – IV

Marketing Management – Definition & Meaning, Scope of Marketing Management, Marketing Research – Meaning, Objectives.

Purchasing Management – Meaning & Objectives, Purchase Procedure, Inventory Control Techniques.

Financial Management – Introduction, Objectives of Financial decisions, Sources of Finance.

Note : Eight questions are to be set taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all, taking at least one from each unit.

TEXT BOOKS :

1. “Modern Economic Theory” Dewett, K.K., S. Chand & Co.

2. “Economic Analysis” K.P. Sundharam & E.N. Sundharam (Sultan Chand & Sons).

3. “Micro Economic Theory” M.L. Jhingan (Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.).

4. “Principles of Economics” M.L. Seth (Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal Educational Publishers – Agra).
5. “An Introduction to Sociology”, D.R. Sachdeva & Vidya Bhusan.

6. “Society – An Introductory Analysis”, R.M. Maclver Charles H. Page.

7. “Principles and Practices of Management : R.S. Gupta; B.D. Sharma; N.S. Bhalla; Kalyani.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “Organization and Management : R.D. Aggarwal, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Business Organization and Management : M.C. Shukla

MATH-201 E
MATHEMATICS - III

L T P Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT – I
Fourier Series : Euler’s Formulae, Conditions for Fourier expansions, Fourier expansion of functions having points of discontinuity, change of interval, Odd & even functions,

Half-range series.

Fourier Transforms : Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Fourier cosine and sine transforms. Properties of Fourier transforms, Convolution theorem, Perseval’s identity, Relation

between Fourier and Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of a function, Application to boundary value problems.

UNIT-II

Functions of a Complex Variables : Functions of a complex variable, Exponential function, Trigonometric, Hyperbolic and Logarithmic functions, limit and continuity of a

function, Differentiability and analyticity.

Cauchy-Riemann equations, Necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, Polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions, Application to

flow problems, Conformal transformation, Standard transformations (Translation, Magnification & rotation, inversion & reflection, Bilinear).

UNIT-III

Probability Distributions : Probability, Baye’s theorem, Discrete & Continuous probability distributions, Moment generating function, Probability generating function, Properties

and applications of Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

UNIT-IV
Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solution of Linear Programming Problem using Graphical method, Simplex Method, Dual-Simplex Method.

Text Book

1. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal

2. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : E. Kreyzig

Reference Book

1. Complex variables and Applications : R.V. Churchil; Mc. Graw Hill

2. Engg. Mathematics Vol. II: S.S. Sastry; Prentice Hall of India.

3. Operation Research : H.A. Taha

4. Probability and statistics for Engineer : Johnson. PHI.

Note : Examiner will set eight question, taking two from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions taking at least one from each unit.

CSE-201 E
Database Management Systems

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit–1
Introduction Overview of database Management System; Various views of data, data Models, Schemes, Introduction to Database Languages & Environments. Advantages of
DBMS over file processing systems, Responsibility of Database Administrator, Three levels architecture of Database Systems, : Introduction to Client/Server architecture.
Data Models : E-R Diagram (Entity Relationship), mapping Constraints, Keys, Reduction of E-R diagram into tables, Naming Secondary Storage Devices. Network &
Hierarchical Model.

Unit-2
File Organisation: Sequential Files, index sequential files, direct files, Hashing, B-trees Index files, Inverted Lists.
Relational Model, Relational Algebra & various operations (set operations, select, project, join, division), Order, Relational calculus: Domain, Tuple. Well Formed Formula,
specifications, quantifiers.

Unit-3
Introduction to Query Languages : QBE, integrity constraints, functional dependencies & Normalization (Normal forms- up to 5th Normal forms).

Unit-4
Introduction to Distributed Data processing, Object Oriented Data Base Management Systems parallel Databases, data mining & data warehousing, Concurrency control :
Transaction, Timestamping, Lock-based Protocols, serializability and Recovery Techniques.

Text Books:
• Database System Concepts by A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.
• Introduction to Database Management system by Bipin Desai, 1991, Galgotia Pub.

Reference Books:
• Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S.B. Navathe, 3rd edition, 2000, Addision-Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

• An Introduction to Database Systems by C.J. Date, 7th edition, Addison-Wesley, Low Priced Edition, 2000.
• Database Management and Design by G.W. Hansen and J.V. Hansen, 2nd edition, 1999, Prentice-Hall of India, Eastern Economy Edition.
• Database Management Systems by A.K. Majumdar and P. Bhattacharyya, 5th edition, 1999, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing.
• A Guide to the SQL Standard, Date, C. and Darwen,H. 3rd edition, Reading, MA: 1994, Addison-Wesley.
• Data Management & file Structure by Looms, 1989, PHI

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-203 E
DATA STRUCTURES

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1

Introduction : Introduction to Data Structures: Definition & abstract data types, Static and Dynamic implementations, Examples and real life applications; built in and user
defined data structures, Ordered list and Operations on it.
Arrays: Definition, implementation, lower bound, upper bound, addressing an element at a particular index for one dimensional arrays, Two dimensional arrays and Multi-
dimensional arrays. Implementation of Data Structures like structure/ Record, Union, Sparse matrices : implementation of transpose.

Stacks : Sequential implementation of stacks, operations, Polish-notations, Evaluation of postfix expression, Converting Infix expression to Prefix and Postfix expression,
Applications.

Unit-2

Queues: Definition, Sequential implementation of linear queues, Operations. Circular queue: implementation (using arrays), Advantage over linear queue, Priority queues &
Applications.

Linked Lists :Need of dynamic data structures, continuous & linked implementation of lists. Operations on lists. Dynamic implementation of linked lists, Operations. Comparison
between Array and Dynamic Implementation of linked list. Linked implementation of stacks and queues. Circular lists, implementation of primitive operations. Doubly linked lists
: continuos & dynamic implementation, operations.

Unit-3

Trees : Definition, Basic terminology, Binary tree, Array and Dynamic Implementation of a binary tree, primitive operations on binary trees. External and internal nodes. Binary
tree traversals : preorder, inorder and postorder traversals. Representation of infix, postifix and prefix expressions using trees. Representation of lists as binary trees.
Introduction to Binary Search Trees, B trees, B+ trees , AVL Trees, threaded trees, balanced multi way search trees,

Unit- 4

Graphs :Definition of undirected & Directed Graphs & Networks, Basic terminology, Representation of graphs,. Graph traversals and spanning forests, minimum-spanning trees,
computer representation of graphs.

Tables : Definition, Hash Functions, Implementation & Applications.

Sorting & Searching : Basic Searching techniques (Linear & binary), Introduction to Sorting. Sorting using selection, insertion, bubble, merge, quick, radix, heap sort.

Text Book:

• Data Structures using C by A. M. Tenenbaum, Langsam, Moshe J. Augentem, PHI Pub.


Reference Books:
• Data Structures and Algorithms by A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and T.D. Ullman, Original edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999, Low Priced Edition.
• Fundamentals of Data structures by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahni, Pub, 1983,AW
• Fundamentals of computer algorithms by Horowitz Sahni and Rajasekaran.
• Data Structures and Program Design in C By Robert Kruse, PHI,
• Theory & Problems of Data Structures by Jr. Symour Lipschetz, Schaum’s outline by TMH
• Introduction to Computers Science -An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Tremblay, Richard B. Bunt, 2002, T.M.H.
• Data Structure and the Standard Template library – Willam J. Collins, 2003, T.M.H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-205 E
Discrete Structures
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1

Set Theory: Introduction to set theory, Set operations, Algebra of sets, combination of sets, Duality, Finite and Infinite sets, Classes of sets, Power Sets, Multi sets, Cartesian
Product, Representation of relations, Types of relation, Binary Relations, Equivalence relations and partitions, Partial ordering relations and lattices, Mathematics Induction,
Principle of Inclusion & Exclusion, Propositions. Function and its types, Composition of function and relations, Cardinality and inverse relations. Functions & Pigeo principles.

Unit-2

Propositional Calculus: Basic operations: AND(^), OR(v), NOT(~), Truth value of a compound statement, propositions, tautologies, contradictions.

Techniques Of Counting: Rules of Sum of products, Permutations with and without repetition, Combination.
Recursion And Recurrence Relation :Polynomials and their evaluation, Sequences, Introduction to AP, GP and AG series, partial fractions, linear recurrence relation with
constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solution of a recurrence relation using generating functions.

Unit-3
Algebric Structures Definition, elementary properties of algebric structures, examples of a Monoid, Submonoid, Semigroup, Groups and rings, Homomorphism, Isomorphism
and Automorphism, Subgroups and Normal subgroups, Cyclic groups, Integral domain and fields, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem, Rings, Division Ring.

Unit-4
Graphs And Trees: Introduction to graphs, Directed and Undirected graphs, Homomorphic and Isomorphic graphs, Subgraphs, Cut points and Bridges, Multigraph and Weighted
graph, Paths and circuits, Shortest path in weighted graphs, Eurelian path and circuits, Hamilton paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Trees, Rooted Trees, Spanning
Trees & cut-sets, Binary trees and its traversals

Text Book
• Elements of Discrete Mathematics C.L Liu, 1985, McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
• Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley.
• Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press.
• Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA
• Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995, Edward Arnold, London,
• Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill Singapore
• Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI
• Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar, 1995, Mc Graw Hill.
• Discrete Mathematics & Structure, Satyender Bal Gupta, 2nd Ed., Luxmi Pub.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-207 E
Internet Fundamentals

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1
The Internet: Introduction to networks and internet, history, Internet, Intranet & Extranet, Working of Internet, Internet Congestion, internet culture, business culture on internet.
Collaborative computing & the internet. Modes of Connecting to Internet, Internet Service Providers(ISPs), Internet address, standard address, domain name, DNS,
IP.v6.Modems, Speed and time continuum, communications software; internet tools.

Unit-2
World Wide Web : Introduction, Miscellaneous Web Browser details, searching the www: Directories search engines and meta search engines, search fundamentals, search
strategies, working of the search engines, Telnet and FTP, HTTP, Gophar Commands, TCP/IP.
Introduction to Browser, Coast-to-coast surfing, hypertext markup language, Web page installation, Web page setup, Basics of HTML & formatting and hyperlink creation.Using
FrontPage Express, Plug-ins.

Unit-3
Electronic Mail: Introduction, advantages and disadvantages, User Ids, Pass words, e-mail addresses, message components, message composition, mailer features, E-mail inner
workings, E-mail management, MIME types, Newsgroups, mailing lists, chat rooms, secure-mails, SMTP, PICO, Pine, Library cards catalog, online ref. works.
Languages: Basic and advanced HTML, Basics of scripting languages – XML, DHTML, Java Script.

Unit-4
Servers : Introduction to Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Apache; Microsoft Personal Web Server. Accessing & using these servers.
Privacy and security topics: Introduction, Software Complexity, Attacks, security and privacy levels, security policy, accessibility and risk analysis, Encryption schemes, Secure
Web document, Digital Signatures, Firewalls, Intrusion detection systems

Text Book:
• Fundamentals of the Internet and the World Wide Web, Raymond Greenlaw and Ellen Hepp – 2001, TMH
• Internet & World Wide Programming, Deitel,Deitel & Nieto, 2000, Pearson Education

Reference Books:
• Complete idiots guide to java script,. Aron Weiss, QUE, 1997
• Network firewalls, Kironjeet syan -New Rider Pub.
• Networking Essentials – Firewall Media.
• www.secinf.com
• www.hackers.com

• Alfred Glkossbrenner-Internet 101 Computing MGH, 1996

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
B.TECH IIIRD SEMESTER

ANALOG COMMUNICATION
(ECE-203E)
L T P THEORY : 100 Marks
3 1 - SESSIONAL : 50 Marks
TOTAL : 150 Marks
TIME : 3 Hrs.

UNIT – I
NOISE: Classification of Noise, Various sources of Noise, Methods of Noise Calculation in networks and inter connected networks. Addition of noise due to several sources;
noise in amplifiers in cascade, noise in reactive circuits, Noise figure, its calculation and measurement. Noise temperature, Mathematical representation of random noise, narrow
band noise and its representation. Transmission of noise through linear systems, signal to noise ratio, noise bandwidth.

UNIT-II
MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Basic constituents of Communication Systems, need of modulation, Amplitude modulation, spectrum of AM wave, modulation index, DSBSC
modulation, SSB Modulation, Collector modulation, Square law modulation methods, Methods of generating SSB Signals, vestigial side band modulation, Detection of AM
Signal; Diode detector, Square Law Detector. Time Constant RC in diode detector. Diode detector with filter. FDM, Power relations in AM wave.

UNIT-III
ANGLE MODULATION: frequency and phase modulation, spectrum of FM Wave, modulation index and Bandwidth of FM Signal, NBFM and WBFM, Comparison between
FM and PM Signals, FM and AM signals, AM and NBFM Signals, FM generation methods, Demodulation methods; slope detector, ratio detector, Foster-Seeley discriminator.
Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis, effect of noise on carrier; noise triangle.

UNIT-IV
TRANSMITER AND RECEIVER: Classification of radio transmitters, Block diagram of AM transmitter, Frequency Scintillation, Frequency drift, Radio broadcast transmitter, Radio telephone transmitter, Privacy devices, Armstrong FM transmitter, Simple FM
transmitter using Reactance modulator.
Classification of radio receivers, TRF receives, superheterodyne receivers, Image Signal rejection, frequency mixers. Tracking and alignment of receivers, Intermediate frequency, AGC, AFC, SSB receiver.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems, TMH.
2. Mithal G K, Radio Engineering, Khanna Pub.
3. Sirnon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley.
4. Dungan F.R., Electronics Communication System, Thomson-Delmar
5. Electronics Communication System: Kennedy; TMH
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

IT-253 E
Internet Lab.

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks
Total : 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

PC Software: Application of basics of MS Word 2000, MS Excel 2000, MS Power Point 2000, MS Access 2000, HTML

1. To prepare the Your Bio Data using MS Word


2. To prepare the list of marks obtained by students in different subjects and show with the help of chart/graph the average, min and max marks in each subject.
3. Prepare a presentation explaining the facilities/infrastructure available in your college/institute.
4. Design Web pages containing information of the Deptt.

HTML Lists :
1. Create a new document that takes the format of a business letter. Combine <P> and <BR> tags to properly separate the different parts of the documents. Such as the
address, greeting, content and signature. What works best for each.
2. Create a document that uses multiple <BR> and <P> tags, and put returns between <PRE> tags to add blank lines to your document see if your browser senders them
differently.
3. Create a document using the <PRE>tags to work as an invoice or bill of sale, complete with aligned dollar values and a total. Remember not to use the Tab key, and
avoid using emphasis tags like <B> or <EM> within your list.
4. Create a seven-item ordered list using Roman numerals. After the fifth item, increase the next list value by 5.
5. Beginning with an ordered list, create a list that nests both an unordered list and a definition list.
6. Use the ALIGN attribute of an <IMG> tags to align another image to the top of the first image.. play with this feature, aligning images to TOP, MIDDLE and
BOTTOM.
7. Create a ‘table of contents’ style page (using regular and section links) that loads a different document for each chapter or section of the document.

Internet :
1. Instilling internet & external modems, NIC and assign IP address.
2. Study of E-mail system.
3. Create your own mail-id in yahoo and indiatimes.com.
4. Add names (mail-id’s) in your address book, compose and search an element.

Reference Books:
• Complete PC upgrade & maintenance guide, Mark Mines, BPB publ.
• PC Hardware: The complete reference, Craig Zacker & John Rouske, TMH
• Upgrading and Repairing PCs, Scott Mueller, 1999, PHI,
CSE- 209 E
Database Management Systems Lab
L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Create a database and write the programs to carry out the following operation :

1. Add a record in the database


2. Delete a record in the database
3. Modify the record in the database
4. Generate queries
5. Data operations
6. List all the records of database in ascending order.

2. Create a view to display details of employees working on more than one project.
3. Create a view to display details of employees not working on any project.
4. Create a view to display employees name and projects name for employees working on projects <P1 and P3> or <P2 and P4>.

5. Using two tables create a view which shall perform EQUIJOIN.


6. Write trigger for before and after insertion. Detection and updation process.
7. Write a procedure to give incentive to employees working on all projects. If no such employee found give app. Message.
8. Write a procedure for computing amount telephone bill on the basic of following conditions.
Usage of S/w:

1. VB, ORACLE and/or DB2


2. VB, MSACCESS
3. ORACLE, D2K
4. VB, MS SQL SERVER 2000

CSE-211 E
Data Structures Lab
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
1. Write a program to search an element in a two-dimensional array using linear search.
2. Using iteration & recursion concepts write programs for finding the element in the array
using Binary Search Method
3.. Write a program to perform following operations on tables using functions only
a) Addition b) Subtraction c) Multiplication d) Transpose
4.. Write a program to implement Queue.
5. Write a program to implement Stack.
6. Write a program to implement the various operations on string such as length of
string concatenation, reverse of a string & copy of a string to another.
7. Write a program for swapping of two numbers using ‘call by value’ and ‘call by
reference strategies.
8. Write a program to implement binary search tree.
( Insertion and Deletion in Binary search Tree)
9. Write a program to create a linked list & perform operations such as insert, delete, update, reverse in the link list
10 . Write the program for implementation of a file and performing operations such as insert,
delete, update a record in the file.
11. Create a linked list and perform the following operations on it
a) add a node b) Delete a node
12. Write a program to simulate the various searching & sorting algorithms and compare their timings for a list of 1000 elements.
13. Write a program to simulate the various graph traversing algorithms.
14 Write a program which simulates the various tree traversal algorithms.
15 Write a program to implement various Searching Techniques.
16 Write a program to implement Sorting Techniques.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.


B.TECH IIIRD SEMESTER
ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB
(ECE-207E)

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Viva : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Time : 3hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. i) To study Double Sideband Amplitude Modulation and determine its modulation


factor and power in sidebands.
ii) To study amplitude demodulation by linear diode detector.
2. i) To study Frequency Modulation and determine its modulation factor.
ii) To study PLL 565 as frequency demodulator
3. To study Sampling and reconstruction of pulse amplitude modulation system.
4. To study the Sensitivity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
5. To study the Selectivity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
6. To study the Fidelity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
7. i) To study Pulse Amplitude Modulation
a) Using switching method
b) By sample and hold circuit.
ii) To demodulate the obtained PAM signal by IInd order Low pass filter.
8. To study Pulse Width Modulation / Demodulation.
9. To study Pulse Position Modulation / Demodulation.
10. To study active filters (Low-pass, High-pass, Band-pass, Notch filter).

NOTE:
At least seven experiments are to be performed from above list and the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus can set remaining three.

Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)

Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
th
(4 Semester IT)

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule


Sr. (Marks) Duration of Exam
Course No.
No. Subject (Hrs.)
L T P Total Practical Total
Theory Sessional
Mathematics-III/
1. MATH-201E/ HUM-201E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
Industrial Economics & Principal of Mgmt.

2. CSE-202E Computer Architecture and Organization 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3. CSE-204E Programming Languages 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3


4. IT-252E Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5. ECE-204E Digital Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6. ECE-216E Microprocessor & Interfacing 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7. IT-256E C++ Programming Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3

8. ECE-212E Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3

9. ECE-218E Microprocessor & Interfacing Lab - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3

10. GPCSE-210 General Proficiency / Practical Training 1 - - 1 - 50 - 50

TOTAL 19 6 9 34 600 475 75 1150

CSE- 202 E Computer Architecture & Organization


L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam : 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Unit-1: General System Architecture: Store program control concept, Flynn’s classification of computers (SISD, MISD, MIMD); Multilevel viewpoint of a machine: digital logic, micro architecture, ISA,
operating systems, high level language; structured organization; CPU, caches, main memory, secondary memory units & I/O; Performance metrics; MIPS, MFLOPS.

Instruction Set Architecture: Instruction set based classification of processors (RISC, CISC, and their comparison); addressing modes: register, immediate, direct, indirect, indexed; Operations in the instruction set;
Arithmetic and Logical, Data Transfer, Machine Control Flow; Instruction set formats (fixed, variable, hybrid); Language of the machine: 8086 ; simulation using MASM

Unit-2: Basic non pipelined CPU Architecture: CPU Architecture types (accumulator, register, stack, memory/ register) detailed data path of a typical register based CPU, Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle (typically 3
to 5 stage); microinstruction sequencing, implementation of control unit, Enhancing performance with pipelining. Hardwired control design method, Micro programmed control unit.

Unit-3: Memory Hierarchy & I/O Techniques: The need for a memory hierarchy (Locality of reference principle, Memory hierarchy in practice: Cache, main memory and secondary memory, Memory
parameters: access/ cycle time, cost per bit); Main memory (Semiconductor RAM & ROM organization, memory expansion, Static & dynamic memory types); Cache memory (Associative & direct mapped cache
organizations. Allocation & replacement polices, segments, pages & file organization, virtual memory.
Unit-4: Introduction to Parallelism: Goals of parallelism (Exploitation of concurrency, throughput enhancement); Amdahl’s law; Instruction level parallelism (pipelining, super scaling –basic features); Processor
level parallelism (Multiprocessor systems overview).

Computer Organization [80x86]: Instruction codes, computer register, computer instructions, timing and control, instruction cycle, type of instructions, memory reference, register reference. I/O reference, Basics
of Logic Design, accumulator logic, Control memory, address sequencing, micro-instruction formats, micro-program sequencer, Stack Organization, Instruction Formats, Types of interrupts; Memory Hierarchy.
Programmed I/O, DMA & Interrupts.

Text Books:
• Computer Organization and Design, 2nd Ed., by David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Morgan 1997, Kauffmann.
• Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edi, by John P. Hayes, 1998, TMH.
Reference Books:
• Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th edition, 2001, Prentice-Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
• Computer Organization, 5th Edi, by Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic,2002, Safwat Zaky.
• Structured Computer Organisation by A.S. Tanenbaum, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 1999, Eastern Economic Edition.
• Computer Organisation & Architecture: Designing for performance by W. Stallings, 4th edition, 1996, Prentice-Hall International edition.
• Computer Architecture & Organisation by M. Mano, 1990, Prentice-Hall.
• Computer Architecture- Nicholas Carter, 2002, T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
CSE-204 E Programming Languages

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1: Introduction: A brief history, Characteristics of a good programming language, Programming language translators compiler & interpreters , Elementary data types – data
objects, variable & constants, data types, Specification & implementation of elementary data types, Declarations ,type checking & type conversions , Assignment & initialization,
Numeric data types, enumerations, Booleans & characters.
Syntax & Semantics : Introduction, general problem of describing syntax, formal method of describing syntax, attribute grammar dynamic semantic.

Unit-2: Structured data objects : Structured data objects & data types , specification & implementation of structured data types, Declaration & type checking of data structure
,vector & arrays, records Character strings, variable size data structures , Union, pointer & programmer defined data objects, sets, files.
Subprograms and Programmer Defined Data Types: Evolution of data type concept abstraction, encapsulation & information hiding , Subprograms ,type definitions, abstract
data types, over loaded subprograms, generic subprograms.

Unit–3: Sequence Control: Implicit & explicit sequence control ,sequence control within expressions, sequence control within statement, Subprogram sequence control: simple
call return, recursive subprograms, Exception & exception handlers, co routines, sequence control. Concurrency – subprogram level concurrency, synchronization through
semaphores, monitors & message passing
Data Control: Names & referencing environment, static & dynamic scope, block structure, Local data & local referencing environment, Shared data: dynamic & static scope.
Parameter & parameter transmission schemes.

Unit-4: Storage Management: Major run time elements requiring storage ,programmer and system controlled storage management & phases , Static storage management , Stack
based storage management, Heap storage management ,variable & fixed size elements.
Programming Languages: Introduction to procedural, non-procedural ,structured, logical, functional and object oriented programming language, Comparison of C & C++
programming languages.

Text Book:
• Programming languages Design & implementation by T.W. .Pratt, 1996, Prentice Hall Pub.
• Programming Languages – Principles and Paradigms by Allen Tucker & Robert Noonan, 2002, TMH,

Reference Books:
• Fundamentals of Programming languages by Ellis Horowitz, 1984, Galgotia publications (Springer Verlag),
• Programming languages concepts by C. Ghezzi, 1989, Wiley Publications.,
• Programming Languages – Principles and Pradigms Allen Tucker , Robert Noonan 2002,
T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
IT-252 E Object Oriented Programming Using C++
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit–1: Introduction to C++, C++ Standard Library, Basics of a Typical C++ Environment, Pre-processors Directives, Illustrative Simple C++ Programs. Header Files and Namespaces, library
files. Concept of objects, basic of object modeling, object classes, associations, behaviors, description, Object Oriented Analysis & Object Modeling techniques,
Object Oriented Concepts : Introduction to Objects and Object Oriented Programming, Encapsulation (Information Hiding), Access Modifiers: Controlling access to a class, method, or variable
(public, protected, private, package), Other Modifiers, Polymorphism: Overloading,, Inheritance, Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Reusability, Class’s Behaviors.
Classes and Data Abstraction: Introduction, Structure Definitions, Accessing Members of Structures, Class Scope and Accessing Class Members, Separating Interface from Implementation,
Controlling Access Function And Utility Functions, Initializing Class Objects: Constructors, Using Default Arguments With Constructors, Using Destructors, Classes : Const(Constant) Object
And Const Member Functions, Object as Member of Classes, Friend Function and Friend Classes, Using This Pointer, Dynamic Memory Allocation with New and Delete, Static Class Members,
Container Classes And Integrators, Proxy Classes, Function overloading.
Unit-2: Operator Overloading: Introduction, Fundamentals of Operator Overloading, Restrictions On Operators Overloading, Operator Functions as Class Members vs. as Friend Functions,
Overloading, <<, >> Overloading Unary Operators, Overloading Binary Operators.
Inheritance: Introduction, Inheritance: Base Classes And Derived Classes, Protected Members, Casting Base- Class Pointers to Derived- Class Pointers, Using Member Functions, Overriding
Base –Class Members in a Derived Class, Public, Protected and Private Inheritance, Using Constructors and Destructors in derived Classes, Implicit Derived –Class Object To Base- Class Object
Conversion, Composition Vs. Inheritance.
Unit–3: Virtual Functions and Polymorphism: Introduction to Virtual Functions, Abstract Base Classes And Concrete Classes, Polymorphism, New Classes And Dynamic Binding, Virtual
Destructors, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding.
Files and I/O Streams: Files and Streams, Creating a Sequential Access File, Reading Data From A Sequential Access File, Updating Sequential Access Files, Random Access Files, Creating A
Random Access File, Writing Data Randomly To a Random Access File, Reading Data Sequentially from a Random Access File. Stream Input/Output Classes and Objects, Stream Output,
Stream Input, Unformatted I/O (with read and write), Stream Manipulators, Stream Format States, Stream Error States.
Unit-4: Templates & Exception Handling: Function Templates, Overloading Template Functions, Class Template, Class Templates and Non-Type Parameters, Templates and Inheritance,
Templates and Friends, Templates and Static Members.
Introduction, Basics of C++ Exception Handling: Try Throw, Catch, Throwing an Exception, Catching an Exception, Re-throwing an Exception, Exception specifications, Processing Unexpected
Exceptions, Stack Unwinding, Constructors, Destructors and Exception Handling, Exceptions and Inheritance.
Text Books:
• C++ How to Program by H M Deitel and P J Deitel, 1998, Prentice Hall
• Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ by Robert Lafore ,1994, The WAITE Group Press.
• Programming with C++ By D Ravichandran, 2003, T.M.H
Reference books:
• Object oriented Programming with C++ by E Balagurusamy, 2001, Tata McGraw-Hill
• Computing Concepts with C++ Essentials by Horstmann, 2003, John Wiley,
• The Complete Reference in C++ By Herbert Schildt, 2002, TMH.
• C++ Programming Fundamentals by Chuck Easttom, Firewall Media.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from
each unit.
ECE-204E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

L T P Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES:


Digital signal, logic gates: AND. OR, NOT. NAND. NOR- EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3. Gray codes.
COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES:
Design using gates. Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification.

UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MST DEVICES


Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements. Decoders. Adders / Subtracters. BCD arithmetic Circuits. Encoders. Decoders / Drivers for display devices.
SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS:
Flip Flops: S-R- J-K. T. D, master-slave, edge triggered- shift registers, sequence generators. Counters. Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of
Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits.
UNIT 3 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES:
Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS-devices. Bipolar logic families: RTL, DTL, DCTL. HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic.
Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families.
UNIT 4 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS:
Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for
D/A converters. A/D converters: Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type.
Dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES:
ROM, PLA. PAL, Introduction to FPGA and CPLDs.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Modem Digital Electronics (Edition III): R. P. Jain; TMH
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling: MGH
2. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach: McGraw Hill.
3. Digital Design: Morris Mano: PHI,

NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
ECE-216 E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1:THE 8085 PROCESSOR : Introduction to microprocessor, 8085 microprocessor : Architecture, instruction set, interrupt structure, and assembly language programming.

MEMORY INTERFACING: Semiconductor memory and its types- Static and dynamic RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEROM and NOVRAM- Interfacing memory- Interfacing
SRAM, DRAM, EPROM etc. Timing of RAM and ROM signals.

Unit-2 : THE 8086 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE : Architecture, block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU; memory segmentation and
physical address computations, program relocation, addressing modes, instruction formats, pin diagram and description of various signals.

INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086 : Instruction execution timing, assembler instruction format, data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, branch instructions, looping
instructions, NOP and HLT instructions, flag manipulation instructions, logical instructions, shift and rotate instructions, directives and operators, programming examples.

Unit-3 : INTERFACING DEVICE : The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes and examples.Interfacing D/A and A/D converters

Unit-4: DMA : Introduction to DMA process, 8237 DMA controller,

INTERRUPT AND TIMER : 8259 Programmable interrupt controller, Programmable interval timer chips.

Text Books :
• Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 : Ramesh S Gaonkar; Wiley Eastern Ltd.
• The Intel Microprocessors 8086- Pentium processor : Brey; PHI

Reference Books :
• Microprocessors and interfacing : Hall; TMH
• The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing,Hardware & Applications :Triebel & Singh; PHI
• Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design : Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI.
• Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing : Badri Ram; TMH
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
IT-256 E C ++ Programming Lab.
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Q1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p times. Write a function called power ( ) that takes a double value for n and an int value for p, and
returns the result as double value. Use a default argument of 2 for p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared. Write a main ( ) function that gets values from
the user to test this function.

Q2. A point on the two two numbers can represent dimensional plane: an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4,5) represents a point 4 units to the right of the
origin along the X axis and 5 units up the Y axis. The sum of two points can be defined as a new point whose X coordinate is the sum of the X coordinates of the points and whose
Y coordinate is the sum of their Y coordinates. Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define three points, and have the user input values to two of
them. Than set the third point equal to the sum of the other two, and display the value of the new point. Interaction with the program might look like this:
Enter coordinates for P1: 3 4
Enter coordinates for P2: 5 7
Coordinates of P1 + P2 are : 8, 11

Q 3. Create the equivalent of a four function calculator. The program should request the user to enter a number, an operator, and another number. It should then carry out the
specified arithmetical operation: adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing the two numbers. (It should use a switch statement to select the operation). Finally it should display
the result. When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’. Some sample interaction with the
program might look like this.
Enter first number, operator, second number: 10/ 3
Answer = 3.333333
Do another (Y/ N)? Y
Enter first number, operator, second number 12 + 100
Answer = 112
Do another (Y/ N) ? N

Q4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought of as having three parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write a program that
uses a structure to store these three parts of a phone number separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure variables of type phone. Initialize one, and have the user
input a number for the other one. Then display both numbers. The interchange might look like this:
Enter your area code, exchange, and number: 415 555 1212
My number is (212) 767-8900
Your number is (415) 555-1212
Q 5. Create two classes DM and DB which store the value of distances. DM stores distances in metres and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write a program that can
read values for the class objects and add one object of DM with another object of DB. Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that stores the results
maybe a DM object or DB object, depending on the units in which the results are required. The display should be in the format of feet and inches or metres and cenitmetres
depending on the object on display.

Q 6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double values- NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public member Functions:
• constructor with no arguments (default).
• constructor with two arguments.
• void reduce( ) that reduces the rational number by eliminating the highest common factor between the numerator and denominator.
• Overload + operator to add two rational number.
• Overload >> operator to enable input through cin.
• Overload << operator to enable output through cout.
Write a main ( ) to test all the functions in the class.
Q 7. Consider the following class definition
class father {
protected : int age;
public;
father (int x) {age = x;}
virtual void iam ( )
{ cout < < “I AM THE FATHER, my age is : ”<< age<< end1:}
};
Derive the two classes son and daughter from the above class and for each, define iam ( ) to write
our similar but appropriate messages. You should also define suitable constructors for these
classes.
Now, write a main ( ) that creates objects of the three classes and then calls iam ( ) for them.
Declare pointer to father. Successively, assign addresses of objects of the two derived classes to
this pointer and in each case, call iam ( ) through the pointer to demonstrate polymorphism in
action.
Q 8. Write a program that creates a binary file by reading the data for the students from the terminal.
The data of each student consist of roll no., name ( a string of 30 or lesser no. of characters) and marks.
Q9. A hospital wants to create a database regarding its indoor patients. The information to store include
a) Name of the patient
b) Date of admission
c) Disease
d) Date of discharge
Create a structure to store the date (year, month and date as its members). Create a base class to store the above information. The member function should include functions to
enter information and display a list of all the patients in the database. Create a derived class to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the to store the
age of the patients. List the information about all the pediatric patients (less than twelve years in age).

Q 10. Make a class Employee with a name and salary. Make a class Manager inherit from Employee. Add an instance variable, named department, of type string.
Supply a method to toString that prints the manager’s name, department and salary. Make a class Executive inherit from Manager. Supply a method to String that prints the
string “Executive” followed by the information stored in the Manager superclass object. Supply a test program that tests these classes and methods.

Q11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called toll Booth. The two data items are a type unsigned int to hold the total number of cars, and a type double to hold the total amount of
money collected. A constructor initializes both these to 0. A member function called payingCar ( ) increments the car total and adds 0.50 to the cash total. Another function,
called nopayCar ( ), increments the car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called displays the two totals. Include a program to test this class. This
program should allow the user to push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a nonpaying car. Pushing the ESC kay should cause the program to print out the total
cars and total cash and then exit.

Q12. Write a function called reversit ( ) that reverses a string (an array of char). Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and next to last characters
and so on. The string should be passed to reversit ( ) as an argument.

Write a program to exercise reversit ( ). The program should get a string from the user, call reversit ( ), and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks. Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw Elba)”.

Q13. Create some objects of the string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the head of the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents of the Deque using the forEach
( ) function and a user written display function. Then search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That ( ) function and display any strings that match. Finally
remove all the items from the Deque using the getLeft ( ) function and display each item. Notice the order in which the items are displayed: Using getLeft ( ), those inserted on
the left (head) of the Deque are removed in “last in first out” order while those put on the right side are removed in “first in first out” order. The opposite would be true if
getRight ( ) were used.

Q 14. Assume that a bank maintains two kinds of accounts for customers, one called as savings account and the other as current account. The savings account provides
compound interest and withdrawal facilities but no cheque book facility. The current account provides cheque book facility but no interest. Current account holders should
also maintain a minimum balance and if the balance falls below this level, a service charge is imposed.

Create a class account that stores customer name, account number and type of account. From this derive the classes cur_acct and sav_acct to make them more specific to their requirements. Include necessary member functions in order to achieve the following tasks:
a) Accept deposit from a customer and update the balance.
b) Display the balance.
c) Compute and deposit interest.
d) Permit withdrawal and update the balance.
e) Check for the minimum balance, impose penalty, necessary and update the balance.
f) Do not use any constructors. Use member functions to initialize the class members.

Q 15. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type values that could be used to compute the area of figures. Derive two specific classes called triangle
and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base class, a member function get_data ( ) to initialize baseclass data members and another member function display_area ( ) to
compute and display the area of figures. Make display_area ( ) as a virtual function and redefine this function in the derived classes to suit their requirements. Using these three
classes, design a program that will accept dimensions of a triangle or a
rectangle interactively and display the area.

Remember the two values given as input will be treated as lengths of two sides in the case of
rectangles and as base and height in the case of triangles and used as follows:
Area of rectangle =x*y
Area of triangle =½*x*y
ECE-212 E Digital Electronics Lab.
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
- - 3 Practical: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR.

2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance.

3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer.

4. To verify the operation of comparator.

5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops.

6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register.

7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter.

8. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-
flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same.

9. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-
flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same.

10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops.

11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates.

12. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter
and a Johnson counter.
Note : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be
performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of
the syllabus.
ECE-218 E Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab.

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of 8085 Microprocessor kit.

2. Write a program using 8085 and verify for :


a. addition of two 8-bit numbers.
b. addition of two 8-bit numbers (with carry).

3. Write a program using 8085 and verify for :


a. 8-bit subtraction (display borrow)
b. 16-bit subtraction (display borrow )

4. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of additions and test for typical data.
5. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and verify.
6. Write a program using 8085 for division of two 8- bit numbers by repeated subtraction method and test for typical data.
7. Write a program using 8085 for dividing two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and test for typical data.
8. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit
9. Write a program using 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by another double word division and verify.
10. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square root of a given number and verify.
11. Write a program using 8086 for copying 12 bytes of data from source to destination and verify.

12. Write a program using 8086 and verify for:


a. Finding the largest number from an array.
b. Finding the smallest number from an array.

13. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and
verify.
14. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and
verify.

15. Write a program for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. .

16. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085/8086
microprocessor and 8255 PPI.

17. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085/8086 microprocessor
and 8255 PPI.

Note: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester out of which seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may
either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-309-C.
• Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley.
• Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press.
• Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA
• Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995, Edward Arnold, London,
• Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill Singapore
• Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI
• Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar, 1995, Mc Graw Hill.
• Discrete Mathematics & Structure, Satyender Bal Gupta, 2nd Ed., Luxmi Pub.

Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)


Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
(5th Semester IT)

Teaching Schedule
Examination Schedule
Sr. Duration of
Course No. Subject (Marks)
No. Exam (Hrs.)
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total

1. IT-351 Web Design 3 1 - 4 100 40 - 140 3


Digital & Data
2. IT-353 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3
Communication

3. IT-355 Network Programming 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

4. IT-357 Operating System 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

5. IT-359 Multimedia & Virtual Reality 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

6. IT-361 Web Design Lab - - 3 3 - 40 25 65 3

Digital & Data


7. IT-363 - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
Communication Lab
8. IT-365 Network Programming Lab - - 3 3 - 40 25 65 3
Multimedia & Virtual Reality
9. IT-367 - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
Lab
10. IT-369 Training Report 70 70

TOTAL 19 5 10 34 500 400 100 1000


IT-359
Multimedia & Virtual Reality

L T P Theory: 100

4 1 Sessional: 40

UNIT-1
BASICS OF MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY:
Computers,communication and entertainment,multimedia an introduction & emerging applications,framework for multimedia systems,multimedia devices, CD-AUDIO,CD_ROM,CD_I,multimedia presentation and
authoring profeesional tools.
AUDIO, VIDEO AND IMAGE:
Digital representation of sound,transmission of digital sound, MPEG-Audio ,audio compression and decompression,brief survey of speech recognition and generation,audio synthesis,musical instrument digital
interface,evaluating a compression system-redundancy and visibilility,video compression techniques,JPEG-image compression standards,MPEG-motion video compression standard-DVI Technology
UNIT-2
MULTIMEDIA FILE SYSTEMS AND INFORMATION MODELS
The case of multimedia information system,file support for continuous media-data models for multimedia and hyper media information ,multimedia presentation and authoring,current state of industry-design
paradigms and user interface-barriers to widespread use,multimedia system service architecture,media stream protocol and services and window system,client control of continuous media,file system
support,hyper applications
UNIT-3
MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS:
multimedia services over the public network, requirements,architecture and protocols-applications-network services-network protocols-multimedia interchange:Quicktime movie file format(QMF)-
MHEG(Multimedia and Hypermedia information and coding expert group)-format function and representation summary-real time interchange-Multimedia conferencing:teleconferencing systems.
Animation:
Introduction,Basic terminologytechiques,Motion graphics 2D & 3D animation.Introduction to MAYA(Animating tool):Fundamentals,Modeling:NURBS,Polygon,Organic,animation,paths
&boxes,deformers,working with MEL:Basics &programming Rendering &special effects:shading &texturing surfaces,lighting, special effects.
UNIT-4
VIRTUAL REALITY:
Applications of multimedia,intellegient multimedia systems,desktop virtual reality,VR operating system,virtual environment displays&orientation making;visually coupled system requirements;intellegent VR
software systems.
Books Recommended:
1. David Hillman,"Multimedia Technology&Applications",Galgotia publications.
2. John.F.Koegelbuford,Multimedia Systems,AWP,1994.
3. An Introduction,Villamil &Molina,Multimedia mc Milan,1997.
4.Multimedia:Sond &video,Lozano,1997,PHI(Que)
Reference Books:
1. Production,planning and delivery,Villamil & Molina,Que,1997
2.Multimedia on the PC,Sinclair,BPB
3.Multimedia in action by Jeff coate judith,1995,PHI
4.Multimedia System by Koegel,AWL.
Note:There will be 8 questions in all.Two questions will be set from each unit.Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least from each unit.

IT-355
Network Programming

L T P Theory: 100
4 1 Sessional: 40
Unit-1 Introduction to Java & Principles of Object Oriented Progamming:
Basic Concepts of OOP and it’s Benefits. Application of OOP. The Creation of Java, Importance of Java for the Internet, Java’s Magic: The Byte-code, Features of Java. Object-Oriented Programming in Java, Java Program Structure.
Defining Classes:
Defining of a Class, Definition of Methods, Constructors, Creating Objects of a Class, Assigning Object Reference Variables, The keyword “this” , Defining and Using a Class, Automatic Garbage Collection.
Arrays and Strings:
Arrays, Arrays of Characters, String handling Using String Class, Operations on String Handling Using. String Buffer Class.
Extending Class and Inheritance:
Using Existing Classes, Class Inheritance, Choosing Base Class, Access Attributes, Polymorphism, Multiple Levels of Inheritance, Abstraction through Abstract Classes, Using Final Modifier, The Universal Super class-Object Class.
Unit-2 Package & Interfaces:
Understanding Packages, Defining a Package, Packaging up your Classes, Adding Classes from a Package to your Program, Understanding CLASSPATH, Standard Packages, Access Protection in Packages, Concept of Interface.
Exception Handling:
The Idea behind Exceptions, Types of Exceptions, Dealing with Exceptions, Exception Objects, Defining Your Own Exceptions, Checked and Unchecked Exceptions.
Multithreading Programming:
The Java Thread Model, Understanding Threads, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread: extending Thread and implementing Runnable, Creating Multiple Threads, Thead Priorities, Synchronization, Deadlocks inter-thread communication,
Deadlocks.
Input/Output in Java:
I/O Basic, Byte and Character Structure, I/O Classes, Reading Console Input, Writing to Console Output, Reading and Writing on Files, Random Access Files, Storing and Retrieving Objects from File. Stream Benefits.

Unit-3 Creating Applets in Java:


Applet Basics, Applets Architecture , Applet Life Cycle, Simple Applet Display Methods, Requesting Repainting, Using the Status Window, The HTML APPLET Tag, Passing parameters to Applets.
Networking:
Basics, Networking Classes and Interfaces, Using Java.net Package, doing TCP/IP and Datagram Programming by Server Socket and Socket Classes.
Java Data Base Connectivity(JDBC)
Database Connectivity- Relation Databases, JDBC API, Reusing Database Objects, Transactions, Advance Techniques.
Working with Windows:
AWT Classes, Window Fundamentals, Working with Frame, Creating a Frame Window in an Applet, displaying information within a Window.
Unit-4 Event Handling:
Two Event Handling Mechanisms, The Delegation Event Model, The Event Handling Process, Event Classes, Sources of Events, event Listener Interfaces, Using the Delegation Event Model, Adapter Classes.
Java Servlet Programming:
Role and Advantages of Java Servlets in Web application Development.
HTTP Servlets- Introduction, page generation, server side includes, servlet chaining, java Server pages.
Server Life Cycle- Servlet Alternative, Reloading, Init and Destroy, Single Thread Model, Background Processing Last Modified times, synchronization, Persistent state capabilities.
Retrieving Information- Intialization Parameters, Methods of receiving Information about Client-server and clients request.
Sending HTML Information- Structure of Response, Sending a Normal Response, using Persistent Connection, HTML generation, Status Codes, HTTP headers, Error Handling.
Books Recommended:
1. Java-2 The complete Reference by Patrick Naughton and Herbertz Schildt, TMH.
2. Beginning JAVA 2 (JDK1.3 Edition), Ivor Horton, WROX Public.
3. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel
4. JAVA 2 UNLEASHED, Tech Media Publications.
5. JAVA 2(1.3) API Documentations.
6. “Programming with Java”, By E Balaguruswamy.

IT-353
Digital and Data Communication

L T Theory Sessional
4 1 100 40

Unit-1
Introduction
A communications model- Data communications – Data communication networking – Standards – Making organizations – Data Transmission:Concepts and terminology – Analog and Digital Transmission –
Transmission impairments – Transmission media.
Data Encoding:
Digital data,Digital signals:Encoding schemes:NRZ-L,NRZ-I,Manchester-Diff-Manchester-Encoding,Pseudoternary-Bipolar-AMI,B8ZS- HDB3 – Evaluation factors-Digital data, analog signals: Encoding
Techniques –ASK-FSK-PSK-QPSK-Performance comparision-Analog data,digital signals:Quantization- Sampling theorm-PCM-Delta modulation-Errors- comparision- Analog Data, analog signals:Need for
modulation -0 Modulation methods – Amplitude modulation- Angle modulation- Comparision

Unit-2
Digital data communication techniques:
Asynchronous and synchronous transmission –Error Detection techniques : Parity checks – Cycle redundancy checks-Checksum-Error Correcting codes: Forwards and backward error corrections
DTE & DCE interface:
Characterstics of DTE-DCE interface.Interfaces: Rs-232-C , Rs-449/422,A/423-A.

Unit-3
Data link control
Need for data link control – Line configurations: Topology,duplexity and line discipline – flow control : effect of propagation delay and transmission rate – sliding window protocol-Error Control; Error detection –
ARQ – Bit oriented link control- Necessity – Protocols – HDLC,ADCC,LAP-B,SDLC – Character-oriented link control- Binary synchronous communications – Their categories-Limitations,serial Controller 85C30.
Multiplexing
Advantages – Types of Multiplexing – FDM – Synchronous TDM – Stastical TDM or Asynchronous TDM,Study of their characterstics and carrier systems.

Unit-4
Satellite Communication Systems:
Satellite parameters and configurations – Capacity allocation , Frequency Division FDMA ; Time Division TDMA- Fixed assigned multiple access(FAMA), Demand assign multiple access(DAMA) – The concept of
spread spectrum : FHSS, DSSS – CDMA – Transmission and reception.

Books Recommended:

1. Proakin, “Digital Communications”,Mc Graw Hill.


2. W.Stalling, “Wireless Communication And Networks” Pearson.
3. Stallings, “Data & computer Communications”,PHI.
4. Forouzen, “Data Communication & Networking”,Tata Mcgraw Hill.
5. Roden, “Digital & Data Communication Systems”,PHI.
6. Miler, “Introduction to Digital & Data Communications”,Jaico Pub.
7. Pratt, “Satellite Communication”, John Wiuley.
IT-351
WEB DESIGN
L 3 Theory: 100

T 1 Sessional:40

UNIT 1 The World Wide Web As A Communication System


The state of the World Wide Web, An overview of the World Wide Web, The role of the Web within Cyberspace, Information Spaces in the web.

A Developer ‘s tour of the Web


An overview of the web’s Potential, Web functions, Web development Phases, Developer’s Tour Check
Options for Web Connections: Choosing user Connections, Choosing Information Provider Connections, Accessing the Web, Web Connections Check.

UNIT 2 Information Architecture:


Role of information architecture, collaboration and Communication, Organizing information.
Navigation Systems:
Types of navigation systems, integrated navigation elements, Remote navigation elements, Design elements navigation system.

Web Development Principles And Methodology overview


The Web as a medium for expression, Web User Experiences, Web Communication Process, A Web Development Methodology, Web Principles and Methodology check.

UNIT 3 Web planning and analysis


Principles of web planning, web planning techniques, a web plan example, web analysis processes, web analysis principles
Web design & implementation - an overview of web design, principles of web design, web design methodologies, design techniques, design problems, sample web design, web designer’s Check, The State of the art
in web implementation, an implementation overview, implementation Principles, implementation Processes, web implementer’s Check

Web promotion & Innovation


Web promotion Principles, Web promotion Techniques, Web Business Models, Web Promoter’s Check, an Innovation Overview, web Innovation Techniques, and web Innovator’s Check.

UNIT 4 HTML
Structure of HTML document, HTML elements, Linking Basics, Linking in HTML, Images and Anchor tag, their attributes, image maps, list, frames, tables, Forms in HTML, Embedding of graphics through HTML.

XML Basic of XML valid documents,


Syntax, elements & attributes of XML, Document Type Definition,
Ways to use XML: using XML as data source, XML in data islands.
Displaying XML with CSS & XSL, rewriting HTML as XML
DHTML – an introduction of DHTML, relationship between HTML, SGML, & XML
CSS – basic style sheet concept, using style sheet in your document.

JAVASCRIPT
Features of JavaScript, Variables, Control Structures, operators, loping, conditional statements & functions in JavaScript.
Core Language Objects – Array, Boolean, date, Math, String, Global, Number
JavaScript with DOM Objects – Event Handling through JavaScript, Window, Document & Forms, Frame Object, Form Validation through JavaScript, JavaScript vs. CGI
Books Specified:
HTML – a beginner’s guide by Willard –TMH
JavaScript – Unleased - 3 rd Edition from SAMS – Tech Media.
HTML – Complete Reference By Thomas A Powell – TMH.
http:// www.w3schools.com
Yong ,XML in steps by step – PHI
HTML 3.2 and CGI Professional Reference Edition by John December & Mark Ginsburg – SAMS – Tech Media
Aaron Weiss , Rebecca Taply , Kim Deniels , Stuven Mulder , Jeff Kaneshki : Web Authoring Desk Reference – Tech Media

NOTE : - There will be 8 questions in all; Two will be set from each unit . Students are required to attempt any 5 questions selecting at least 1 from each unit.

IT-357
Operating Systems

L T Theory Sessional
4 1 100 40

UNIT 1:

Introductory Concepts: Operating System functions and characteristics, historical evolution of operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S service , system
calls, system programs , interrupt mechanisms.
Processes: Processes model, process states, process hierarchies, implementation of processes, data structures used such as process table, PCB creation of processes, context switching, exit of processes.
Interprocess communication: Race conditions, critical sections, problems of mutual exclusion, Peterson’s solution, producer-consumer problem, semaphores, counters, monitors, message passing.

UNIT 2:
Process scheduling: objective, preemptive vs non- preemptive scheduling, comparative assessment of different algorithms such as round robin, priority bases scheduling, FCFS, SJF, multiple queues with feedback.
Deadlocks: conditions, modeling, detection and recovery, deadlock avoidance, deadlock prevention.
Memory Management: Multiprogramming with fixed partition, variable partitions, virtual partitions, virtual memory, paging, demand paging design and implementation issues in paging such as page tables,
inverted page tables, page replacement algorithms, page fault handling, working set model, local vs global allocation, page size, segmentation and paging.

UNIT 3:
File Systems: File type, attributes, access and security, file operations, directory structures, path names, directory operations, implementation of file systems, implementation of file and file operations calls,
implementation of directories, sharing of files, disk space management, block allocation, free space management, logical file system, physical file system.
Device Management: Techniques for device management , dedicated devices, shred devices, virtual devices, device characterices-hardware considerations: input and output devices, storage devices, independent
device operation, buffering, multiple paths, device allocation considerations.

UNIT 4:
Distributed Systems: Introduction to II/W and S/W concepts in distributed systems, Network operating systems and NFS, NFS architecture and protocol, client- server model, distributed file systems, RPC- Basic
operations, parameter passing, RPC semantics in presence of failures threads and thread packages.
Case Studies: Unix/Linux: Implementation of processes, memory model, file system, deadlock handling strategies, scheduling , IPC, system calls.
WINDOWS NT: Layered structure, interpretability.

Books recommended:
1. Peterson J L & Silberschatz , ” Operating System concepts“ Addison Wesley
2. Brinch, Hansen, “Operating System Principles” PHI
3. Tenanbaum A S “ Operating System”, PHI.

NOTE: There will be 8 questions in all . Two questions will be set from each unit. Students are required to attempt 5 questions selecting at least 1 question from each unit

IT-361
Web Designing Lab

L T P Sessional : 40 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks

1. Design the following Form on WEB Pages:-

Employee Details of the Company

Type the Password

Employee Code Employee Name


City Department

Benefits Daily Sales


Accts.M
Grade A B kt. HRD

OK
2. Create a web page with four frames has picture, second frame has table showing the details of students in your class, third frame has a list of syllabus of your semester and
last frame a hyperlink to a different web page.

3. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to check that the string is palindrome or Not.
(b) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to shake the window.
Write

4. Write a Program in JAVASCRIPT to make a simple calculator.


5. (a) Write a Program in JAVASCRIPT to display all the information about the
browser, you are using in the lab.
(b) 1. Write a program in java Script to display Count Value, which counts the
number of times mouse Over event occurred on placing on a link.
2. Write a program in JAVASCRIPT, which will response to the mouse & keyboard events
6. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to display a digital clock.
(b) 1. Write a program in JAVASCRIPT which will show the current date & time.
2. Convert that date & time into another format.

7. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to make a personalize welcome page


(b) Redirect the user to the e-mail form page after 20 seconds.
8. (a) Write a Program in JAVA Script to make an email registration form.
(b) Validate all the input fields.
(c) Display all user details on a new page.
9. Create a page (Open.html) with a link “ Open new Window”. On clicking the link, call a JavaScript funtion to open a page (new.html) in a new window with attributes no
toolbar, no resize, no scroll bar, height=200, width=200. Take your name as input in this page & clicks submit. Display the entered in the page “open.html”.

10. (a) Design (college_year_branch_Student.xml), which describes data about college students.
(b) Display the above xml page in an html page as data island.
11. (a) Create & use style-sheet (CSS) for login & display detail page.
(b) Create & use Style-sheet (XSL) for xml page used in 10th practical.
12. Create web pages for an organization like your College giving details about various Departments, Faculty Members, Its Foundation, various Achievements etc. using different
features of web designing.
IT-363
Digital & Data Communication Lab

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

1. Perform Amplitude modulation/demodulation and calculate modulation index and percentage (%age) modulation.

2. Perform frequency modulation for calculating frequency deviation (DF) and modulation index.
3. Prove and perform sampling theorem for various bit rates (eg. 8kbps, 16kbps, 32kbps, 64kbps).
4. Convert analog signal into digital using delta modulation/demodulation.
5. Prove and perform “adaptive delta modulation/demodulation” to reduce the quantization voice.
6. Perform and verify the following A/D converting modulation/demodulation Technique using:
i) PAM
ii) PPM
iii) PWM
7. Analyze the pulse code modulation (PCM) system and perform A/D conversion using PCM.
8. Prove and perform multiplexing using time division multiplexing technique.
9. Analyze and establish a PC TO PC Communication using RS-332 DTE-DCE interface.
10. Establish a transmitter and receiver link using optical fiber.
IT-365
Network Programming Lab

L T P Sessional : 40 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks

1. (a) Write a program for the following:


• To implement an integer stack, which can hold 10 values?
• To Convert an integer to its binary equivalent.
2. (a) Write a program to implement the concept of inheritance having a base class representing a person, derived from this class make two classes, one about the students and
other about employees. Input & Output this information about students & employees.
(b) Implement Function overloading concept.
3. Write a program to copy the contents of source file into destination file, handling the exceptions.
4. Write a program to implement the buffering concept in which producer produces the data and consumer consumes it using the threading concept.
5. Create an applet in which create another thread which will move a string message continuously.
6. Write a program for the following:
• To demonstrate mouse event handlers.
• To demonstrate key event handlers.
7. Create a frame window in which there are two text boxes to input integers and another text box for their sum. The sum is displayed on the click of a button.
8. Write a program for Client and Server and establish communication between them.
9. Write a program using servlets and a web page using HTML so as to print the dynamic response from the servlets when the web page is submitted.
10. Create a database using MS-Access and access this database in your program using JDBC.
IT-367
Multimedia & Virtual Reality Lab

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

1. Perform the following using Movie Star:


• Video Capturing
• Video Editing and
• Creating Video CD.
2. Animate a ball by changing it color, size, & position frame to frame and tweened animation in Flash.
3. Using Adobe Deluxe Photoshop edit a digital photo by changing the background color, changing the theme, changing the part of the photo, creating the different parts of
the photo and edit them.
4. Animate the following using GIF animator:
• Image
• Banner Text
5. Write a program to simulate the game of Pool Table.
6. Transform a alphabetical string into circle and then chage it again in to alphabetical string.
7. Perform the following using Multimedia Software:
• Clip a portion of an audio wave file
• Add another audio file to the above clipped file
8. Perform the following using multimedia software:
• Extract audio from video file like .avi/.dat/.mpeg and save it in MP3
• Change the format of above audio file into midi/ wav/ asf/ wm/ cda
9. Perform the following using Multimedia software:
• Capture video with web camera.
• Add the required audio.
• Synchronize the Audio and Video
10. Create a documentary film of your Department which includes audio, Video, graphics, images and animation.

IT-367
Multimedia & Virtual Reality Lab

L T P Sessional 25 marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

1.Create any two slides using power point


2.Create a website on any of your favorite topic
3.Create a website of your college using HTML tags
4.Perform the following using Movie star:
• Video Capturing
• Video Editing and
• Creating Video CD.
5.Animate a ball using Flash
6.Using Adobe Deluxe Photoshop edit a digital photo by changing the background color,changing the theme, changing the part of the
photo and editing the different parts of the photo.
7. Animate the following using GIF animator:

• Image
• Banner Text
8. Perform the following using Multimedia Software:
• Clip a portion of an audio wave file
• Add another audio file to the above clipped file

9. Perform the following using Multimedia software


• Extract audio from video file like .avi/.dat/.mpeg and save it in MP3
• Change the format of above audio file into midi/wav/asf/wm/cda

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE


Sixth Semester Examination
(Information Technology)
(w.e.f. 2005 – 2006)

Course No. Total Duration


Subject Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule of Exam
Mar (Hrs.)
T P Total Theory Sessional Practical ks
L
IT-352 Analysis & Design of Algorithm 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-354 Software Engineering 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-356 Computer Graphics 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-358 Computer Network 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-360 Management Information 3 1 0 4 75 50 0 125 3


System
IT-362 Software Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 0 30 30 60 3

IT-364 Computer Graphics Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 40 80 3

IT-366 Networking Lab 0 0 2 2 0 30 30 60 3

IT-368 Visual Basic .Net Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 40 80 3

IT-370 Colloquim 0 1 0 1 0 35 0 35 3

19 6 10 35 475 385 140 1000


Total

Note: Students shall undertake 6 weeks Practical Training after 6th Semester Exam. In reputed organization
IT-352 Analysis & Design of Algorithms

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Algorithm, Analyzing algorithm, Designing algorithm, Concept of algorithmic efficiency, Run time analysis of algorithms, Asymptotic Notations.

Divide and conquer: Structure of divide and conquer algorithms: examples; binary search, quick sort, Strassen Multiplication; Analysis of divide and conquer run time recurrence
relations.

Unit – 2:
Greedy Method: Overview of the greedy paradigm examples of exact optimization solution (minimum cost spanning tree), Approximate solution ( Knapsack problem), Singles
source shortest paths.

Dynamic programming: Overview, difference between dynamic programming and divide and conquer, Applications: Shortest path in graph, Matrix multiplication, Traveling
salesman problem, longest common sequence.

Unit – 3:
Back tracking: Overview, 8-queen problem, and Knapsack problem
Brach and bound: LC searching Bounding, FIFO branch and bound, LC branch and bound application: 0/1 Knapsack problem, Traveling Salesman Problem.

Unit – 4:
Graph searching and Traversal: Overview, Traversal methods (depth first and breadth first search).
Trees: Review of trees, Binary search tree, Traversal, Insertion & Deletion in Binary Search Tree, B-Trees, B+Trees, Basic operations on B Trees.
Computational Complexity: Complexity measures, Polynomial Vs non-polynomial time complexity; NP-hard and NP-complete classes, examples.

Text Book:
E. Horowitz, S. Sahni, and S. Rajsekran, “ Fundamental of Computer Algorithms,” Galgotia Publication

Reference Books:
1. T. H. Cormen, Leiserson, Revest and Stein, “Introduction of Somputer algorithm,” PHI.
2. Sara Basse, A. V. Gelder, “ Computer Algorithms,” Addison Wesley.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-354 Software Engineering

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Program vs. software products, emergence of software engineering, software life cycle, models: waterfall, prototype, evolutionary and spiral model, Software
Characteristics, Applications, Software crisis.
Software project management: Project management concepts, software process and project metrics Project planning, project size estimation metrics, project estimation
techniques, empirical estimation techniques, COCOMO, A Heuristic estimation techniques, staffing level estimation, team structures, staffing, risk analysis and management,
project scheduling and tracking.

Unit – 2:
Requirements Analysis and specification: Requirements engineering, system modeling and simulation Analysis principles modeling, partitioning Software, prototyping,
Prototyping methods and tools, Specification principles, Representation, the software requirements specification and reviews Analysis Modeling: Data Modeling, Functional
modeling and information flow: Data flow diagrams, Behavioral Modeling, The mechanics of structured analysis: Creating entity/relationship diagram, data flow model, control
flow model, the control and process specification, The data dictionary, Other classical analysis methods.

System Design: Design concepts and principles: the design process: Design and software quality, design principles, Design concepts: Abstraction, refinement, modularity,
software architecture, control hierarchy, structural partitioning, data structure software procedure, information hiding, Effective modular design: Functional independence,
Cohesion, Coupling, Design Heuristics for effective modularity; The design model; Design documentation.
Architectural Design: Software architecture, Data Design: Data modeling, data structures, databases and the data warehouse, Analyzing alternative Architectural Designs,
architectural complexity; Mapping requirements in to software architecture; Transform flow, Transaction flow; Transform mapping; Refining the architectural design.

Unit – 3:
Testing and maintenance: Software Testing Techniques, software testing fundamentals: objectives, principles, testability; Test case design, Unit testing: white box testing, basic
path testing: Control structure testing: Black box testing, testing for specialized environments, architectures and applications. Software Testing Strategies: Verification and
validation, Integration testing, Validation testing, alpha and beta testing. System testing: Recovery testing, security testing, stress testing performance testing; The art of debugging
process debugging approaches. Software re-engineering: Reverse engineering, restructuring, forward engineering.

Unit – 4:
Software Reliability and Quality Assurance: Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, SQA activities; Software reviews: cost impact of software defects, defect
amplification and removal; formal technical reviews: The review meeting, review reporting and record keeping, review guidelines; Formal approaches to SQA; Statistical software
quality assurance; software reliability: Measures of reliability and availability, The ISO 9000 Quality standards, SEI-CMM Capability Maturity Model.

Computer Aided Software Engineering: CASE, building blocks, integrated case environments and architecture, repository.

Text Books:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach, Roger S. Pressman, 1966, MGH.

Reference Books:

• Fundaments of software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI


• An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering by Pankaj Jalote, 1991 Narosa.
• Software Engineering by an Ian Sommerville, Pearson Edu, 5th edition, 1999, AW.
• Software Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford University, Ali Behforooz and Frederick J. Hudson.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-356 Computer Graphics

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: What is Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Applications, Computer Graphics hardware and Software, Two dimensional Graphics Primitives: Points and Lines,
Point Plotting Techniques: Coordinate system, Incremental Method, Line drawing algorithms: DDA, Bresenhams’s Circle drawing algorithms: Using polar coordinates, Mid point
circle drawing algorithms, Filled area algorithms: Scan line, Polygon filling algorithms, Boundary filled algorithms.

Point & Positioning Devices: Light pen, Mouse, Tablet, Input technique, Positioning technique, and character recognition.

Unit – 2:
Two Dimensional Viewing: Viewing pipeline, Window to view port transformation, Window to view port mapping.
Clipping: Point & Line clipping algorithm. 4-bit code algorithm., Cohen-Sutherland Line clipping algorithms, Liang-Barsky line clipping algorithms.
Polygon clipping: Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon clipping algorithm. Curve clipping, Text clipping.

Unit – 3:
Three Dimensional Viewing: Viewing pipeline, Viewing coordinates, Projection: Parallel. Perspective.

Two Dimensional Geometric Transformations: Two Dimensional transformations: Transformations translation scaling rotation, other transformations: reflection. Shear,
Homogeneous Coordinate system.
Raster Graphics: Raster graphics fundamental, solid area scan conversion, interactive raster graphics and raster graphics system.

Unit – 4:
Representation of 3-D Curves and Surfaces: Curved lines and surfaces, spline representations, interpolation and approximation alpines, Parametric conditions, Geometric
continuity conditions.
Beizer curves and surfaces: Beizer curves, properties of beizer curves, beizer surfaces, B-apline curves and surfaces.

Hidden Surfaces removal: Hidden surface elimination, depth buffer algorithm, scan line coherence and area coherence algorithm, priority algorithm.

Case study: Device independent graphics system, graphics system design case study of graphics kernel system.
Books Recommended:-
1. Hern & Baker – Computer Graphics, 2nd Ed. PHI.
2. Newmann & Sprawl – Introduction to interactive Computer Graphics, MGH.
3. Harrington – Computer Graphics – A programming Approach.
4. Rogers – Principles of Computer Graphics – MGH.
5. Folay – Fundamental of Interactive Computer Graphics – Addison Welsey

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.

IT-358 Computer Network


L T Theory Sessional Duration
4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Basics of Computer Networks, need and Evolution of computer networks, description of LAN, MAN, WAN & wireless networks.
Basics terminology of Computer Networks: Bandwidth, physical and logical topologies, media 10 base A, 10base 5, 10 base 5, 10base-t, 100 base FX, 100base LX and wireless.
LAN & WAN devices – Router, Bridge Ethernet switch HUB, Modem SCU/DSU.
OSI Reference Model:
Laying architecture of networks, OSI model, Functions of each layer, Services and Protocols of each Layer.

Unit – 2:

TCP/IP: Introduction History of TCP/IP, Layers of TCP/IP, Protocols, Internet Protocol, Transmission control protocol, User Datagram Protocol, IP Addressing, IP address
classes, Subnet addressing, Internet control Protocols, ARP, RARP, ICMP, application layer, Domain Name System, Email-SMTP, POP, IMAP, FTP, NNTP, HTTP, SNMP,
TELNET, overview of IP version 6.
OSI and TCP/IP model with description of data encapsulation & peer to peer communication, comparison of OSI and wireless.

Physical Layer: Representation of a bit on physical modem that is in wired network, optical network and wireless network. Encoding/Modulation – TTL, Manchester Encoding,
AM, FM and PM. Dispersion, Jitter, Latency and Collision. Different types of media-twisted pair, unshielded twisted pair, coaxial cable, optical Fiber cable and wireless.

Unit – 3:
Data Link Layer: LLC and MAC sub layer, MAC addressing layer 2 devices, framing error control and flow control. Error detection & correction CRC, block codes parity and
checksum, elementary data link protocol, sliding window protocol, channel allocation problem-static and dynamic, Multiple Access protocol- ALOHA, CSMA/CU, Token bus,
token ring, FDDI.

Network Layer: Segmentations and autonomous system path determination, network layer addressing, network layer data gram, IP addressed Classes. Sub netting – Sun network,
Subnet Mask, Routing algorithm-optionally principle, Shortest path routing, hierarchical routing, Broadcast routing, Multicast routing, routing for mobile host – Concatenated
Visual Circuits, tunneling fragmentation and DHCP, Routing protocol- RIP, IGRP, USPF and EIGRP. Network layer in ATM networks.

Unit – 4:
Transport Layer: Layer – 4 protocol TCP & UDP. Threeway hand shakes open connection. ATM AAL layer protocol, session layer design issue, presentation layer issue, and
Application layer design issue.

Introduction to network management: Remote Monitoring Techniques: polling, traps performance management, class of service, quality of service, security management,
firewalls, VLANs, proxy servers, introduction to network operating system: Client-Server infrastructure, Windows NT/2000.
Text Book:

1. Tanenbaum. “Computer Networks”, PHI

Reference Books:
1. Darlx, “ Computer Network and their protocols”, DLA Labs.
2. Freer, “Comp. Communication and Networks”, East – West-Press.
3. Data Communications, Computer Networks and open systems (4th Edition).
4. Halsall Fred, 2000, Addtion Weslay, low price Edition.
5. Business data communications, Fitzgerald Jerry.
6. Computer Networks – A system approach, Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie, 2nd Edition.
7. Computer Networking – ED Title, 2002, T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-360 Management Information System

L T Theory Sessional Duration


3 1 75 50 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Definition information system, role and impact of MIS, The challenges of Information system, Nature of MIS, Characteristics of MIS, Myths regarding MIS,
Requirements of MIS, Problems & Solutions in implementing MIS, Benefits of MIS, Limitations of MIS, Significance of MIS, Components of MIS. Role of MIS, Major
Management challenge to building and using information system in Organization, functions of management.

Unit – 2:
Information system and Organizations: The relationship between Organization and Information System, Information needs of different organization levels: Information concept
as quality product, classification and value of information, methods of data and information collection. Strategic role of information system, Salient features of Organization,
Information, management and decision making, How Organization affect Information Systems, How Information system affect Organization, Ethical and Social impact of
information system.

Unit – 3:
Business application of Information System: Foundation Concepts Information systems in Business: Information system and technology, Business Applications, Development
and Management. The internetworked E-business Enterprise: Internet, and Extranet in business. Electronic Commerce System: Electronics commerce Fundamentals, Commerce
Application and issues. E-business Decision Support: Decision support in E-Business, Artificial Intelligence Technologies in business.

Unit – 4:
Technical Foundation of Information System: Computers and information processing, Computer Hardware, Computer software, Managing data resources, Telecommunication,
Enterprise: wide computing and networking.

Strategic and Managerial Implications of Information Systems: Strategic Information System: Introduction, Characteristics of Strategic Information Systems, Strategic
Information Systems (SISP), Strategies for developing an SIS, Potential Barriers to developing a Strategic Information System (SIS),
Decision Support System (DSS): Decision making concepts, methods, tools and procedures. Managing Information Resources: Introduction, IRM, Principal of Managing
Information Resources, IRM functions, Computer Security: Introduction, Computer Security, Types of Computer Security, Disaster Recovery Plan.

Books Recommended:

1. W .S . Jawadakar, “Management Information System”, McGraw Hill


2. J. O. Brien, “ Management Information System”, TMH, New Delhi
3. Uma G . Gupta, “Management Information System” Fifth Edition TMH.
4. Kenneth C. Laudon, “Management Information System Organisation and Technology” TMH.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-366 Computer Network Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


2 30 30 3Hrs

1. Study the physical media of connectivity.


2. Study the pin-structure of cross-over cable.
3. Study the different LAN Technologies.
4. Study the functioning of a Switch.
5. Study the Functioning of a Router.
6. Establishing LAN (Star topology) for your LAB using Hubs (18 port, 16 port).
7. Study and install the media converting using optical fiber.
8. Install and configure the LAN card.
9. Install and configure window 200 Server.
10. Study and implement the virtual network.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-364 Computer Graphics Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 40 40 3Hrs

List of experiments:

1. Write a program to implement DDA line drawing algorithm.


2. Write a program to implement Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm.
3. Implement the Bresenham’s circle drawing algorithm.
4. Write a program to draw a decagon whose all vertices are connected with every other vertex using lines.
5. Write a program to show a ship moving using the concepts of 2-D transformations.
6. Write a program to show a ball moving on the screen according to the given requirements.
7. Write a program to implement the midpoint circle drawing algorithm.
8. Write a program to implement the Beizer curve.
9. Implement the line clipping algorithm using C.
10. Implement boundary fill algorithm using C.
11. Implement the depth buffer algorithm using C.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-368 Visual Basic.Net Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 40 40 3Hrs

Experiment List:

1. Create a calculator that can be used for adding, subtracting, multiplication and division.
2. Write an application to use WMI to retrieve information about your PC.
3. Write an application to create a File and Folder browser.
4. Write a program in VB.NET to send an email via SMTP.
5. Write a program to create a MDI web browser.
6. Write an application to access registry in VB.NET.
7. Write a program to retrieve a web page source from the Internet.
8. Create a slot machine game using standard controls and random number generator.
9. Write a program to create a word processor.
10. Write a program for encryption and decryption.
11. Write an application to capture screen.
12. Create a drawing application in VB.NET.
13. Write an application in VB.NET to play MP#3 files.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-362 Software Engineering Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 30 30 3Hrs

1. Study and categorize the generic phases of software development and maintenance.
2. Study various software development models.
3. Study various type of feasibility study and steps in doing feasibility study.
4. Study various steps for doing the requirement analysis of any project.
5. Write algorithm and draw flow chart to implement the constructive cost estimation model (COCOMO).
6. Making use of Graphical Design notation, study the concept in developing data flow diagram (DFD) for any selected project.
7. Making use of object oriented design, implement a student & employee record system using the concept of inheritance.
8. Select an appropriate programming language & translate the detailed design made in experiment 7 in appropriate programming language.
9. Develop a complete test strategy for the project selected in exp-8. Document it in a test specification.
10. Apply the debugging process to the project selected in exp-9 in accordance with the result generated from its testing in exp-9.
11. Study various concepts involved in cost / benefit analysis.
12. Draw flow chart and write algorithm for designing an editor.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.

Bachelor of technology (Information)


Schemes of Studies / Examination
(Semester-7th w.e.f 2006-2007)

S.No Course SUBJECT TEACHING


No. SCHEDULE Examination
Schedule
Duration of
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total marks Exam
(Hours)
1 IT-451 Linux for Information 4 1 0 5 75 50 0 125 3
Technology
Applications
2 IT-453 Broad Band 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3
Communication
Elective-I 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3
Elective-II 3 1 0 4 100 40 0 140 3
3 IT-455 Compiler Design 3 1 0 4 75 50 0 125 3

4 IT-457 Linux Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

5 IT-459 SSP Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

6 IT-461 Broad Band 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3


Communication Lab
7 IT-463 Minor Project 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

8 IT-465 Training Report 0 0 0 0 0 70 0 70 3

Total 18 5 12 35 450 450


100 1000 30
Elective –I
IT-467 Neuro Fuzzy Computing
IT-469 E-Commerce
Elective - II
IT-471 Image Processing
IT-473 Artificial Intelligence

VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)


IT-451 Linux for Information Technology Applications.

L T Exam Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 hrs

Unit-1
Introduction: Basic concepts of the operating system. Commands, shells and processes; users and groups; file system and directories. System installation, configuration and
upgrade
Installation stages; network installation; disk partitioning; post-install system customization and upgrade; dpkg and APT package installation, remove, upgrade and query; semi-
automatic system installation.

Kernel
Kernel tasks; managing kernel modules at runtime; kernel configuration and compilation boot loaders GRUB and LILO;

Unit-2
Linux Networking
Basic concepts of networking: Network packets, TCP/IP protocol suit, address resolution protocol (ARP); IP addresses and network mask; subnets and routing; IPV4 and Network
classes; ports. Configuring Linux machine on the network; arp, ipconfig and netstat commands. Network services and tools; telnet, rsh, ftp, rcp, ssh, rsync, inetd.conf; opening and
closing ports.
Network File system (NFS)
File system sharing or the network; remote procedure call (R P C) services; NFS server and client sides; NFS installation & configuration; and statistic mount and auto mount
configuration; when trouble shooting NFS; security and optimization
Network information service (NIS)
Centralized authentication systems; sharing user and host information or the network;
NIS server and client sides and configuration; compatibility mode; net group; security issues.

Unit –3
Integrating Linux and Windows
Elements of windows networking; Net BIOS SMB\ \ CIFS protocols; domain controller; Samba server on Linux for centralized window logon; file sharing and printing, samba
client; samba installation and configuration; Unix and windows password. Dual Boot: running windows and Linux on the same PC; GRUB and NT Boot loaders; accessing
windows files systems from Linux and vice versa;
Light Weight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
Overview of Unix authentication and naming service; introduction to LDAP: Domain component (DC); organizational Unit (OU); common names (CN); Schemas; IDIF format;
services; polls and commands; server and client sides; Open LDAP installation and configuration; LDAP applications. Shell scripting, syntax of brash; looping; case statement;
function; command substitution; awk, grep, sed. Startup and Run Levels. Scheduled jobs. Boot up and login process sequence; run levels; startup scripts; scheduling jobs with at
and cron.

Unit-4

Linux Security
System vulnerabilities; port scanning; encryption, encrypted services and connections; PGP/GPG Intrusion protection: tcp-wrappers, IP-firewalls (iptables), NAT and DMZ;
Intrusion detection systems: tripwire; Secure system management practices.

Email Server
Steps of Email transaction; Email envelope and headers; SMTP servers; IMAP and POP3 servers;
E-mail relay; Postfix configuration; Spam and viruses,

Linux Computational Clusters


Overview of Linux cluster and clustering tools; High performance Computational Clusters; Message Passing Interface (MP) for parallel programming; MPI compilation and
installation; Scheduling and queue systems. Sun Grid Engine (SGE); cluster management tools.
Domain Name Server (DNS)
Host name resolution; domain name hierarchy; DNS zones; configuration of master, slave and caching DNS servers with BIND 9.
Books Recommended:

1. Red Hat Linux 9 – Bell & Duff- Pearson


2. Complete Reference, Red Hat Linux-Richard L. Peterson – TMH
3. Linux N/W Administration Guide by Tery Dawson, Gregor N. Purdy, Tony Bautts – OREILLY
4. Red Hat Linux 9 Bible-Christopher Negus by WILEY publishing
5. Linux Configuration & Installation by Patrick Volker Ding, Kevin Richard, Eric Foster-Johnson BPB publication
6. Linux Programming Bible by John Goerzen-Wiley Dream Tech India (P) Ltd.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit.
Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

VII Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

IT – 453 Broad bands Communication

L T Exam Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3Hrs.

Unit -1
Introduction:
Introduction to optical communication-Fibers and their characteristics. Propagation of Light in optical fibers: modal dispersion, material dispersion and attenuation, numerical.
Aperture, figure of merit. Single mode, multimode step index and graded index fibers.
Unit -2
Fiber manufacture. Light sources. Light emitting diodes and their characteristics. Switching speed, spectral and spatial distribution of output, modulation response.
Basic of lasers. Semiconductor lasers. Transmitters and receivers. Optical multipliers and dmultiplexers Optical amplifiers and repeaters. Photo detectors.
Introduction to DWDM. ITU channel specification. DWDM Network Topologies
Unit -3
ISDN Overview – A conceptual view of ISDN – ISDN standards – services capability- teleservice protocol architecture – facsimile – Teleflex. Message handling systems.
ISDN Interfaces and functions- Transmission structure – user network interface Configuration- ISDN protocol architecture – ISDN connection – terminal adaptation.
Addressing networking.
ISDN Physical layer – line coding techniques, basic user network interface – primary rafe. User network interface – U interface.
ISDN Data Link Layer – LAPD, bearer channel link control 1.465/120. Frame mode Bearer service and protocol. ISDN call control, frame relay connection control.
Signaling system number 7: SS& architecture. Signaling data link level, signaling link level. Signaling network level, signaling connection control part Unit -4
ATM Networking – ATM as an asynchronous technology, ATM cell and its structure. ATM Networks. ATM position in the OSE reference modal, B ISDN protocol reference.
Model , ATMJ functions and layers, ATM signaling principles, ATM performance, merging voice, audio, data and video, ATM signaling principles, ATM operation and
maintenance, ATM reference configurations.
ATM protocol stack – the lower layers: Fiber based network. Fiber based network, advantages, and fiber modes. ATM physical layer media AT transmission convergence sub
layer. The ATM layer. ATM Switching principle, ATM OAMN functions. signaling. Upper Layers: ATM adaptation layer functions, ATM services.
Books Recommended:

1. ISDN and Broadband ISDN –William Stallings Mc million pub co.


2. Broadband communication-Balaji Kumar-Mc Graw Hill
3. Integrated broadband networks-Handel & Huber Addison Wesley.
4. Introduction to ATM net working-Walter J Goral ski-MC Graw Hill inc.
5. Optical Network –A Practice Perspective, Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar Sivaranjan-Morgan Kanufuman
6. High Speed Digital Transmission Networking-filberts held john Wiley sons
7. Introduction to DWDM Technology S.V.Kartalopoullous, IEEE Press.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit.
Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

IT – 467
Neuro-Fuzzy Computing
L T Exam Sessional. Duration
4 1 100 40 3Hrs.

Unit -1
Basic concepts of neurocomputing :
Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and their biological roots and motivations. ANNs as numerical data/signal/image processing devices. Encoding (training phase) and decoding
(active phase). Taxonomy of neural networks: feed forward and recurrent networks with supervised and unsupervised learning laws. Static and dynamic processing systems. Basic
data structures: mapping of vector spaces, clusters, principal components.
Basic terminology related to an artificial neuron:
A summing dendrite, synapses and their weights, pre- and post-synaptic signals, activation potential and activation function. Excitatory and inhibitory synapses. The biasing input.
Types of activating functions.
Unit -2
The Perceptron
The Perceptron and its learning law. Classification of linearly separable patterns.
Linear Networks
Adaline- - -the adaptive linear element. Linear regression. The Wiener- Hopf equation. The Least –Mean-Square (window-Holf) learning algorithm. Method of steepest descent.
Adaline as a linear adaptive filter. A sequential regression algorithm.

Unit -3
Multi-Layer Feed Forward Neural Networks
Aka Multi-Layer Perceptrons. Supervised Learning. Approximation and interpolation of functions. Radial-Basis functions. Back-propagation Learning law. Fast training
algorithms. Applications of multilayer perceptions: Image coding, Paint-Quality inspection,Nettalk.
Self-Organizing systems.
Unsupervised Learning. Local learning laws. Generalized Hebbian Algorithm. The Oja’s and Sanger’s rules. Principal component analysis __ Karhunen-Loeve transform.
Unit –4
Competitive Learning:
MinNet and MaxNet networks. Clustering, Learning Vector Quantisation. Codebooks. Application in data compression.
Self-Organising Feature Maps
Kohonen networks.
Recurrent Networks
Hopfield networks.

Fuzzy Logic Systems


Basic definitions and operations.
Fuzzy relations.
Fuzzy rules
Fuzzy inference
Fuzzification and de- fuzzification
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems

Recommended references:

• Simon Haykin, Neural Networks – a Comprehensive Foundation, Prentice Hall, 2nd ed., 1999, ISBN 0-13- 273350-1
• Martin T. Hagan,. H. Demuth, M. Beale, Neural Netywork Design, PWS Publishing, 1996, ISBN 0-534-94332-2
• A. Konar, Computational Intelligence Principles, Techniques and Applications. Springer, 2005, ISBN: 3-540-20898-4
• Neural Networks & Fuzzy Systems by KOSKO-PHI
• Fuzzy Logic to engineering applications- Timothy J.Ross
• Fuzzy Control –Drianlcov
• Fuzzy modeling & Contolby Yagar

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)
IT-469
E-Commerce
L T Exam Sess. Duration
4 1 100 40 3 hrs
Unit-1
ELECTRONIC COMMERECE ENVIRONMENT AND OPPORTUNITIES
Evolution of E-Commerce- its setbacks and potential. Types of E-Commerce, business models in B2C, B2B and C2C areas. Categories of E-Commerce, Specific Business benefits of E-Commerce.
Background-Electronics commerce environment- electronics market place technologies-modes of electronic commerce-electronic data interchange-migration to open EDI- Electronics commerce with WWW/Internet.

Unit-2
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE PROTOCOLS AND PAYMENT SCHEMES
Secure transport protocols-secure transaction-Secure Electronic Payment Protocol (SEPP)- Secure Electronic Transactions (SET)- Authentication – Security on Web servers and enterprise networks.
Internet Monetary payment and security requirements- Payment and purchase order-On-line electronic cash. and micro payments.
Unit-3
INTERNET /INTRANET SECURITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
Security Need for computer security – threats in the E-Commerce environment.
Intruder approaches – strategies- tools- Encryption- access to Internet- Antivirus program security teams.
Unit- 4
TECHNOLOGIES FOR ELECTRONICS COMMERCE

Master card/Visa secure electronic transaction- E-mail and secure E-mail-MIME-S/MIME-MOSS- Internet and web site establishment- Internet resources- technologies- tools-applications- charges – Access and
architecture – searching.

APPLICATIONS
Advertising on the internet-Issues and technology –Electronic publishing issue approaches legalities and technologies.

Books Recommended:
TEXT BOOK:
1. “Web Commerce Technology Handbook” by Daniel Minoli and Emma Minoli, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi, 1999 – Chapters: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11.
References:
1. Electronics Commerce – Security, Risk management and Control by Greenstein and Feinman, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi,2000.
2. E-security and You by Sundeep Oberoi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
3. E-Commerce – Business, Technology and Society – Addison Wesley, 2002: Laudon and Traver.
4. “E-Business and E-Commerce – How to Program” Prentice Hall, 2001: Dietal, Dietel and Nieto.
5. “E-Commerce” John Wiley Publ: H. Chan, R.Lee, T. Dillon and E.Chang.
6. Several papers from journals, conference proceedings and the net.

Note: 8 question will be set in all y examiners taking at least one question from each unit student will required to attempt five questions in all
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)

IT-471 Image Processing

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 100 40 3 hrs

Unit-1
Digital image fundamentals, application of digital image processing, elements of digital image processing systems, vidicon camera, Line scan CCD senso, area sensor, flash A/D
converter display – elements of visual perception, structure of the human eye, Luminance, brightness, contrast, mach band effect, image fidelity criteria, color models, - RGB,
CMY, HIS mathematical preliminaries of 2D systems, convolution, Fourier transform – ZS transform – toeplitz and circulant matrices, orthogonal and unitary matrices.

Unit- 2
Image transforms, Unitary transform, 2D, DFT, DCT, DST, Discrete wavelet transform, Discrete Hadamard, Walsh, Hostelling transform, SVD transform, Slant Haar transforms.
Image Enhancement and Restoration: Constrast stretching, intensity level slicing, Histogram equalization, spatial averaging, directional smoothing, Median filtering, nonlinear
filters, maximum, minimum, geometric mean contra harmonic mean, LP mean filters, edge detection, Roberts, Sobel, Isofropic, Kinesh, Campass gradient, Laplacian operators.

Unit- 3
Degradation model- unconstrained and constrained restoration, inverse filtering, removal of blur caused by uniform linear motion, Wiener filtering, geometric transformations for
image restoration.

Unit –4
Image compression- Huffman coding, truncated Huffman coding, Br, Binary codes, arithmetic coding, bit plane coding contrast area coding, Run length encoding, transform
coding JPEG and MPEG coding schemes.
Image Segmentation, pixel based approach, feature threshold, choice of feature, optimum threshold, threshold selection methods, region based approach, region growing, region
splitting, region merging, spilt and merge.

Books Recommended:
1. Gonzalez, R.C. and woods, R.E., :Digital image processing”, Addison Wesley.
2. A.K.Jain, “ Fundamentals of Digital Processing”, PHI.
3. Umbaugh, S.E. Computer vision and image processing, Prentice Hall Int. NJ
4. W. Pratt, Digital Image Processing”, Wiley Inter-science

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)

(IT-473)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit-1
Introduction –foundation and history of AI, AI problems and techniques.
AI programming languages, Introduction to LISP and PROLOG.
Problem spaces and searches, Blind search strategies, Breadth first – Depth first – Heuristic search techniques Hill Climbing – Best first – A Algorithms AO* algorithm – game
tress, Min-max algorithms, game playing – Alpha beta pruning.

Unit –2
Knowledge representation issues predicate logic – logic programming Semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation; Representing Knowledge using rules, Rules
based deduction systems.
Reasoning under uncertainly, Review of probability bays probabilistic interferences and Dempaster Shafer theory, Heuristic methods, symbolic reasoning under uncertainty
Statistical reasoning fuzzy reasoning, temporal reasoning non monotonic reasoning.

Unit – 3
Planning, Planning in situational calculus, Representation for planning, Partial order planning algorithm, learning from examples discovery a learning, Learning by analogy,
Explanation based learning neural nets Genetic algorithms.
Unit – 4
Principles of natural languages processing rule based systems architecture, Expert systems, Knowledge acquisition concepts AI application to robotics, current trends in intelligent
systems.

Books Recommended:

1. Elain Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
2. Staurt Russel and other Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – a Modern Approach”, Prentice Hall.
3. Patrick Henry Winston, “Artificial Intelligence”, Addison Wesley, third Ed.
4. Artificial Intelligence & Expert System By Patterson – PHI.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)
(IT-455)
COMPILER DESIGN

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 75 50 3 Hrs

Unit-1

Introduction:
Compilers and translators, the structure of a compiler, different states in the construction of a compiler.

Unit-2
Finite automata and Lexical Analysis- language for specifying lexical analyzers, implementation of lexical analyzers.
Syntax specification of programming language, context free grammars, derivation and implementation of lexical analyzers.
Parsers, shift reduce parsing, operator-precedence parsing, top down parsing, predictive parsers, LR parsers, the canonical collection of LR(O) ITEMS, Costruction SLR parsing
tables, construction Tables, implementation of LR parsing tables.

Unit-3
Syntax direct translation schemes: Implementation of syntax directed translation intermediate code, postfix notation, parse trees and syntax trees, three address code, quadruples
and triple, translation of assignment statement, Boolean expressions, Control statements.
Symbol table, contents and data structure, and representation scope information.
Run time storage administration, implementation of a simple stack allocation structured languages. Error detection and recovery –lexical, syntactic-phase error, semantic error,
detection and recovery.

Unit-4
Code Optimization: The principal sources of optimization, loop optimization, The DAG Representation of basic blocks, value numbers and algebraic claws, global data flow
analysis. Object programs, problems in code generation a machine model code generator, register allocation and assignment, code generation from DAG’s peephole optimization.

Books Recommenced:

1. Aho, a.v. and A.V. and Ullman J.D., “Principal of Compiler design”, Addison-Wesley.
2. Dhamdhere D M, “Compiler construction – Principal and practice, McMillan, India.
3. “Compiler construction”, Learning materials series, ISTE, New Delhi.
4. Allen Hoiub, “Compiler Design in C”, PHI.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

Linux Lab (IT-457)

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

1. Install Linux on the system dual boot with the windows Operating System.
2. Do the following tasks:-
a. Create, remove, resize various types of partitions through GUI as well as command line.
b. Configure printers in Linux through GUI as well as command line.
3. Creating, Removing of Swap space as well as swap files trough command line as well as GUI.
4. Implementation Disk Quotas- enabling, creating, mounting, configuring, assigning, disabling.
5. Managing Users and Groups in Linux- Adding, Modifying, Password aging.
6. Configuration Networks on Linux through GUI & Command Line- Ethernet, Modem, ISDN, Wireless.
7. Configuring NFS (Network File System) on Linux both GUI & Command Line.
8. Configuring Samba server on Linux both GUI & Command line.
9. Configuring D.N.S (Domain Name system) server on Linux both GUI & Command Line.
10. Configure an e-mail server in Linux-send mail.
11. Configuring Firewalls and Managing various services of Linux.
12. Configuring Log Server in Linux.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.


7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

Server Side Programming Lab (IT-459 )

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

1. Create a Subroutine with arguments passing & call the subroutine for specific no. of time.
2. Write a program in ASP which define an object & then display the properties of object with method.
3. Write a program in ASP to display present day, month & date. Also display digital clock.
4. Write a program in ASP which will check that a specific file, folder & drive exists or not. Also return the extension of file. Then use the read & write properties on a file
using text-stream object.
5. Send information to the user after he submit the form using GET & POST method & implement from validation.
6. Write a program in ASP that has a form taking the user’s name as input. Store this name in a permanent cookie & whenever the page is opened again, then value of the
name field should be attached with the cookie’s content.
7. Use ad-rotator to change advertisements on client side request.
8. Create a session dictionary using object tag. In session-on start add keys for time, user agent, remote I.P. & add appropriate values. Create a simple page to display the
values.
9. Implement session tracking using user authentication.
10. Write a program to delete all cookies of your web site that has created on the client’s computer.
11. Write a program is ASP to check the capabilities of the browser using browser capability component.
12. Using data base to store & retrieves values input by a user showing them & make updating & add new records to existing database.
13. Create two ASP pages, a form creation web page (selectprice.asp) and a form processing script (liststockbyprice.asp). In selectprice.asp, the user should be shown a
form in which he can enter the item & desired maximum price. When it is submitted liststockbyprice.asp will return all the stocks from database whose cost are less
than the price entered by user.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.

7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

BBC Lab (IT-461)

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

1. Setting Up Fiber Optic Analog Link & Fiber Optic Digital Link.
2. Propagation loss in Optical Fiber.
3. Measurement of Numerical Aperture.
4. Characteristics of E-O converter (LED.
5. Characteristics of F.O. communication Link.
6. Setting of Fiber Optic Voice Link using AM-FM & PWM.
7. Full Duplex Computer Communication using RS232 ports and software.
8. Set up hardware for ISDN and Study of ISDN Instruments 1. ISDN Telephone 2. Terminal Adaptor (For the interface of Analog Telephone and PC)
9. Software setup and programming of the ISDN equipment.
10. Establishing voice communication between ISDN phone & analog phone via Terminal Adaptor.
11. Study the basic Principle of Radio Frequency identification & Designing of RFID system.
12. Design & develop the program based on application of RFID.
13. To study Theoretical & Practical hardware Training on Bluetooth.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.

SCHEME OF EXEMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE


8th Semester Examination
(Information Technology)
(w.e.f.2006-2007)

Course Subject
No Teaching schedule Examination Schedule Total Duration
L T P Total Theory Sessional practical Marks Exam (Hrs)
IT-452 Information Technology Applications 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
IT-454 Mobile Communication 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
IT-456 Advance Computer Network & Applications 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
Elective-iii 4 1 0 5 75 25 0 100 3
Elective-iv 4 1 0 5 75 25 0 100 3
IT-458 Major Project Lab 0 0 6 6 0 75 50 125 3
IT-460 Mobile Communication Lab 0 0 2 2 0 50 50 100 3
IT-462 Seminar 2 0 0 2 0 50 0 50
IT-464 Comprehensive Viva 0 0 0 0 0 75 0 75
IT-466 General Fitness & Professional Aptitude 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 75

22 5 8 35 450 375 175 1000 21

Elective-III
IT-468 Cryptography and Security System
IT-470 Distributed computing

Elective-IV
IT-472 Data wore housing and data mining
IT-474 Embedded System
VIII SEMESTER B. TECH. (Information Technology)
(IT-452) Information Technology Applications

LT Exam Sess Duration


41 100 25 3Hrs.

Unit-1
History of IT, Basic Information Technology Concepts. Human-Computer Interface, Social Implication of IT, privacy and Security

Unit-2
Integrated management information, Seamless Integration, Supply Chain management, Integrated Data Model, Benefits of ERP.

Business Engineering and ERP, Definition of Engineering, Principles of Business Engineering, Business Engineering with Information Technology, Building the Business Model

ERP Implementation- An overview, Role of Consultant, Vendors and Users, Customization, Precautions, ERP post Implementation options, ERP Implementation Technology,
Guidelines for ERP Implementation.

ERP Domain MPG /PRO, IFS / Avalon-Industrial and Financial System, BAN-IV, SAP Marketing of ERP- Market Dynamics and Dynamic strategy.

Unit-3
SAP, SAP past present and future, The integrated R/3 repository, Enterprise and modeling with R/3, Object of R/3 data dictionary, Customizing R/3 : Concepts and techniques

Unit-4
Multi Client Server Solution – Open Technology- User Interface- Applications Integration

Basic architectural Concepts, The System Control Interface, Services-Presentation Interface-Database Interface

Books Recommended:
1. Jost Antonio Fernandz - The SAP R/3 Hand Book TMH New Delhi
2. V.K. Garg and N. K. Venkita Krishna, Enterprise Resource planning Concepts and Practice

Note: These will be 8 questions in all. Two questions will be set from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each unit.

VIII SEMSTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)


(IT-454) MOBILE COMMUNICATION

L T Exam Sess: Duration


4 1 100 25 3Hrs.

Unit-1
Introduction:
Introduction cell mobile system, tuning efficiency, mobile radio environment, frequency reuse, co channel interface reduction, and handoff mechanism cell cite and mobile
antennas, noncochannel interface. Frequency spectrum utility and management channel management, type of handoff and dropped call rat, cell splitting.

Analog and digital modulation techniques, performance of various modulations, spectra efficiency, and error rate, GMSK, GFSK, DQPSK modulation technique in wireless
system comparison of various modulation techniques.

Unit-2
Point to point model propagation over terrains, Losses, Power requirements, Smart Antennas, antennas at cite, gain and pattern relationship mobile antennas, tilting effect, parasitic
elements usage, diversity techniques.

Unit-3
Digital technology, digital speech, digital mobile telephony, GSM, Multiples access techniques, north TDMA, American TDMA (ISI36), Japauer cellular TDMA (DDC), CDMA,
ISFS North American CDMA standards, PCS, PHS, Advanced system, GPRS, UMTS, IMT, WAP.
Unit-4
Satellite system architecture, satellite orbit and constellations, LEO and MEO system, GPS Information, Iridium, MSAT, VSAT, DBS, Orbcomm satellite service, use of mobile
communication networks, concepts, advanced mobile communication system using satellite,

Book Recommended
1. Rapp apart T.S, “Wireless communication”, Prentice Hall, NJ.
2. GSM, CDMA & 3G System-steel Lee and Gluis, JW.
3. K.FEHER-Wireless Digital engineering
4. Mobile Satellite communication Engineering-Richards Addison Wesley.
5. Lee, WCY, “Mobile Communication Engineering”, TMIH, New Delhi.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each unit.

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)


(IT-456) Advance Computer Network & Applications

L T Exam Sess. Duration


4 1 100 25 3Hrs

UNIT – 1
Introduction: Overview of computer networks, seven-layer architecture, TCP/IP suite of protocols, etc.
MAC protocols for high-speed LANS, MANs, and wireless LANs. (For example, FDDI, DQDB, HIPPI, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless Ethernet, ect.)

UNIT-2
Fast access technologies (For example, ADSL, Cable Modem, etc.)
IPv6: Why IPv6, basic protocol, extensions and options, support for QoS, security, etc., neighbor discovery, auto-configuration, routing. Changes to other protocols. Applications
Programming Interface for IPv6. 6 bone.

UNIT-3
Mobility in networks Mobile IP. Security related issues.
IP Multicasting. Multicast protocols, address assignments, session discovery, etc. TCP extensions for high-speed networks, transaction-oriented applications. Other new options in
TCP.

Network security at various layers. Secure-HTTP, SSL, ESP, Authentication header, Key, distribution protocols. Digital signatures, digital certificates.

UNIT-4
The Wireless Applications Protocols, applications environment, wireless application protocol client software, wireless application protocol gateways, implementing enterprise
wireless application protocol strategy and Security Issues in Wireless LAN. Wireless network management, GPRS, and VOIP services.

Network Management: Introduction, LAN, SNMP, and CMIP. Issues in the management of large networks. Multicast: IGMP, PIM, DVMRP

Books and References:

1. W.R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The protocols, Addison Wesley, 1994.
2. G.R. Wright. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation, Addison Wesley, 1995.
3. W.R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP, and the Unix Domain Protocols, Addison Wesley, 1996.
4. R. Handel, M.N. Huber, and S. Schroeder. ATM Networks. Concepts, protocols, Applications, Addison Wesley, 1998.
5. William Stalling, Wireless Communications and Networks. Prentice Hall 2002
6. Yi-Bring Lin, Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, John Wiley-2001.
7. M.R. Karim, Mohsen Sarrf, W-CHMA and cdma 2000 for 3G Mobile Networks, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2002.
8. W. Stallings. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and practice, 2nd Edition, Prentic Hall, 1998.
9. C.E. Perkins, B. Woolf, and S.R. Alpert. Mobile IP: Design Principles and Practices, Addison Wesley, 1997.
10. Peter Loshin. IPv6 Clearly Explained, Morgan Kauffman, 1999.
11. M. Gonsalves and K. Niles. IPv6 Networks, McGraw Hill, 1998.
12. RFCs and Internet Drafts, available from Internet Engineering Task Force. Articles in various journals and conference proceedings.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each unit.

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-468) Cryptography and Security System

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs.

UNIT-1
Introduction, Essentials of crypto, essentials of network mg and the internet, setting realistic security objectives, appropriate communication security, legal restrictions encryption
basic building blocks, how crypto system fail, choosing between strong and weak crypto.

Security objectives, example in line encryptor, deployment example, point-to-point encryption, IP routed configuration, key recovery and escrowed encryption,

Basic issues in secret key management, random key generation, automatic rekeying, and manual key distribution centers, maintaining keys and system security.
Unit-2
Security at IP Layer and VPN: Basic issues with using IPSEC. Cryptographic checksums, Ip security protocol, IPSEC key management, other TCP/IP network security protocols,
virtual private networks (VAN), basic issues IPSEC proxy cryptography, IPSEC encrypting roater, and site-to-site encryption. IPSEC and Public key crypto, basic issues with
IPSEC clients.

Unit-3
IPSEC client to server site remote access, Internet firewalls, IPSEC firewall, a VAN with a firewall, public key cryptography, secret key exchange with RSA crypto, Secure socket
layer (SSL)

Internet security and public key certificates: Basic issues in internet transaction security, transaction world wise Web, security alternatives for web form, web browser with SSI,

Unit-4
Web server with server with SSL, vending with exportable encryption, basic issue with e-mail security, technology- offline message keying digital signatures, secure E-mail client
distribution public keys, Public key certificates, certificates distribution centralized distribution, centralized certification authority hierarchical certification authority.

Book Recommended:

1. Richard E-Smith, “Internet Cryptography”, Addision Wesley, 2nd Ed.


2. Cryptography and network security – Principles and Practice by William Stallings- Pearson education

Revise: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each unit.
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-470) Data Warehousing and Data Mining

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs

UNIT-1
Introduction of Data Warehousing: The evolution of Data Warehousing (The Historical Context). The data warehousing – a brief history, today’s development environment.

Principles of Data Warehousing (Architecture and Design Techniques): Types of data and their uses, conceptual data architecture, design techniques, introduction to the logical
architecture.

Creating the Data Asset: Business Data Warehouse Design, Populating the Data Warehouse.

UNIT-2

Unlocking the Data Asset for end users (The use of Business Information) : Designing business information warehouse, populating business information warehouse, user access to
information, information data in context.

Implementing the Warehouse (Managing the project and environment) : Obstacles to implementation, planning your implementation, justifying the warehouse, organizational
implications of data Warehousing, the data warehouse in your organization, data warehouse management, looking to the future.
UNIT-3
Introduction of Data Mining: Motivation, importance, data mining, kind of data, functionalities, interesting patterns, classification of data mining system, major issues.

Data warehouse and OLAP technology for data mining : data warehouse, operational database systems and data warehouse architecture, implementation, development of data cube
technology, data warehousing to data mining, data warehouse usage.

UNIT-4

Data Preparation: Preprocess, data cleaning, data integration and transformation, data reduction, discrimination and concept hierarchy generation.
Data Mining Primitives, languages and system architectures, graphical user interfaces.

Concept Description: Characterization and comparison data generalization and summarization based characterization, analytical characterization, and analysis of attribute
relevance, mining class comparison, and mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases.
Mining association rules in large databases, mining single dimensional Boolean association rules from transactional databases, mining multi-dimensional association rules from
relational databases and data warehouses, from association to correlation analysis, constraint based association.

Books and Reference:

1. J. Han & M. Kanber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann/ Elsevier, India, 2001

2. D. Hand, H. Mannila, & P. Smyth. Principles of Data Mining, MIT Press, 2001.

3. Recent literature from ACM SIGMOD, VLDB, IEEE Trans. Knowledge & Data Engg, Data Mining & Knowledge Discovery, ACM SIGKDD, IEEE ICDM, SIAM, Data
Mining, ICML.
4. M. Jarke et al. fundamentals of Data Warehouses (2nd ed.), Springer, 2003, ISBN 3-540-42089-4.

5. C. Seidman, Data Mining with Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Technical Reference Microsoft Press, ISBN 0-7356-1271-4.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each unit.

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech (Information Technology)

(IT-472) Distributed Computing

LT Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3 Hrs

UNIT-I

Distributed systems- architecture. Key characteristics – resource sharing openness –concurrency –scalability- fault tolerance – transparency. Design issues –naming –
communication- software structure – workload allocation – consistency maintenance. User requirement- functionality- quality of service- reconfigurability. Review of network
protocols. Intercross communication- building blocks- client server communication group communication. Intercross communication in UNIX. Remote Procedure calling.
Design issues- interface definition language exception handling. Implementation – interface processing- communication handling. Binding. Case study- sun RPC- Java RMI.

UNIT-II
Distributed Operating systems-kernel –processes and threads- Naming and protection- Communication and Invocation – virtual memory. Distributed file service – design
issues – interfaces- implementation techniques. Case study sun NFS. Name service SNS and DNS. Time and co-ordination. Synchronizing physical clocks-logical time and
logical clocks. Distributed co-ordination- distributed mutual exclusion – elections. Replication – basic architectural model- consistency and request ordering.

UNIT-III

Shared data and transactions – client server- fault tolerance and recovery- transactions-nested transactions. Concurrency control- locks- optimistic concurrency control-
timestamp ordering. Distributed transactions- atomic commits protocols- concurrency control distributed deadlocks- transactions with replicated data.

UNIT-IV

Recovery and fault tolerances. Transaction recovery- logging- shadow versions- fault model for transactions. Fault tolerance- characteristics. Hierarchical and group masking
of faults. Security – authentication and key distribution- logic of authentication – digital signatures.

Text Books and References:

1. C.A.R. Hoara, “Communicating Sequential Processes”, Prentice Hall, 1980


2. Dimitri P. Bertsekas, John N. Tsitiklis, “Parallel and Distributed Computation : Numerical Methods”, Prentice Hall International, Inc, 1989
3. Douglas Comer and David L. Stevens, “Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol III: Client server programming and Applications”, Prentice Hall, New York, 1990
4. George Couloirs, et. Al “Distributed System – Concepts and Design”, Second ed, Addison Wesley, 2000
5. George Tel, “Introduction to Distributed Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 1994 6)
6. H.S.M. Sedan, “Distributed Computer system”, Butterworths, London, 1988
7. Joel M. Crichlow, “Introduction to Distributed and Parallel Computing”, Prentice Hall, New York, 1988 6. M. Sasikumar, et. Al. “introduction to Parallel Processing”,
PHI, New
8. Distributed Systems Concepts and Design, George colulouris, Jean Dolli more, Time Kindberg, Pearson Education Asia, Third Edition 2001.
9. Principles of Distributed Database System, M Tamer Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez, Second Edition, PHI, 1999.
10. Distributed operating system, “P.K. Sinha”, PHI
11. Advance operating system, “Mukesh Singhal”, TMH
12. Advance database system, “Raghu Rama Krishan”

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least one question from each
unit.

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-474) Embedded system

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs

UNIT-I

CPU Architecture and programming: Embedded System Revolution, ARM Controller, architecture, addressing mode, Instruction Set, Special features – Analog DSP

controllers Texas
UNIT-II
Embedded software: Examples of embedded system, their characteristic and their typical hardware components, embedded software architectures, round robin, round robin
with interrupts,

Function queue scheduling and real time operating system, selection. Real time operating system:
Tasks and task states, tasks and date shard data and reentrancy, semaphores and shared data use of semaphores, protecting shard data.

UNIT-III

Features of Real Time Operating System: Messages, queues, mailboxes and paper, time function, events, memory management, interrupt basic system design using an RT (OS
design principles, interrupt routines, task structures and priority.)

UNIT-IV
Examples of and embedded system design: Problem specification, resolving timing problem, use of an RTOS, work division into tasks dealing with shared data, encapsulating
semaphores and queues, saving space and power.

Text Books and References:

1. AN Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon Pearson Education Asia Publication


2. Frank vahid and Tonoi Givargis- Embedded system Design
3. Wayne Wolf Computers as Components Principles of Embedded Computing system Design
4. John B peatman Embedded Design pict 18f452

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-460) Mobile Communication Lab

L T P Sessional: 50
- -2 Exam: 50

1. Observe the Modulation and demodulation using internal generation of 2047 bit PN sequence as modulator input and Bit error rate measurement with PRBS-11 data (2047
bits).
2. Study of home networking using combination of CDMA, BLUETOOTH, infrared Ethernet & various sensors like fire, gas air conditioning. Use at least five sensors
3. Understanding RF environment & study of GSM network by actually connecting to the GSM environment by any services provide SIM like airtel, idea, RPG ect.
4. Real time study of various GSM commands like Network registration, call control, call setting, call information, phone book commands & commands related to network
information about number of cells and there strength etc.
5. To understanding the concept of GPS and establishing link between GPS Satellite & GPS Trainer.
6. To establish audio & video combined link & data communication between transmitters, receiver satellite transponder simulated in a lab.
7. To study and observe the difference in uplink & downlink frequency.
8. To establish PC-to-PC communication using satellite communication link.
9. To calculate antenna gain and antenna beam width.
10. Study and observe the Wave Modulation and Demodulation
11. To plot the radiation pattern of micro strip antennas.
12. Study and observe the antenna matching and antenna radiation with distance.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS


B.Tech. 1ST YEAR (SEMESTER–I) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2004-2005)
Course Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duratio
No. Course title L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total n of
Exams.
MATH- Mathematics-I 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
101E
PHY-101E Physics-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
HUM-101E
OR
Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / of Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E

ME-105E
OR
Engg. Graphics and Drawing
- -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CH-101E OR
Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in c 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E
Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-103E Physics Lab.-I - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E
Chemistry Lab.
-- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E
Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements -- -- 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E of Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-109E
2
Total 24/20 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050

Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
4. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.
5. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
MATH-101E
MATHEMATICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 Marks


4 1 - Sessional: 50 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
During of exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Applications of Differentiation : Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series, Expansion by use of known series, Expansion by forming a differential equation, Asymptotes, Curvature, Radius
of Curvature for Cartesian, Parametric & polar curves, Centre of curvature & chord of curvature, Tracing of Cartesian & polar curves (standard curves).

UNIT – II
Partial Differentiation & its Applications : Functions of two or more variables Partial derivatives, Total differential and differentiability, Derivatives of composite and implicit
functions, change of variables.
Homogeneous functions, Euler’s theorem, Jacobian, Taylor’s & Maclaurin’s series for functions of two variables (without proof), Errors and approximations, Maxima-minima of
functions of two variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers, Differentiation under the integral sign.

UNIT – III
Multiple Integrals and their Applications : Double integral, change of order of integration Double integral in polar coordinates, Applications of double integral to find area
enclosed by plane curves and volume of solids of revolution.
Triple integral, volume of solids, change of variables, Beta and gamma functions and relationship between them.

UNIT – IV
Vector Calculus : Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions Gradient of a scalar field and directional derivative, divergence and curl of a vector field and their
physical interpretations, Del applied twice to point functions, Del applied to product of point functions.
Integration of vectors, line integral, surface integral, volume integral, Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss divergence theorems (without proof), and their simple applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : F. Kreyszig.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics : B.S. Grewal.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mathematics Part-I : S.S. Sastry.
2. Differential and Integral Calculus : Piskunov.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics : R.K. Jain and
S.R.K. Iyengar
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : Michael D. Greenberg
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-101E
PHYSICS-I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
PHYSICAL OPTICS
Interference: Division of wave front-Fresnel's biprism, Division of amplitude–Newton's rings, Michelson interferometer, applications.
Diffraction: Difference between Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction through a slit. Plane transmission diffraction grating, its dispersive and
resolving powers.
Polarization: Polarised and unpolarized light, double refraction; Nicol prism, quarter and half wave plates, Polarimetry; Biquartz and Laurent's half-shade
polarimeters, Simple concepts of photoelasticity.
UNIT-II
LASER: Spontaneous and stimulated emissions, Laser action, characteristics of laser beam-concepts of coherence, He-Ne and semiconductor lasers (simple ideas),
applications.
FIBRE OPTICS: Propagation of light in fibres, numerical aperture, single mode and multi mode fibres, applications.

UNIT-III
WAVE AND OSCILLATIONS: Simple concepts of Harmonic Oscillator, resonance, quality factor. E.M. wave theory-review of basic ideas, Maxwell's equations, simple
plane wave equations, simple concepts of wave guides and co-axial cables, Poynting vector. DIELECTRICS: Molecular theory, polarization, displacement, susceptibility,
dielectric coefficient, permitivity & various relations between these, Gauss's law in the presence of a dielectric, Energy stored in an electric field. Behavior of dielectrics
in a.c. field-simple concepts, dielectric losses.
UNIT-IV
SPECIAL THEORY OF RELATIVITY: Michelson-Moreley experiment, Lorentz transformations, variation of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalence.
NUCLEAR PHYSICS: Neutron Cross-section, Nuclear fission, Moderators, Nuclear reactors, Reactor criticality, Nuclear fusion. Interaction of radiation with matter-
basic concepts, radiation detectors-ionisation chamber, G.M. Counter, Scintillation and solid state detectors, cloud chamber and bubble chamber.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Physics of the Atom - Wehr, Richards & Adair (Narosa)
2. Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH)
3. Modern Engineering Physics – A.S. Vasudeva (S. Chand)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electricity and Magnetism – F.W. Sears (Narosa)
2. Physics Vol-I & II – Resnick & Halliday (Wiley Eastern)
5. A Text Book of Optics – Brij Lal & Subramanyam

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY
(BT-101 E)

L T P/D Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT - I
Introduction to life: Characteristics of living organisms. Hierarchy of organisation and factors responsible for regulating different levels of organisations. Structure of
Prokaryotic and Kukaryotic cell. Basic concept of State and Homeostasis.
Introduction to Biomolecules: Definition, general classification and important functions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids and vitamins.
Enzymes as biocatalysts: General characteristics, nomenclature and classification of Enzymes. Effect of temperature, pH, enzyme and substrate concentrations on the activity
of enzymes. Elementary concept of cofactors and coenzymes.
UNIT - II
Biodiversity :
(i) Plant System : Basic concepts of plant growth, nutrition, photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation. Types of Growth regulators and their physiological effects.
(vi) Animal System : Elementary Study of Digestive, Respiratory, Circulatory, Excretory systems and their functions.
(vii) Microbial System : History of Microbiology, types of microbes and properties. Economic importance and control of microbes.

UNIT - III
Evolution: Theories of evolution. Mendel’s laws of inheritance. Variation and speciation.
Genetic: Cell division – Mitosis and Meiosis. Evidence of nucleic acids as a genetic material. Central Dogma.
Genetic Engineering : Elementary knowledge of Recombinant DNA Technology, Bio-informatics and Genomics.

UNIT – IV
Introduction to Biotechnology : Definition, scope and achievements. Tools used in biotechnology.
Applications of Biotechnology in Agriculture, Medicine and Environment – an elementary knowledge.
Prospects and public perception of Biotechnology.

Text/ Reference Books:


13. Cell Biology and Genetics. 9th edition. Starr, C. and Taggard; R. (2001) Thomson Learning USA.
14. Life Science of Biology 6th edition Purves W.K.; Sadava, D.; Orians, G.H. and Heller, H.C. (2001). W.H. Freeman & company, USA.
15. Basic Biotechnology. Ratledge, C. and Kristiansen, B. (2001) Cambridge University Press.
16. Basic Biotechnology. Ignacimuthu, S.J. (2002) Tata McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi
17. Genes VII Lewis Benjamin (2002). Oxford Univ. Press Oxford.
18. Biotechnology 3rd Edition. Smith, J.E. (2003) Cambridge University Press.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
ME-101E
ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

L T P Theory: 75 marks
3 1 Sessional: 25 marks
Total: 100 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-I
Properties of Steam & Boilers: Formation of steam at constant pressure, Thermodynamics properties of steam, Condition of steam, Steam tables, Measurement of
dryness fraction by throttling calorimeter, Classification of boilers, Comparison of water and fire tube boilers mounting and accessories with their functions,
Constructional and operational details of Cochran and Babcock and Wilcox boilers, Problems.
Steam Turbines and Condensers: Classification of turbines, Working principle of impulse and reaction turbine, Compounding of impulse turbine, Comparison of
impulse and reaction turbines, Types of condensers, Cooling ponds and cooling towers, Condenser and vacuum efficiencies.

Unit-II
I.C. Engines and Gas Turbines: Introduction, Classification, Constructional details and working of two-stroke and four-stroke diesel and petrol engines, Otto, Diesel
and Dual cycles, Working principle of gas turbine, Constant pressure gas turbine cycle.
Water Turbines, Pumps and Hydraulic Devices: Introduction, Classification, Construction details and working of Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines, Specific speed
and selection of turbines, Classification of water pumps and their working, Hydraulic jack and lift.
Unit-III
Simple Lifting Machines: Definition of machine, Velocity ratio, Mechanical advantage, Efficiency, Laws of machines, Reversibility of machine, Wheel and axle,
Differential pulley block, Single, double and triple start worm and worm wheel, Single and double purchase winch crabs, Simple and compound screw jacks. Problems.
Power Transmission Methods and Devices: Introduction to Power transmission, Belt drive, Rope drive, Chain drive, Pulley, Gear drive, Types of gears, Gear train,
Clutches, Types and function of clutches, Types and function of brakes, Power measurement by dynamometer, Types of dynamometers.
Unit-IV

Stresses and Strains: Introduction, Concept & types of Stresses and strains, Poison’s ratio, stresses and strains in simple and compound bars under
axial loading, Stress-strain diagrams, Hooks law, Elastic constants & their relationships, Principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of
stresses. Numerical problems.
Bending Moment & Shear Force: Definitions, SF and BM diagrams for cantilever and simply supported beam. Calculation of maximum SF, BM and point of contra-
flexure under the loads of (i) concentrated load (ii) uniformly distributed load (iii) combination of concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. Problems.
Text Books:
13. Strength of Materials - G.H. Ryder, Pub.- ELBS.
14. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics – Modi and Seth, Pub. – Standard Book House, New Delhi
15. Engineering Thermodynamics – C.P. Arora, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi
16. Thermal Engineering – A.S. Sarad, Pub. - Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.
17. Engineering Mechanics – K.L. Kumar, Pub. - TMH, New Delhi.
18. Theory of Machines – S.S. Rattan, Pub. – TMH, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
7. Strength of Materials – Popov, Pub. - PHI, New Delhi.
8. Hydraulic Machines – Jagdish Lal, Pub.- Metropolitan, Allahbad.
9. Thermal Science and Engineering – D.S. Kumar, Pub. – Kateria & Sons, New Delhi.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
CE101E
ELEMENTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERINGS

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
UNIT-I
Building Materials & Construction: Cement, sand, aggregate, bricks, reinforcing bars, structural steel sections.
Brick masonry: Bonds in brick work, reinforced brick work, load bearing walls, damp-proofing and water proofing, doors and windows
Making of concrete, reinforced concrete: columns, beams, lintels, floors and roofs, staircases, water retaining structures, foundations.

UNIT-II
Structural Steel: Properties, design of tension and compression members, beams and roof
Trusses, constructions- rewetted bolted and welded, industrial buildings and towers

UNIT-III
Soils and Foundations: Types of soils, bearing capacity of soils, improving the bearing capacity, earth pressure, foundation for walls, columns, machines and transmission

towers, pile foundation.

UNIT-IV
Water supply and treatment: Water needs, estimation of water demand, impurities in water and their sanitary significance, water quality standards, water treatment systems,

distribution systems- gravity, pumping and dual system, need for sanitation, systems of sanitation-water borne and conservancy methods of sanitation, sewerage systems-

partial, combined and separate systems.

References:
11. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar, Standard Pub., New Delhi.
12. Reinforced Concrete by I.C.Syal & A.K.Goyal, A.H Wheeler & Co., Delhi
13. Design of steel Structures by A.S.Arya & J.L.Ajonani Nem Chand & Bros.
14. Basics & Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New Age Int. Pub., New Delhi
15. Water Supply Enggi. By S.K. Garg.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
EL-101E

ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 75 Marks
Total: 100 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Semiconductors p-type, n-type, pn junction diodes, pn junction as a circuit element, its characteristics, half wave and full wave and bridge type rectifier circuits basic filter
circuits, Doide as voltage multiplier, clipper & clamper circuit. Zener diode as a voltage regulator. LED its characteristics construction & applications

UNIT-II
Characteristics of transistors in different configuration. Concept of d.c. and a.c. load line and operating point selection. Various amplifiers configurations their h-parameter
equivalent circuits determination of voltage gain current gain input resistance and output resistance & power gain. Concept of feedback in amplifiers, different oscillators
circuits (without analysis)

UNIT-III
Differential amplifier and its transfer characteristics. IC Op-Amps, its ideal & practical specifications and measurement of parameters. Op-Amp in different modes as inverting
amplifier non inverting amplifier scale changer, differentiator & integrator.
UNIT-IV
Characteristics of JFET, MOSFET, Various amplifier configurations using FET. Characteristics and Construction of SCR, TRIAC, UJT. Their basic areas applications.

Reference :

1. Electronic Devices & Circuits - Boylstad & Nashelsky.


10. Integrated Electronics By Millman & Halkias.
11. Electronic Principles – Malvino
12. Principles of Electronics – V.K. Mehta, Shalu Melta.
13. Electronic Circuits – Donald L. Shilling & Charles Belowl
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.

ME- 103E

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Introduction: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification. Industrial Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of
Accidents, Methods of Safety, First Aid.
Engineering Materials: General Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials, Mild Steel, Medium Carbon Steel, High Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel and Cast
Iron.
Unit-II
Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types of Patterns, Pattern Allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Moulding Sand and
its composition, Sand Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly, Melting ( Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting
Defects and Remedies.

Unit-III
Cold Working ( Sheet Metal Work ): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking, Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining
Advantages and Limitations.
Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing. Plant Layout, Objectives of
Layout, Types of Plant Layout and their Advantages.

Unit-IV
Introduction to Machine Tools: Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper, Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter,
Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points Cutting Tool and Tool Wear. Mechanics of Chips Formations, Type of Chips , Use of Coolants in
machining.
Welding: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc
Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing.

Text Books :
4. Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi.
5. Process and Materials of Manufacture-Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
6. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes- Campbell, J.S.- McGraw- Hill.
Reference Books:
7. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press.
8. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
9. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.

CSE -101E
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS & PROGRAMMING IN C

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1
An Overview of Computer System: Anatomy of a digital Computer, Memory Units, Main and Auxiliary Storage Devices, Input Devices, Output Devices,
Classification of Computers. Radix number system: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal numbers and their inter-conversions; Representation of information inside the
computers. Operating System Basics: Introduction to PC operating Systems: DOS, Unix/Linux, Windows 2000.

Unit-2
Programming Languages: Machine-, Assembly-, High Level- Language, introduction to Assembler, Compiler, Interpreter, Debuggers, Linker and Loader.
Programming fundamentals: problem definition, algorithms, flow charts and their symbols.
Internet basics: How Internet works, Major features of internet, Emails, FTP, Using the internet.

Unit-3
C Programming language: C fundamentals, formatted input/ output, expressions, selection statements, loops and their applications; Basic types, arrays, functions,
including recursive functions, program organization: local and external variables and scope & arrays.

Unit-4
Strings: strings literals, string variables, I/O of strings, arrays of strings; applications. Structures, Unions and Enumerations: Structure variables and operations on
structures; Structured types, nested array structures; unions; enumeration as integers, tags and types. Standard library: Input / output; streams, file operations, formatted
I/O, character I/O, line I/O, block, string I/O, Library support for numbers and character data, error handling:

Text Books:
7. Using Information Technology, 5th Edi, Brian K Williams & Stacey C. Sawyer, 2003, TMH
8. The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988, PHI.
9. C Programming – A modern approach by K.N. King, 1996, WW Norton & Co.

Reference Books:
9. Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin, 1998, TMH
10. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried, TMH
11. Teach yourself all about computers by Barry Press and Marcia Press, 2000, IDG Books India.
12. Using Computers and Information by Jack B. Rochester, 1996, Que Education & Training.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-103E

PHYSICS LAB. -I
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: Students will be required to perform atleast 10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Ist semester will be based mainly upon optics, electrostatics, wave and oscillations which are the parts of the theory syllabus of Ist semester.

29. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings experiment.


30. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Fresnel's biprism experiment.
31. To find the wavelength of various colours of white light with the help of a plane transmission diffraction grating.
32. To verify Newtons formula and hence to find the focal lenth of convex lens
33. To find the wavelength of sodium light by Michelson interferometer.
34. To find the resolving power of a telescope.
35. To find the specific rotation of sugar solution by using a polarimeter.
36. To compare the capacitances of two capacitors by De'sauty bridge and hence to find the dielectric constant of a medium.
37. To find the frequency of A.C. mains by using sonometer.
38. To find low resistance by carrey foster Bridge
39. To find the resistance of a galvenometer by Post office Box
40. To Find Value of high Resistance by substitution method
41. To Find the value of high resistance by leakage method
42. To Convert a galveno meter in to an Ammeter of given range.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L.Gupta & V.Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol.I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).
ME-107E

WORKSHOP PRACTICE

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 3 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
NOTE :
5. At least ten experiments/ jobs are to be performed/ prepared by students in the semester.
6. At least 8 experiments/ jobs should be performed / prepared from the above list, remaining two may either be performed/ prepared from the above list or designed &
set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of Manufacturing Processes and facilities available in the Institute.

List of Experiments / Jobs


25. To study different types of measuring tools used in metrology and determine least counts of vernier calipers, micrometers and vernier height gauges.
26. To study different types of machine tools ( lathe, shape or planer or slotter, milling, drilling machines )
27. To prepare a job on a lathe involving facing, outside turning, taper turning, step turning, radius making and parting-off.
28. To study different types of fitting tools and marking tools used in fitting practice.
29. To prepare lay out on a metal sheet by making and prepare rectangular tray, pipe shaped components e.g. funnel.
30. To prepare joints for welding suitable fo r butt welding and lap welding.
31. To perform pipe welding.
32. To study various types of carpentry tools and prepare simple types of at least two wooden joints.
33. To prepare simple engineering components/ shapes by forging.
34. To prepare mold and core assembly, to put metal in the mold and fettle the casting.
35. To prepare horizontal surface/ vertical surface/ curved surface/ slots or V-grooves on a shaper/ planner.
36. To prepare a job involving side and face milling on a milling machine.
CSE-103E
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB.
L T P Sessional Work: 25 Marks
- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.

Representative programming problems:-

23. Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else)


24. Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-statement)
25. Write a program to find the average mail height & average female heights in the class (input is in form of sex code, height).
26. Write a program to find roots of quadratic equation using functions and switch statements.
27. Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out of given 50 nos.
28. Write a program to multiply two matrices
29. Write a program to read a string and write it in reverse order
30. Write a program to concatenate two strings
31. Write a program to sort numbers using the Algorithm.
32. Represent a deck of playing cards using arrays.
33. Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not.
EL-109E
ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

25. To study the half wave & full wave rectifier.


26. To study t5he effect of various filters circuits.
27. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in common amitter & determine H- parameter from characteristics
28. To study the characteristics of pnp & npn transistor in CB & determine h-parameter from characteristics
29. To determine the Av, Ai of RC coupled CE transistor amplifier
30. Determine the frequency of oscillation in herteley oscillator
31. Determine the frequency of oscillation in phase shift oscillator
32. Determine the effect of negative feedback on bandwidth & gain in CE, RC coupled amplifier
33. Study TC Op-Amp as a inverting amplifier & scale changer
34. Study IC Op-Amp as a non inverting amplifier
35. Study IC Op-Amp as an integrator
36. Study IC Op-Amp as a differentiator
ME-109E

ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB.

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note:
5. Total ten experiments are to be performed in the Semester.
6. At least seven experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining three experiments should be performed as designed & set by the concerned
Institution as per the scope of the syllabus.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
27. To study Cochran & Babcock & Wilcox boilers.
28. To study the working & function of mountings & accessories in boilers.
29. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke diesel engines.
30. To study 2-Stroke & 4-Stroke petrol engines.
31. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single, double & triple start worm & worm wheel.
32. To calculate the V.R., M.A. & efficiency of single & double purchase winch crabs.
33. To find the percentage error between observed and calculated values of stresses in the members of a Jib crane.
34. To draw the SF & BM diagrams of a simply supported beam with concentrated loads.
35. To study the simple & compound screw jacks and find their MA, VR & efficiency.
36. To study the various types of dynamometers.
37. To the constructional features & working of Pelton/Kaplan/Francis.
38. To prepare stress-strain diagram for mild steel & cast iron specimens under tension and compression respectively on a Universal testing machine.
39. To determine the Rockwell / Brinell /Vickers hardness no. Of a given specimen on the respective machines.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
ST
B.Tech. 1 YEAR (SEMESTER –II) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2003-2004)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration of
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total Exams.
MATH- Mathematics-II 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
102E
PHY-102E Physics-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing .. -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-104E Physics Lab.-II - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-109E
Total 20/16 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E, ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E,
CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E) SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
3. Students are allowed to use single memory, non programmable scientific calculator during examination.
3. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
MATH-102E
MATHEMATICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory : 100 marks


4 1 Sessional : 50 marks
Total : 150 marks
Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Matrices & its Applications : Rank of a matrix, elementary transformations, elementary matrices, inverse using elementary transformations, normal form of a
matrix, linear dependence and in dependence of vactors, consistency of linear system of equations, linear and orthogonal transformations, eigen values and eigen
vectors, properties of eigen values, Cayley - Hamilton theorem and its applications.

UNIT-II
Ordinary Differential Equations & its Applications : Exact differential equations. Equations reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of Differential
equations of first order & first degree to simple electric circuits, Newton's law of cooling, heat flow and orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations of second and higher order. Complete solution, complementary function and particular integral, method of variation of parameters to find
particular Integral, Cauchy's and Legender's linear equations, simultaneous linear equations with constant co-efficients. Applications of linear differential
equations to simple pendulum, oscillatory electric circuits.
UNIT-III
Laplace Transforms and its Applications : Laplace transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, transforms of
derivaties, transforms of integrals, multiplication by tn, division by t. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms. Laplace transform of Unit step function, unit
impulse function and periodic function. Inverse transforms, convolution theorem, application to linear differential equations and simultaneous linear differential
equations with constant coefficients.
UNIT-IV
Partial Differential Equations and Its Applications : Formation of partial differential equations, Lagrange’s linear partial differential equation, First order non-linear
partial differential equation, Charpit’s method. Method of separation of variables and its applications to wave equation and one dimensional heat equation, two
dimensional heat flow, steady state solutions only.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics F Kreyszig
2. Higher Engg. Mathematics B.S. Grewal
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Differential Equations – H.T.H. Piaggio.
2. Elements of Partial Differential Equations – I.N. Sneddon.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar.
4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics – Michael D. Greenberg.
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-102E
PHYSICS-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
CRYSTAL STRUCTURE: Space Lattice, unit cell and translation vectors, Miller indices, simple crystal structure, Bonding in solids, Experimental X-ray diffraction
method, Laue method, powder Method, Point defects in solids, Elementary idea of quarks and gluons.
UNIT-II
QUANTUM PHYSICS: Difficulties with Classical physics, Introduction to quantum mechanics-simple concepts, discovery of Planck's constant, Group velocity and
phase velocity, Schrodinger wave equations - time dependant and time independent Schrodinger equations, Elementary ideas of quantum statistics.
FREE ELECTION THEORY: Elements of classical free electron theory and its limitations, Drude’s Theory of Conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi
level, Density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, Thermionic emission, Richardson's equation.

UNIT-III

BAND THEORY OF SOLIDS: Origin of energy bands, Kronig, Penney Model (qualitative), E-K diagrams, Brillouin Zones, Concept of effective mass and
holes, Classification of solids into metals, Semiconductors and insulators, Fermi energy and its variation with temperature. Hall effect and its Applications.

UNIT-IV
PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY AND PHOTOVOLTAICS: Photoconductivity in insulating crystals, variation with illumination, effect of traps, applications of
photoconductivity, photovoltaic cells and their characteristics.
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS: Atomic magnetic moments, orbital diamagnetism, Classical theory of paramagnetism, ferro magnetism - molecular fields and
domains.
SUPER CONDUCTIVITY: Introduction (experimental survey), Meissner effect, London equation.
TEXT BOOKS:
7. Introduction to Solid State Physics (VII Ed.) - Charles Kittel (John Wiley).
8. Quantum Mechanics – Powell and Crasemann (Oxford & IBH)
9. Fundamentals of Solid State Physics – B.S.Saxena, R.C.Gupta and P.N.Saxena (Pragati Prakashan).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sold State Physics – Pillai (New Age).
2. A text book of Engg. Physics – Avadhanulu and Kshirsagar (S.Chand)
3. Quantum Mechanics – Ghatak & Loknathan.

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
PHY-104E
PHYSICS LAB.-II
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Note: Students will be required to perform at least10 experiments out of the list in a semester.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The experiments in Second semester will be based upon electricity, Magnetism, Modern Physics and Solid State Physics, which are the parts of theory syllabus.

31. To study He Ne laser


32. Tofind the frequency of ultrasonic waves by piezo eletric methods
33. To find the value of e/m for electrons by Helical method.
34. To find the ionisation potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron tube.
35. To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find the radius of coil by Stewart and Gee's apparatus.
36. To study the characteristics of (Cu-Fe, Cu-Constantan) thermo couple.
37. To find the value of Planck's constant by using a photo electric cell.
38. To find the value of co-efficient of self-inductance by using a Rayleigh bridge.
39. To find the value of Hall Co-efficient of semi-conductor.
40. To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode.
41. To find the band gap of intrinsic semi-conductor using four probe method.
42. To calculate the hysteresis loss by tracing a B-H curve.
43. To verify richerdson thermionic equation
44. To find the flashing and quenching potential of Argon and to find the cap. of unknown capacitor
45. To find the temp coeff. of resistance by using Pt resistance therometer by post office box

RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
1. Advanced Practical Physics – B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint (KPH)
2. Practical Physics – S.L. Gupta & V. Kumar (Pragati Prakashan).
3. Advanced Practical Physics Vol. I & II – Chauhan & Singh (Pragati Prakashan).

HUM-101-E
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH
B.Tech. Semester-I

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 1 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
This course is designed for the students of Engineering and Technology who need English for specific purposes in specific situations. It aims at imparting the
communication skills that are needed in their academic and professional pursuits. This is achieved through an amalgamation of traditional lecture-oriented approach of
teaching with the task based skill oriented methodology of learning.

Unit-I
Communicative Grammar:
Part A : Spotting the errors pertaining to nouns, pronouns, adjective and adverbs; Concord - grammatical concord, notional concord and the principle of proximity
between subject and verb.
Part B : Changing the voice : from Active to Passive and Passive to Active.
Unit-II
Lexis: Idioms and phrases; Words often confused; One-Word Substitutes; Formation of words (suffixes, prefixes and derivatives);

Unit-III
Oral Communication:
Part-A: Introduction to principal components of spoken English – Transcription, Word-accent, Intonation, Weak forms in English
Part-B: Developing listening and speaking skills through various activities, such as (a) role play activities, (b) Practising short dialogues (c) Group discussion (d) Debates
(e) Speeches (f) Listening to news bulletins (g) Viewing and reviewing T.V. programmes etc.
Unit-IV
Written Communication: Developing reading and writing skills through such tasks/activities as developing outlines, key expressions, situations, slogan writing and
theme building exercises, dialogue writing, interpreting pictures/cartoons.

Unit-V
(For Internal Evaluation Only):
Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of a book (Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a
presentation of the same in the class
Unit-VI
Technical Writing:
(a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing
(b) E-mail writing
(c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports
(d) Press Report Writing

SUGGESTED READING:
11. Language in Use (Upper intermediate Level, Adrian Doff Christopher Jones, Cambridge University Press
12. Common Errors in English, Abul Hashem, Ramesh Publishing House, new Delhi.
13. Objective English, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.
14. Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal & J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman, Delhi.
15. The sounds of English, Veena Kumar, Makaav Educational Software, New Delhi.
16. English Phonetics & Phonology, P. Roach, Cambridge University Press, London.
17. English for Engineers and Technologists: A Skill Approach, Vol. 2, Orient Longman, Delhi.
18. Business Communication, M.S. Ramesh and C.C. Pattanshetti, R.Chand and Company, Delhi
19. Group Discussion, Sudha Publications/Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.
20. English Grammar & Composition. By Rajinder Pal & Prem Lata Suri, Sultan Chand Pub. New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
All questions will be compulsory and will cover all the aspects of the syllabus except unit V. There will be sufficient internal choice.
Unit-I: 20 Marks
Questions No. 1 will require the students to carefully read the sentences given and trace the errors, if any, and then supply the correct alternatives/answers.
Unit-II: 20 Marks
Question No. 2 may have four or five parts testing knowledge of different items of vocabulary.
Unit-III: 20 Marks
Question No. 3 will have four parts of 5 marks each from part A of the unit.
Note: Speaking and listening skills of part B will primarily be tested orally through internal assessment.

Unit-IV: 20 Marks
Question No. 4 may have many parts. The questions will be framed to test students' composition skills on the elements prescribed in the unit. For example, the students
may be required to develop a hypothetical situation in a dialogue form, or to develop an outline, key expression etc.
Unit-V is for internal assessment only.
Unit-VI: 20 Marks
Question No. 5 may have two parts. While the one part may require the students to frame either a press/news report for the print media or write the given business letter,
or e-mail a message, the second part will have a theory question on the format of formal report and business letter.

ME-105E

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DRAWING

L T P Examination : 100 marks


- 3 Sessional: 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

Unit-I
Various types of projections, First and Third angle systems of orthographic projections. Projections of points in different quadrants. Projections of straight lines – parallel
to one or both reference planes, contained by one or both planes, perpendicular to one of the planes, inclined to one plane but parallel to the other plane, inclined to both
the planes, true length of a line and its inclinations with reference planes, traces of a line.

Unit-II
Projections of Polyhedra Solids and solids of Revolution – in simple positions with axis perpendicular to a plane, with axis parallel to both planes, with axis parallel to
one plane and inclined to the other. Development of surface of various simple solids such as cubes, cylinders, prisms, pyramids etc. orthographic views, orthographic
drawings of Bolts, Nuts, Bolted joints, screw threads, screwed joints.
Note : Some simple exercise may be attempted with AUTOCAD.

Text Book
3. Engineering Drawing Plane and Solid Geometry : N.D. Bhatt and V.M.Panchal, Forty-Fourth Edition 2002, Charotar Publishing House.
Reference Books
7. Engineering Graphics and Drafting : P.S. Gill, Millennium Edition, S.K. Kataria and Sons.
8. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing : S.B. Mathur, Second Revised and Enlarged Edition 2000, Vikas Publishing House.
9. Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD 2000 : T. Jeyapoovan, First Edition 2002, Vikas Publishing House.
CH-101E
CHEMISTRY
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam.: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-1
Thermodynamics - Second law, concept of Entropy, Entropy change for an ideal gas, free energy and work functions, Free energy change, Chemical Potential, Gibb's
Helmholtz equation, Clausius - Clapeyron equation, Related numerical problems with above topics. Phase-Rule - Terminology, Derivation of Gibb's Phase Rule
Equation, One Component System (H2O System), Two Components systems, Eutectic system (Pb-Ag), system with congruent m.pt. (Zn-Mg), systems with incongruent
m.pt. (Na-K), Applications of above Systems.
Unit-2
Water & its treatment : Part I – Sources of water, impurities in water, hardness of water and its determination, units of hardness, alkalinity of water and its determination,
Related numerical problems, scale and sludge formation (composition properties and methods of prevention). Water and its treatment : Part II – Treatment of water for
domestic use, coagulation, sedimentation, filtration and dis-infection, water softening, Ion-exchange process, mixed bed demineralisation, Desalination (reverse osmosis)
(electrodialysis).

Unit-3
Corrosion and its prevention - Galvanic & concentration cell, Dry and wet corrosion, Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion,
water-line corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, factors affecting corrosion, Preventive measures (proper design, Cathodic protection, protective
coatings).
Lubrication and Lubricants-Friction, mechanism of lubrication, classification and properties of lubricants, Additives for lubricants, synthetic lubricants, Greases –
Preparation & properties (consistency, drop point) and uses.
Unit-4
Polymers and Polymerization-Organic polymers, polymerisation, various types of polymerisation, effect of structure on properties of polymers, preparation properties
and technical applications of thermo-plastics (PVC,PVA), thermosets (PF,UF), and elastomers (SBR,GR-N), Silicones, Introduction to polymeric compsites. Analytical
methods;its needs and different methodes;Spectroscopy; its defination and scope;salient features of spectrophotometer,brief introduction of titrimetric methodes,Elementry
discussion on flame photometry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry, P.C. Jain, Monica Jain (Dhanpat Rai & Co.).
2. Chemistry in Engineering & Tech., Vol.I & II, Rajaram, Kuriacose (TMH).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
7. Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis, MERITT & WILLARD (East-West Press).
8. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkin (ELBS, Oxford Press).
9. Physical Chemistry, W.J. Moore (Orient-Longman).
Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
EE-101E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY

L T P Theory: 100 marks


3 2 Sessional : 50 marks
Total: 150 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
D.C. CIRCUITS: Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, D.C. Circuits, Nodal and Loop methods of analysis. A.C. CIRCUITS: Sinusoidal signal, instantaneous and peak
values, RMS and average values, phase angle, polar & rectangular, exponential and trigonometric representations; R,L and C components, behaviors of these
components in A.C. circuits. Concept of complex power, power factor.

UNIT-II
TRANSIENT RESPONSE: Transient response of RL, RC and RLC Circuits with step input. NETWORK THEOREMS: Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem,
superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, Star to Delta & Delta to Star transformation. SERIES AND PARALLEL A.C. CIRCUITS: Series and parallel
A.C. circuits, series and parallel resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth.

UNIT-III
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase and line voltages and currents, balanced star and delta circuits, power equation, measurement of power by two wattmeter method,
Importance of earthing. TRANSFORMERS: Principle, construction & working of transformer, Efficiency and regulation.

UNIT-IV
ELECTRICAL MACHINES: D.C. Machine: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Torque Equation, Types of Machine, internal & external characterstics, speed
control. Induction motor: Principle, construction, EMF equation, Types of motors, slip concept, Synchronous motor: Principle, construction, Types of motors
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical Engg (2nd Edition) : Kothari & Nagarath, TMH
2. Electrical Technology (Vol-I) : B.L Theraja & A K Theraja, S.Chand

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals : Deltoro, PHI
2. Network Analysis :Valkenburg, PHI

Note: The Examiners will set eight questions, taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one from each unit. All
questions will carry equal marks.
IES
(For Under-Graduate Students)

Unit 1 : The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies


Definition, scope and importance.
Need for public awareness.
Unit 2 : Natural Resources
Renewable and non-renewable resources :
Natural resources and associated problems.
m) Forest resources : Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
n) Water resources : Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
o) Mineral resources : Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and mineral resources, case studies.
p) Food resources : World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging,
salinity, case studies.
q) Energy resources : Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case studies.
r) Land resources : Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
• Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
• Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Unit 3 : Ecosystems
• Concept of an ecosystem.
• Structure and function of an ecosystem.
• Producers, consumers and decomposers.
• Energy flow in the ecosystem.
• Ecological succession.
• Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
• Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem :
i) Forest ecosystem
j) Grassland ecosystem
k) Desert ecosystem
l) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit : 4 Biodiversity and its conservation
• Introduction – Definition : genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
• Biogeographical classification of India.
• Value of biodiversity : consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values.
• Biodiversity at global, National and local levels.
• India as a mega-diversity nation.
• Hot-spots of biodiversity.
• Threats to biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
• Endangered and endemic species of India.
• Conservation of biodiversity : in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit 5 : Environmental Pollution


Definition
• Causes, effects and control measures of :
o) Air pollution
p) Water pollution
q) Soil pollution
r) Marine pollution
s) Noise pollution
t) Thermal pollution
u) Nuclear hazards
• Solid waste Management : Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.
• Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
• Pollution case studies.
• Disaster management : floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit 6 : Social Issues and the Environment
• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development
• Urban problems related to energy
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies.
• Environmental ethics : Issues and possible solutions.
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies.
• Wasteland reclamation.
• Consumerism and waste products.
• Environment Protection Act.
• Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
• Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
• Wildlife Protection Act
• Forest Conservation Act
• Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation
• Public awareness.
Unit 7 : Human Population and the Environment
• Population growth, variation among nations
• Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme
• Environment and human health.
• Human Rights.
• Value Education.
• HIV/AIDS
• Women and Child Welfare.
• Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health.
• Case Studies.
Unit 8 : Field Work
• Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.
• Visit to a local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.
• Study of common plants, insects, birds.
• Study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

Examination Pattern : The question paper should carry 100 marks


The structure of the question paper being.

PART – A : Short Answer Pattern 25 Marks


PART – B : Essay type with inbuilt choice 50 Marks
PART – C : Field Work 25 Marks

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINERS

Part – A Question 1 is compulsory and will contain ten short-answer type question of 2.5 marks each covering the entire syllabus.
Part – B Eight essay type questions (with inbuilt choice) will be set from the entire syllabus and the candidates will be required to answer, any four of them. Each essay type
question will be of the 12½ marks.

The examination will be conducted by the college concerned at its own level earlier than the annual examination and each student will be required to score minimum of
35% marks each in theory and Practical. The marks obtained in this qualifying paper will not be included in determining the percentage of marks obtained for the award of degree.
However, these will be shown in the detailed marks certificate of the student.

B.E. I/II Semester


CH-103E
CHEMISTRY LAB
(COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES)

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Note: At least ten experiments are to be performed by the students.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
27. Determination of Ca++ and Mg++ hardness of water using EDTA solution.
28. Determination of alkalinity of water sample.
29. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO) in the given water sample.
30. To find the melting & eutectic point for a two component system by using method of cooling curve.
31. Determination of viscosity of lubricant by Red Wood viscometer (No. 1 & No. 2).
32. To determine flash point & fire point of an oil by Pensky -Marten's flash point apparatus.
33. To prepare Phenol-formaldehyde and Urea formaldehyde resin.
34. To find out saponification No. of an oil.
35. Estimation of calcium in lime stone and dolomite.
36. 10. Determination of concentration of KMnO4 solution spectrophotomet-erically.
37. Determination of strength of HCl solution by titrating it against NaOH solution conductometerically.
38. To determine amount of sodium and potassium in a, given water sample by flame photometer.
39. Estimation of total iron in an iron alloy.

SUGGESTED BOOKS :
7. A Text Book on Experimental and Calculation – Engineering Chemistry, S.S. Dara, S. Chand & Company (Ltd.)
8. Essential of Experimental Engineering Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company.
9. Theory & Practice Applied Chemistry – O.P. Virmani, A.K. Narula (New Age)
EE-103E

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB

L T P Sessional Work:25 Marks


- - 2 Examination: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
21. To verify KCL and KVL.
22. To verify Thevenin’s & Norton's Theorems.
23. To verify Superposition theorems.
24. To study frequency response of a series R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency& Q- factor for various Values of R,L,C.
25. To study frequency response of a parallel R-L-C circuit and determine resonant frequency & Q -Factor for various values of R,L,C.
26. To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency Vs load characteristic.
27. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests on transformer.
28. To perform speed control of DC motor.
29. To perform O.C. and S.C. tests of a three phase induction motor.
30. Measurement of power in a 3 phase system by two watt meter method.
Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)

Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
(3rd Semester)

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule Duration


Sr.
Course No. Subject (Marks) of Exam
No.
(Hrs.)
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total
Mathematics-III/ Basics of
MATH-201E/
1. Industrial Sociology, Economics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
HUM-201E
& Mgmt.
Data Base Management
2. CSE-201E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
Systems

3. CSE-203E Data Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

4. CSE-205E Discrete Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5. CSE-207E Internet Fundamentals 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6. ECE-203E Analog Communication 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7. IT-253E Internet Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3


Data Base Management
8. CSE-209E - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3
Systems Lab
9. CSE-211E Data Structures Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3
10. ECE-207E Analog Communication Lab - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
TOTAL 18 6 11 35 600 450 100 1150

BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY, ECONOMICS


& MANAGEMENT

HUM – 201 E Sessional : 50 Marks


L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 - Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Meaning of social change, nature of social change, theories of social change. The direction of social change, the causes of social change, the process of social change. Factors of

social change – the technological factors, the cultural factors, effects of technology on major social institutions, social need of status system, social relations in industry.

UNIT-II

Meaning of Industrial Economic, Production Function, its types, Least Cost Combination, Law of Variable Proportion, Laws of Return – Increasing, Constant & Diminishing.

Fixed & variable costs in short run & long run, opportunity costs, relation between AC & MC, U-shaped short run AC Curve.

Price & Output Determination under Monopoly in short run & long run. Price Discrimination, Price Determination under Discriminating Monopoly. Comparison between

Monopoly & Perfect Competition.

UNIT – III
Meaning of Management, Characteristics of Management, Management Vs. Administration, Management – Art, Science & Profession, Fayol’s Principles of Management.

Personnel Management – Meaning & Functions, Manpower – Process of Manpower Planning, Recruitment & Selection – Selection Procedure.

Training – Objectives & Types of Training, Various Methods of Training. Labour Legislation in India – Main provisions of Industrial disputes Act 1947;

UNIT – IV

Marketing Management – Definition & Meaning, Scope of Marketing Management, Marketing Research – Meaning, Objectives.

Purchasing Management – Meaning & Objectives, Purchase Procedure, Inventory Control Techniques.

Financial Management – Introduction, Objectives of Financial decisions, Sources of Finance.

Note : Eight questions are to be set taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all, taking at least one from each unit.

TEXT BOOKS :

8. “Modern Economic Theory” Dewett, K.K., S. Chand & Co.

9. “Economic Analysis” K.P. Sundharam & E.N. Sundharam (Sultan Chand & Sons).

10. “Micro Economic Theory” M.L. Jhingan (Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.).

11. “Principles of Economics” M.L. Seth (Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal Educational Publishers – Agra).
12. “An Introduction to Sociology”, D.R. Sachdeva & Vidya Bhusan.

13. “Society – An Introductory Analysis”, R.M. Maclver Charles H. Page.

14. “Principles and Practices of Management : R.S. Gupta; B.D. Sharma; N.S. Bhalla; Kalyani.

REFERENCE BOOKS

3. “Organization and Management : R.D. Aggarwal, Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Business Organization and Management : M.C. Shukla

MATH-201 E
MATHEMATICS - III

L T P Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.
UNIT – I
Fourier Series : Euler’s Formulae, Conditions for Fourier expansions, Fourier expansion of functions having points of discontinuity, change of interval, Odd & even functions,

Half-range series.

Fourier Transforms : Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Fourier cosine and sine transforms. Properties of Fourier transforms, Convolution theorem, Perseval’s identity, Relation

between Fourier and Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of a function, Application to boundary value problems.

UNIT-II

Functions of a Complex Variables : Functions of a complex variable, Exponential function, Trigonometric, Hyperbolic and Logarithmic functions, limit and continuity of a

function, Differentiability and analyticity.

Cauchy-Riemann equations, Necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, Polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions, Application to

flow problems, Conformal transformation, Standard transformations (Translation, Magnification & rotation, inversion & reflection, Bilinear).

UNIT-III

Probability Distributions : Probability, Baye’s theorem, Discrete & Continuous probability distributions, Moment generating function, Probability generating function, Properties

and applications of Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

UNIT-IV
Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solution of Linear Programming Problem using Graphical method, Simplex Method, Dual-Simplex Method.

Text Book

3. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal

4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : E. Kreyzig

Reference Book

5. Complex variables and Applications : R.V. Churchil; Mc. Graw Hill

6. Engg. Mathematics Vol. II: S.S. Sastry; Prentice Hall of India.

7. Operation Research : H.A. Taha

8. Probability and statistics for Engineer : Johnson. PHI.

Note : Examiner will set eight question, taking two from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions taking at least one from each unit.

CSE-201 E
Database Management Systems

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit–1
Introduction Overview of database Management System; Various views of data, data Models, Schemes, Introduction to Database Languages & Environments. Advantages of
DBMS over file processing systems, Responsibility of Database Administrator, Three levels architecture of Database Systems, : Introduction to Client/Server architecture.
Data Models : E-R Diagram (Entity Relationship), mapping Constraints, Keys, Reduction of E-R diagram into tables, Naming Secondary Storage Devices. Network &
Hierarchical Model.

Unit-2
File Organisation: Sequential Files, index sequential files, direct files, Hashing, B-trees Index files, Inverted Lists.
Relational Model, Relational Algebra & various operations (set operations, select, project, join, division), Order, Relational calculus: Domain, Tuple. Well Formed Formula,
specifications, quantifiers.

Unit-3
Introduction to Query Languages : QBE, integrity constraints, functional dependencies & Normalization (Normal forms- up to 5th Normal forms).

Unit-4
Introduction to Distributed Data processing, Object Oriented Data Base Management Systems parallel Databases, data mining & data warehousing, Concurrency control :
Transaction, Timestamping, Lock-based Protocols, serializability and Recovery Techniques.

Text Books:
• Database System Concepts by A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, 3rd edition, 1997, McGraw-Hill, International Edition.
• Introduction to Database Management system by Bipin Desai, 1991, Galgotia Pub.

Reference Books:
• Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S.B. Navathe, 3rd edition, 2000, Addision-Wesley, Low Priced Edition.

• An Introduction to Database Systems by C.J. Date, 7th edition, Addison-Wesley, Low Priced Edition, 2000.
• Database Management and Design by G.W. Hansen and J.V. Hansen, 2nd edition, 1999, Prentice-Hall of India, Eastern Economy Edition.
• Database Management Systems by A.K. Majumdar and P. Bhattacharyya, 5th edition, 1999, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing.
• A Guide to the SQL Standard, Date, C. and Darwen,H. 3rd edition, Reading, MA: 1994, Addison-Wesley.
• Data Management & file Structure by Looms, 1989, PHI

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-203 E
DATA STRUCTURES

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1

Introduction : Introduction to Data Structures: Definition & abstract data types, Static and Dynamic implementations, Examples and real life applications; built in and user
defined data structures, Ordered list and Operations on it.
Arrays: Definition, implementation, lower bound, upper bound, addressing an element at a particular index for one dimensional arrays, Two dimensional arrays and Multi-
dimensional arrays. Implementation of Data Structures like structure/ Record, Union, Sparse matrices : implementation of transpose.

Stacks : Sequential implementation of stacks, operations, Polish-notations, Evaluation of postfix expression, Converting Infix expression to Prefix and Postfix expression,
Applications.

Unit-2

Queues: Definition, Sequential implementation of linear queues, Operations. Circular queue: implementation (using arrays), Advantage over linear queue, Priority queues &
Applications.

Linked Lists :Need of dynamic data structures, continuous & linked implementation of lists. Operations on lists. Dynamic implementation of linked lists, Operations. Comparison
between Array and Dynamic Implementation of linked list. Linked implementation of stacks and queues. Circular lists, implementation of primitive operations. Doubly linked lists
: continuos & dynamic implementation, operations.

Unit-3

Trees : Definition, Basic terminology, Binary tree, Array and Dynamic Implementation of a binary tree, primitive operations on binary trees. External and internal nodes. Binary
tree traversals : preorder, inorder and postorder traversals. Representation of infix, postifix and prefix expressions using trees. Representation of lists as binary trees.
Introduction to Binary Search Trees, B trees, B+ trees , AVL Trees, threaded trees, balanced multi way search trees,

Unit- 4

Graphs :Definition of undirected & Directed Graphs & Networks, Basic terminology, Representation of graphs,. Graph traversals and spanning forests, minimum-spanning trees,
computer representation of graphs.

Tables : Definition, Hash Functions, Implementation & Applications.

Sorting & Searching : Basic Searching techniques (Linear & binary), Introduction to Sorting. Sorting using selection, insertion, bubble, merge, quick, radix, heap sort.

Text Book:

• Data Structures using C by A. M. Tenenbaum, Langsam, Moshe J. Augentem, PHI Pub.


Reference Books:
• Data Structures and Algorithms by A.V. Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and T.D. Ullman, Original edition, Addison-Wesley, 1999, Low Priced Edition.
• Fundamentals of Data structures by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahni, Pub, 1983,AW
• Fundamentals of computer algorithms by Horowitz Sahni and Rajasekaran.
• Data Structures and Program Design in C By Robert Kruse, PHI,
• Theory & Problems of Data Structures by Jr. Symour Lipschetz, Schaum’s outline by TMH
• Introduction to Computers Science -An algorithms approach , Jean Paul Tremblay, Richard B. Bunt, 2002, T.M.H.
• Data Structure and the Standard Template library – Willam J. Collins, 2003, T.M.H

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-205 E
Discrete Structures
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1

Set Theory: Introduction to set theory, Set operations, Algebra of sets, combination of sets, Duality, Finite and Infinite sets, Classes of sets, Power Sets, Multi sets, Cartesian
Product, Representation of relations, Types of relation, Binary Relations, Equivalence relations and partitions, Partial ordering relations and lattices, Mathematics Induction,
Principle of Inclusion & Exclusion, Propositions. Function and its types, Composition of function and relations, Cardinality and inverse relations. Functions & Pigeo principles.

Unit-2

Propositional Calculus: Basic operations: AND(^), OR(v), NOT(~), Truth value of a compound statement, propositions, tautologies, contradictions.

Techniques Of Counting: Rules of Sum of products, Permutations with and without repetition, Combination.
Recursion And Recurrence Relation :Polynomials and their evaluation, Sequences, Introduction to AP, GP and AG series, partial fractions, linear recurrence relation with
constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solution of a recurrence relation using generating functions.

Unit-3
Algebric Structures Definition, elementary properties of algebric structures, examples of a Monoid, Submonoid, Semigroup, Groups and rings, Homomorphism, Isomorphism
and Automorphism, Subgroups and Normal subgroups, Cyclic groups, Integral domain and fields, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem, Rings, Division Ring.

Unit-4
Graphs And Trees: Introduction to graphs, Directed and Undirected graphs, Homomorphic and Isomorphic graphs, Subgraphs, Cut points and Bridges, Multigraph and Weighted
graph, Paths and circuits, Shortest path in weighted graphs, Eurelian path and circuits, Hamilton paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Trees, Rooted Trees, Spanning
Trees & cut-sets, Binary trees and its traversals

Text Book
• Elements of Discrete Mathematics C.L Liu, 1985, McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
• Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley.
• Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press.
• Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA
• Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995, Edward Arnold, London,
• Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill Singapore
• Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI
• Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar, 1995, Mc Graw Hill.
• Discrete Mathematics & Structure, Satyender Bal Gupta, 2nd Ed., Luxmi Pub.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.

CSE-207 E
Internet Fundamentals

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1
The Internet: Introduction to networks and internet, history, Internet, Intranet & Extranet, Working of Internet, Internet Congestion, internet culture, business culture on internet.
Collaborative computing & the internet. Modes of Connecting to Internet, Internet Service Providers(ISPs), Internet address, standard address, domain name, DNS,
IP.v6.Modems, Speed and time continuum, communications software; internet tools.

Unit-2
World Wide Web : Introduction, Miscellaneous Web Browser details, searching the www: Directories search engines and meta search engines, search fundamentals, search
strategies, working of the search engines, Telnet and FTP, HTTP, Gophar Commands, TCP/IP.
Introduction to Browser, Coast-to-coast surfing, hypertext markup language, Web page installation, Web page setup, Basics of HTML & formatting and hyperlink creation.Using
FrontPage Express, Plug-ins.

Unit-3
Electronic Mail: Introduction, advantages and disadvantages, User Ids, Pass words, e-mail addresses, message components, message composition, mailer features, E-mail inner
workings, E-mail management, MIME types, Newsgroups, mailing lists, chat rooms, secure-mails, SMTP, PICO, Pine, Library cards catalog, online ref. works.
Languages: Basic and advanced HTML, Basics of scripting languages – XML, DHTML, Java Script.

Unit-4
Servers : Introduction to Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Apache; Microsoft Personal Web Server. Accessing & using these servers.
Privacy and security topics: Introduction, Software Complexity, Attacks, security and privacy levels, security policy, accessibility and risk analysis, Encryption schemes, Secure
Web document, Digital Signatures, Firewalls, Intrusion detection systems

Text Book:
• Fundamentals of the Internet and the World Wide Web, Raymond Greenlaw and Ellen Hepp – 2001, TMH
• Internet & World Wide Programming, Deitel,Deitel & Nieto, 2000, Pearson Education

Reference Books:
• Complete idiots guide to java script,. Aron Weiss, QUE, 1997
• Network firewalls, Kironjeet syan -New Rider Pub.
• Networking Essentials – Firewall Media.
• www.secinf.com
• www.hackers.com

• Alfred Glkossbrenner-Internet 101 Computing MGH, 1996

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
B.TECH IIIRD SEMESTER

ANALOG COMMUNICATION
(ECE-203E)
L T P THEORY : 100 Marks
3 1 - SESSIONAL : 50 Marks
TOTAL : 150 Marks
TIME : 3 Hrs.

UNIT – I
NOISE: Classification of Noise, Various sources of Noise, Methods of Noise Calculation in networks and inter connected networks. Addition of noise due to several sources;
noise in amplifiers in cascade, noise in reactive circuits, Noise figure, its calculation and measurement. Noise temperature, Mathematical representation of random noise, narrow
band noise and its representation. Transmission of noise through linear systems, signal to noise ratio, noise bandwidth.

UNIT-II
MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Basic constituents of Communication Systems, need of modulation, Amplitude modulation, spectrum of AM wave, modulation index, DSBSC
modulation, SSB Modulation, Collector modulation, Square law modulation methods, Methods of generating SSB Signals, vestigial side band modulation, Detection of AM
Signal; Diode detector, Square Law Detector. Time Constant RC in diode detector. Diode detector with filter. FDM, Power relations in AM wave.

UNIT-III
ANGLE MODULATION: frequency and phase modulation, spectrum of FM Wave, modulation index and Bandwidth of FM Signal, NBFM and WBFM, Comparison between
FM and PM Signals, FM and AM signals, AM and NBFM Signals, FM generation methods, Demodulation methods; slope detector, ratio detector, Foster-Seeley discriminator.
Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis, effect of noise on carrier; noise triangle.

UNIT-IV
TRANSMITER AND RECEIVER: Classification of radio transmitters, Block diagram of AM transmitter, Frequency Scintillation, Frequency drift, Radio broadcast transmitter, Radio telephone transmitter, Privacy devices, Armstrong FM transmitter, Simple FM
transmitter using Reactance modulator.
Classification of radio receivers, TRF receives, superheterodyne receivers, Image Signal rejection, frequency mixers. Tracking and alignment of receivers, Intermediate frequency, AGC, AFC, SSB receiver.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
6. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems, TMH.
7. Mithal G K, Radio Engineering, Khanna Pub.
8. Sirnon Haykin, Communication Systems, John Wiley.
9. Dungan F.R., Electronics Communication System, Thomson-Delmar
10. Electronics Communication System: Kennedy; TMH
NOTE:
Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

IT-253 E
Internet Lab.

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks
Total : 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

PC Software: Application of basics of MS Word 2000, MS Excel 2000, MS Power Point 2000, MS Access 2000, HTML

5. To prepare the Your Bio Data using MS Word


6. To prepare the list of marks obtained by students in different subjects and show with the help of chart/graph the average, min and max marks in each subject.
7. Prepare a presentation explaining the facilities/infrastructure available in your college/institute.
8. Design Web pages containing information of the Deptt.

HTML Lists :
8. Create a new document that takes the format of a business letter. Combine <P> and <BR> tags to properly separate the different parts of the documents. Such as the
address, greeting, content and signature. What works best for each.
9. Create a document that uses multiple <BR> and <P> tags, and put returns between <PRE> tags to add blank lines to your document see if your browser senders them
differently.
10. Create a document using the <PRE>tags to work as an invoice or bill of sale, complete with aligned dollar values and a total. Remember not to use the Tab key, and
avoid using emphasis tags like <B> or <EM> within your list.
11. Create a seven-item ordered list using Roman numerals. After the fifth item, increase the next list value by 5.
12. Beginning with an ordered list, create a list that nests both an unordered list and a definition list.
13. Use the ALIGN attribute of an <IMG> tags to align another image to the top of the first image.. play with this feature, aligning images to TOP, MIDDLE and
BOTTOM.
14. Create a ‘table of contents’ style page (using regular and section links) that loads a different document for each chapter or section of the document.

Internet :
1. Instilling internet & external modems, NIC and assign IP address.
2. Study of E-mail system.
3. Create your own mail-id in yahoo and indiatimes.com.
4. Add names (mail-id’s) in your address book, compose and search an element.

Reference Books:
• Complete PC upgrade & maintenance guide, Mark Mines, BPB publ.
• PC Hardware: The complete reference, Craig Zacker & John Rouske, TMH
• Upgrading and Repairing PCs, Scott Mueller, 1999, PHI,
CSE- 209 E
Database Management Systems Lab
L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

1. Create a database and write the programs to carry out the following operation :

7. Add a record in the database


8. Delete a record in the database
9. Modify the record in the database
10. Generate queries
11. Data operations
12. List all the records of database in ascending order.

2. Create a view to display details of employees working on more than one project.
3. Create a view to display details of employees not working on any project.
4. Create a view to display employees name and projects name for employees working on projects <P1 and P3> or <P2 and P4>.

5. Using two tables create a view which shall perform EQUIJOIN.


6. Write trigger for before and after insertion. Detection and updation process.
7. Write a procedure to give incentive to employees working on all projects. If no such employee found give app. Message.
8. Write a procedure for computing amount telephone bill on the basic of following conditions.
Usage of S/w:

1. VB, ORACLE and/or DB2


2. VB, MSACCESS
3. ORACLE, D2K
4. VB, MS SQL SERVER 2000

CSE-211 E
Data Structures Lab
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
1. Write a program to search an element in a two-dimensional array using linear search.
2. Using iteration & recursion concepts write programs for finding the element in the array
using Binary Search Method
3.. Write a program to perform following operations on tables using functions only
a) Addition b) Subtraction c) Multiplication d) Transpose
4.. Write a program to implement Queue.
5. Write a program to implement Stack.
6. Write a program to implement the various operations on string such as length of
string concatenation, reverse of a string & copy of a string to another.
7. Write a program for swapping of two numbers using ‘call by value’ and ‘call by
reference strategies.
8. Write a program to implement binary search tree.
( Insertion and Deletion in Binary search Tree)
9. Write a program to create a linked list & perform operations such as insert, delete, update, reverse in the link list
10 . Write the program for implementation of a file and performing operations such as insert,
delete, update a record in the file.
11. Create a linked list and perform the following operations on it
a) add a node b) Delete a node
12. Write a program to simulate the various searching & sorting algorithms and compare their timings for a list of 1000 elements.
13. Write a program to simulate the various graph traversing algorithms.
17 Write a program which simulates the various tree traversal algorithms.
18 Write a program to implement various Searching Techniques.
19 Write a program to implement Sorting Techniques.

Note: At least 5 to 10 more exercises to be given by the teacher concerned.


B.TECH IIIRD SEMESTER
ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB
(ECE-207E)

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Viva : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Time : 3hrs.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. i) To study Double Sideband Amplitude Modulation and determine its modulation


factor and power in sidebands.
ii) To study amplitude demodulation by linear diode detector.
2. i) To study Frequency Modulation and determine its modulation factor.
ii) To study PLL 565 as frequency demodulator
3. To study Sampling and reconstruction of pulse amplitude modulation system.
4. To study the Sensitivity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
5. To study the Selectivity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
6. To study the Fidelity characteristics of superhetrodyne receiver.
7. i) To study Pulse Amplitude Modulation
a) Using switching method
b) By sample and hold circuit.
ii) To demodulate the obtained PAM signal by IInd order Low pass filter.
8. To study Pulse Width Modulation / Demodulation.
9. To study Pulse Position Modulation / Demodulation.
10. To study active filters (Low-pass, High-pass, Band-pass, Notch filter).

NOTE:
At least seven experiments are to be performed from above list and the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus can set remaining three.

Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)

Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
th
(4 Semester IT)

Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule


Sr. (Marks) Duration of Exam
Course No.
No. Subject (Hrs.)
L T P Total Practical Total
Theory Sessional
Mathematics-III/
1. MATH-201E/ HUM-201E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
Industrial Economics & Principal of Mgmt.

2. CSE-202E Computer Architecture and Organization 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

3. CSE-204E Programming Languages 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3


4. IT-252E Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

5. ECE-204E Digital Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6. ECE-216E Microprocessor & Interfacing 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7. IT-256E C++ Programming Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3

8. ECE-212E Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3

9. ECE-218E Microprocessor & Interfacing Lab - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3

10. GPCSE-210 General Proficiency / Practical Training 1 - - 1 - 50 - 50

TOTAL 19 6 9 34 600 475 75 1150

CSE- 202 E Computer Architecture & Organization


L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam : 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
Unit-1: General System Architecture: Store program control concept, Flynn’s classification of computers (SISD, MISD, MIMD); Multilevel viewpoint of a machine: digital logic, micro architecture, ISA,
operating systems, high level language; structured organization; CPU, caches, main memory, secondary memory units & I/O; Performance metrics; MIPS, MFLOPS.

Instruction Set Architecture: Instruction set based classification of processors (RISC, CISC, and their comparison); addressing modes: register, immediate, direct, indirect, indexed; Operations in the instruction set;
Arithmetic and Logical, Data Transfer, Machine Control Flow; Instruction set formats (fixed, variable, hybrid); Language of the machine: 8086 ; simulation using MASM

Unit-2: Basic non pipelined CPU Architecture: CPU Architecture types (accumulator, register, stack, memory/ register) detailed data path of a typical register based CPU, Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle (typically 3
to 5 stage); microinstruction sequencing, implementation of control unit, Enhancing performance with pipelining. Hardwired control design method, Micro programmed control unit.

Unit-3: Memory Hierarchy & I/O Techniques: The need for a memory hierarchy (Locality of reference principle, Memory hierarchy in practice: Cache, main memory and secondary memory, Memory
parameters: access/ cycle time, cost per bit); Main memory (Semiconductor RAM & ROM organization, memory expansion, Static & dynamic memory types); Cache memory (Associative & direct mapped cache
organizations. Allocation & replacement polices, segments, pages & file organization, virtual memory.
Unit-4: Introduction to Parallelism: Goals of parallelism (Exploitation of concurrency, throughput enhancement); Amdahl’s law; Instruction level parallelism (pipelining, super scaling –basic features); Processor
level parallelism (Multiprocessor systems overview).

Computer Organization [80x86]: Instruction codes, computer register, computer instructions, timing and control, instruction cycle, type of instructions, memory reference, register reference. I/O reference, Basics
of Logic Design, accumulator logic, Control memory, address sequencing, micro-instruction formats, micro-program sequencer, Stack Organization, Instruction Formats, Types of interrupts; Memory Hierarchy.
Programmed I/O, DMA & Interrupts.

Text Books:
• Computer Organization and Design, 2nd Ed., by David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, Morgan 1997, Kauffmann.
• Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edi, by John P. Hayes, 1998, TMH.
Reference Books:
• Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th edition, 2001, Prentice-Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
• Computer Organization, 5th Edi, by Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic,2002, Safwat Zaky.
• Structured Computer Organisation by A.S. Tanenbaum, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 1999, Eastern Economic Edition.
• Computer Organisation & Architecture: Designing for performance by W. Stallings, 4th edition, 1996, Prentice-Hall International edition.
• Computer Architecture & Organisation by M. Mano, 1990, Prentice-Hall.
• Computer Architecture- Nicholas Carter, 2002, T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
CSE-204 E Programming Languages

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1: Introduction: A brief history, Characteristics of a good programming language, Programming language translators compiler & interpreters , Elementary data types – data
objects, variable & constants, data types, Specification & implementation of elementary data types, Declarations ,type checking & type conversions , Assignment & initialization,
Numeric data types, enumerations, Booleans & characters.
Syntax & Semantics : Introduction, general problem of describing syntax, formal method of describing syntax, attribute grammar dynamic semantic.

Unit-2: Structured data objects : Structured data objects & data types , specification & implementation of structured data types, Declaration & type checking of data structure
,vector & arrays, records Character strings, variable size data structures , Union, pointer & programmer defined data objects, sets, files.
Subprograms and Programmer Defined Data Types: Evolution of data type concept abstraction, encapsulation & information hiding , Subprograms ,type definitions, abstract
data types, over loaded subprograms, generic subprograms.

Unit–3: Sequence Control: Implicit & explicit sequence control ,sequence control within expressions, sequence control within statement, Subprogram sequence control: simple
call return, recursive subprograms, Exception & exception handlers, co routines, sequence control. Concurrency – subprogram level concurrency, synchronization through
semaphores, monitors & message passing
Data Control: Names & referencing environment, static & dynamic scope, block structure, Local data & local referencing environment, Shared data: dynamic & static scope.
Parameter & parameter transmission schemes.

Unit-4: Storage Management: Major run time elements requiring storage ,programmer and system controlled storage management & phases , Static storage management , Stack
based storage management, Heap storage management ,variable & fixed size elements.
Programming Languages: Introduction to procedural, non-procedural ,structured, logical, functional and object oriented programming language, Comparison of C & C++
programming languages.

Text Book:
• Programming languages Design & implementation by T.W. .Pratt, 1996, Prentice Hall Pub.
• Programming Languages – Principles and Paradigms by Allen Tucker & Robert Noonan, 2002, TMH,

Reference Books:
• Fundamentals of Programming languages by Ellis Horowitz, 1984, Galgotia publications (Springer Verlag),
• Programming languages concepts by C. Ghezzi, 1989, Wiley Publications.,
• Programming Languages – Principles and Pradigms Allen Tucker , Robert Noonan 2002,
T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
IT-252 E Object Oriented Programming Using C++
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit–1: Introduction to C++, C++ Standard Library, Basics of a Typical C++ Environment, Pre-processors Directives, Illustrative Simple C++ Programs. Header Files and Namespaces, library
files. Concept of objects, basic of object modeling, object classes, associations, behaviors, description, Object Oriented Analysis & Object Modeling techniques,
Object Oriented Concepts : Introduction to Objects and Object Oriented Programming, Encapsulation (Information Hiding), Access Modifiers: Controlling access to a class, method, or variable
(public, protected, private, package), Other Modifiers, Polymorphism: Overloading,, Inheritance, Overriding Methods, Abstract Classes, Reusability, Class’s Behaviors.
Classes and Data Abstraction: Introduction, Structure Definitions, Accessing Members of Structures, Class Scope and Accessing Class Members, Separating Interface from Implementation,
Controlling Access Function And Utility Functions, Initializing Class Objects: Constructors, Using Default Arguments With Constructors, Using Destructors, Classes : Const(Constant) Object
And Const Member Functions, Object as Member of Classes, Friend Function and Friend Classes, Using This Pointer, Dynamic Memory Allocation with New and Delete, Static Class Members,
Container Classes And Integrators, Proxy Classes, Function overloading.
Unit-2: Operator Overloading: Introduction, Fundamentals of Operator Overloading, Restrictions On Operators Overloading, Operator Functions as Class Members vs. as Friend Functions,
Overloading, <<, >> Overloading Unary Operators, Overloading Binary Operators.
Inheritance: Introduction, Inheritance: Base Classes And Derived Classes, Protected Members, Casting Base- Class Pointers to Derived- Class Pointers, Using Member Functions, Overriding
Base –Class Members in a Derived Class, Public, Protected and Private Inheritance, Using Constructors and Destructors in derived Classes, Implicit Derived –Class Object To Base- Class Object
Conversion, Composition Vs. Inheritance.
Unit–3: Virtual Functions and Polymorphism: Introduction to Virtual Functions, Abstract Base Classes And Concrete Classes, Polymorphism, New Classes And Dynamic Binding, Virtual
Destructors, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding.
Files and I/O Streams: Files and Streams, Creating a Sequential Access File, Reading Data From A Sequential Access File, Updating Sequential Access Files, Random Access Files, Creating A
Random Access File, Writing Data Randomly To a Random Access File, Reading Data Sequentially from a Random Access File. Stream Input/Output Classes and Objects, Stream Output,
Stream Input, Unformatted I/O (with read and write), Stream Manipulators, Stream Format States, Stream Error States.
Unit-4: Templates & Exception Handling: Function Templates, Overloading Template Functions, Class Template, Class Templates and Non-Type Parameters, Templates and Inheritance,
Templates and Friends, Templates and Static Members.
Introduction, Basics of C++ Exception Handling: Try Throw, Catch, Throwing an Exception, Catching an Exception, Re-throwing an Exception, Exception specifications, Processing Unexpected
Exceptions, Stack Unwinding, Constructors, Destructors and Exception Handling, Exceptions and Inheritance.
Text Books:
• C++ How to Program by H M Deitel and P J Deitel, 1998, Prentice Hall
• Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ by Robert Lafore ,1994, The WAITE Group Press.
• Programming with C++ By D Ravichandran, 2003, T.M.H
Reference books:
• Object oriented Programming with C++ by E Balagurusamy, 2001, Tata McGraw-Hill
• Computing Concepts with C++ Essentials by Horstmann, 2003, John Wiley,
• The Complete Reference in C++ By Herbert Schildt, 2002, TMH.
• C++ Programming Fundamentals by Chuck Easttom, Firewall Media.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from
each unit.
ECE-204E DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

L T P Theory : 100 Marks


3 1 - Sessional : 50 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL TECHNIQUES:


Digital signal, logic gates: AND. OR, NOT. NAND. NOR- EX-OR, EX-NOR, Boolean algebra. Review of Number systems. Binary codes: BCD, Excess-3. Gray codes.
COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING GATES:
Design using gates. Karnaugh map and Quine Mcluskey methods of simplification.

UNIT 2 COMBINATIONAL DESIGN USING MST DEVICES


Multiplexers and Demultiplexers and their use as logic elements. Decoders. Adders / Subtracters. BCD arithmetic Circuits. Encoders. Decoders / Drivers for display devices.
SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS:
Flip Flops: S-R- J-K. T. D, master-slave, edge triggered- shift registers, sequence generators. Counters. Asynchronous and Synchronous Ring counters and Johnson Counter, Design of
Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential circuits.
UNIT 3 DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES:
Switching mode operation of p-n junction, bipolar and MOS-devices. Bipolar logic families: RTL, DTL, DCTL. HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families. Tristate logic.
Interfacing of CMOS and TTL families.
UNIT 4 A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS:
Sample and hold circuit, weighted resistor and R -2 R ladder D/A Converters, specifications for
D/A converters. A/D converters: Quantization, parallel -comparator, successive approximation, counting type.
Dual-slope ADC, specifications of ADCs.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES:
ROM, PLA. PAL, Introduction to FPGA and CPLDs.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Modem Digital Electronics (Edition III): R. P. Jain; TMH
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling: MGH
2. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach: McGraw Hill.
3. Digital Design: Morris Mano: PHI,

NOTE: Eight questions are to be set in all by the examiner taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
ECE-216 E MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
3 1 - Exam: 100 Marks
Total: 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Unit-1:THE 8085 PROCESSOR : Introduction to microprocessor, 8085 microprocessor : Architecture, instruction set, interrupt structure, and assembly language programming.

MEMORY INTERFACING: Semiconductor memory and its types- Static and dynamic RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEROM and NOVRAM- Interfacing memory- Interfacing
SRAM, DRAM, EPROM etc. Timing of RAM and ROM signals.

Unit-2 : THE 8086 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE : Architecture, block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU; memory segmentation and
physical address computations, program relocation, addressing modes, instruction formats, pin diagram and description of various signals.

INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086 : Instruction execution timing, assembler instruction format, data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, branch instructions, looping
instructions, NOP and HLT instructions, flag manipulation instructions, logical instructions, shift and rotate instructions, directives and operators, programming examples.

Unit-3 : INTERFACING DEVICE : The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, control words, modes and examples.Interfacing D/A and A/D converters

Unit-4: DMA : Introduction to DMA process, 8237 DMA controller,

INTERRUPT AND TIMER : 8259 Programmable interrupt controller, Programmable interval timer chips.

Text Books :
• Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085 : Ramesh S Gaonkar; Wiley Eastern Ltd.
• The Intel Microprocessors 8086- Pentium processor : Brey; PHI

Reference Books :
• Microprocessors and interfacing : Hall; TMH
• The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing,Hardware & Applications :Triebel & Singh; PHI
• Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design : Yu-Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI.
• Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing : Badri Ram; TMH
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least two questions from each
unit .Students will be required to attempt five questions in all at least one from each unit.
IT-256 E C ++ Programming Lab.
L T P Sessional: 50 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.

Q1. Raising a number n to a power p is the same as multiplying n by itself p times. Write a function called power ( ) that takes a double value for n and an int value for p, and
returns the result as double value. Use a default argument of 2 for p, so that if this argument is omitted, the number will be squared. Write a main ( ) function that gets values from
the user to test this function.

Q2. A point on the two two numbers can represent dimensional plane: an X coordinate and a Y coordinate. For example, (4,5) represents a point 4 units to the right of the
origin along the X axis and 5 units up the Y axis. The sum of two points can be defined as a new point whose X coordinate is the sum of the X coordinates of the points and whose
Y coordinate is the sum of their Y coordinates. Write a program that uses a structure called point to model a point. Define three points, and have the user input values to two of
them. Than set the third point equal to the sum of the other two, and display the value of the new point. Interaction with the program might look like this:
Enter coordinates for P1: 3 4
Enter coordinates for P2: 5 7
Coordinates of P1 + P2 are : 8, 11

Q 3. Create the equivalent of a four function calculator. The program should request the user to enter a number, an operator, and another number. It should then carry out the
specified arithmetical operation: adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing the two numbers. (It should use a switch statement to select the operation). Finally it should display
the result. When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the user wants to do another calculation. The response can be ‘Y’ or ‘N’. Some sample interaction with the
program might look like this.
Enter first number, operator, second number: 10/ 3
Answer = 3.333333
Do another (Y/ N)? Y
Enter first number, operator, second number 12 + 100
Answer = 112
Do another (Y/ N) ? N

Q4. A phone number, such as (212) 767-8900, can be thought of as having three parts: the area code (212), the exchange (767) and the number (8900). Write a program that
uses a structure to store these three parts of a phone number separately. Call the structure phone. Create two structure variables of type phone. Initialize one, and have the user
input a number for the other one. Then display both numbers. The interchange might look like this:
Enter your area code, exchange, and number: 415 555 1212
My number is (212) 767-8900
Your number is (415) 555-1212
Q 5. Create two classes DM and DB which store the value of distances. DM stores distances in metres and centimeters and DB in feet and inches. Write a program that can
read values for the class objects and add one object of DM with another object of DB. Use a friend function to carry out the addition operation. The object that stores the results
maybe a DM object or DB object, depending on the units in which the results are required. The display should be in the format of feet and inches or metres and cenitmetres
depending on the object on display.

Q 6. Create a class rational which represents a numerical value by two double values- NUMERATOR & DENOMINATOR. Include the following public member Functions:
• constructor with no arguments (default).
• constructor with two arguments.
• void reduce( ) that reduces the rational number by eliminating the highest common factor between the numerator and denominator.
• Overload + operator to add two rational number.
• Overload >> operator to enable input through cin.
• Overload << operator to enable output through cout.
Write a main ( ) to test all the functions in the class.
Q 7. Consider the following class definition
class father {
protected : int age;
public;
father (int x) {age = x;}
virtual void iam ( )
{ cout < < “I AM THE FATHER, my age is : ”<< age<< end1:}
};
Derive the two classes son and daughter from the above class and for each, define iam ( ) to write
our similar but appropriate messages. You should also define suitable constructors for these
classes.
Now, write a main ( ) that creates objects of the three classes and then calls iam ( ) for them.
Declare pointer to father. Successively, assign addresses of objects of the two derived classes to
this pointer and in each case, call iam ( ) through the pointer to demonstrate polymorphism in
action.
Q 8. Write a program that creates a binary file by reading the data for the students from the terminal.
The data of each student consist of roll no., name ( a string of 30 or lesser no. of characters) and marks.
Q9. A hospital wants to create a database regarding its indoor patients. The information to store include
e) Name of the patient
f) Date of admission
g) Disease
h) Date of discharge
Create a structure to store the date (year, month and date as its members). Create a base class to store the above information. The member function should include functions to
enter information and display a list of all the patients in the database. Create a derived class to store the age of the patients. List the information about all the to store the
age of the patients. List the information about all the pediatric patients (less than twelve years in age).

Q 10. Make a class Employee with a name and salary. Make a class Manager inherit from Employee. Add an instance variable, named department, of type string.
Supply a method to toString that prints the manager’s name, department and salary. Make a class Executive inherit from Manager. Supply a method to String that prints the
string “Executive” followed by the information stored in the Manager superclass object. Supply a test program that tests these classes and methods.

Q11. Imagine a tollbooth with a class called toll Booth. The two data items are a type unsigned int to hold the total number of cars, and a type double to hold the total amount of
money collected. A constructor initializes both these to 0. A member function called payingCar ( ) increments the car total and adds 0.50 to the cash total. Another function,
called nopayCar ( ), increments the car total but adds nothing to the cash total. Finally, a member function called displays the two totals. Include a program to test this class. This
program should allow the user to push one key to count a paying car, and another to count a nonpaying car. Pushing the ESC kay should cause the program to print out the total
cars and total cash and then exit.

Q12. Write a function called reversit ( ) that reverses a string (an array of char). Use a for loop that swaps the first and last characters, then the second and next to last characters
and so on. The string should be passed to reversit ( ) as an argument.

Write a program to exercise reversit ( ). The program should get a string from the user, call reversit ( ), and print out the result. Use an input method that allows embedded blanks. Test the program with Napoleon’s famous phrase, “Able was I ere I saw Elba)”.

Q13. Create some objects of the string class, and put them in a Deque-some at the head of the Deque and some at the tail. Display the contents of the Deque using the forEach
( ) function and a user written display function. Then search the Deque for a particular string, using the first That ( ) function and display any strings that match. Finally
remove all the items from the Deque using the getLeft ( ) function and display each item. Notice the order in which the items are displayed: Using getLeft ( ), those inserted on
the left (head) of the Deque are removed in “last in first out” order while those put on the right side are removed in “first in first out” order. The opposite would be true if
getRight ( ) were used.

Q 14. Assume that a bank maintains two kinds of accounts for customers, one called as savings account and the other as current account. The savings account provides
compound interest and withdrawal facilities but no cheque book facility. The current account provides cheque book facility but no interest. Current account holders should
also maintain a minimum balance and if the balance falls below this level, a service charge is imposed.

Create a class account that stores customer name, account number and type of account. From this derive the classes cur_acct and sav_acct to make them more specific to their requirements. Include necessary member functions in order to achieve the following tasks:
a) Accept deposit from a customer and update the balance.
b) Display the balance.
c) Compute and deposit interest.
d) Permit withdrawal and update the balance.
e) Check for the minimum balance, impose penalty, necessary and update the balance.
f) Do not use any constructors. Use member functions to initialize the class members.

Q 15. Create a base class called shape. Use this class to store two double type values that could be used to compute the area of figures. Derive two specific classes called triangle
and rectangle from the base shape. Add to the base class, a member function get_data ( ) to initialize baseclass data members and another member function display_area ( ) to
compute and display the area of figures. Make display_area ( ) as a virtual function and redefine this function in the derived classes to suit their requirements. Using these three
classes, design a program that will accept dimensions of a triangle or a
rectangle interactively and display the area.

Remember the two values given as input will be treated as lengths of two sides in the case of
rectangles and as base and height in the case of triangles and used as follows:
Area of rectangle =x*y
Area of triangle =½*x*y
ECE-212 E Digital Electronics Lab.
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
- - 3 Practical: 25 Marks
Total: 75 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of TTL gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR.

2. Design & realize a given function using K-maps and verify its performance.

3. To verify the operation of multiplexer & Demultiplexer.

4. To verify the operation of comparator.

5. To verify the truth tables of S-R, J-K, T & D type flip flops.

6. To verify the operation of bi-directional shift register.

7. To design & verify the operation of 3-bit synchronous counter.

8. To design and verify the operation of synchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-
flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same.

9. To design and verify the operation of asynchronous UP/DOWN decade counter using J K flip-
flops & drive a seven-segment display using the same.

10. To design & realize a sequence generator for a given sequence using J-K flip-flops.

11. Study of CMOS NAND & NOR gates and interfacing between TTL and CMOS gates.

12. Design a 4-bit shift-register and verify its operation . Verify the operation of a ring counter
and a Johnson counter.
Note : At least ten experiments are to be performed, atleast seven experiments should be
performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of
the syllabus.
ECE-218 E Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab.

L T P Sessional: 25 Marks
- - 3 Exam: 25 Marks
Total: 50 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of 8085 Microprocessor kit.

2. Write a program using 8085 and verify for :


a. addition of two 8-bit numbers.
b. addition of two 8-bit numbers (with carry).

3. Write a program using 8085 and verify for :


a. 8-bit subtraction (display borrow)
b. 16-bit subtraction (display borrow )

4. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by repeated addition method. Check for minimum number of additions and test for typical data.
5. Write a program using 8085 for multiplication of two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and verify.
6. Write a program using 8085 for division of two 8- bit numbers by repeated subtraction method and test for typical data.
7. Write a program using 8085 for dividing two 8- bit numbers by bit rotation method and test for typical data.
8. Study of 8086 microprocessor kit
9. Write a program using 8086 for division of a defined double word (stored in a data segment) by another double word division and verify.
10. Write a program using 8086 for finding the square root of a given number and verify.
11. Write a program using 8086 for copying 12 bytes of data from source to destination and verify.

12. Write a program using 8086 and verify for:


a. Finding the largest number from an array.
b. Finding the smallest number from an array.

13. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in descending order and
verify.
14. Write a program using 8086 for arranging an array of numbers in ascending order and
verify.

15. Write a program for finding square of a number using look-up table and verify. .

16. Write a program to interface a two digit number using seven-segment LEDs. Use 8085/8086
microprocessor and 8255 PPI.

17. Write a program to control the operation of stepper motor using 8085/8086 microprocessor
and 8255 PPI.

Note: At least ten experiments have to be performed in the semester out of which seven experiments should be performed from above list. Remaining three experiments may
either be performed from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus of EE-309-C.
• Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and Oren Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley.
• Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press.
• Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA
• Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995, Edward Arnold, London,
• Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill Singapore
• Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI
• Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar, 1995, Mc Graw Hill.
• Discrete Mathematics & Structure, Satyender Bal Gupta, 2nd Ed., Luxmi Pub.

Bachelor of Technology (Information Technology)


Scheme of Courses/Examination
(w.e.f.: 2004-2005)
(5th Semester IT)

Teaching Schedule
Examination Schedule
Sr. Duration of
Course No. Subject (Marks)
No. Exam (Hrs.)
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total

1. IT-351 Web Design 3 1 - 4 100 40 - 140 3


Digital & Data
2. IT-353 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3
Communication

3. IT-355 Network Programming 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

4. IT-357 Operating System 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

5. IT-359 Multimedia & Virtual Reality 4 1 - 5 100 40 - 140 3

6. IT-361 Web Design Lab - - 3 3 - 40 25 65 3

Digital & Data


7. IT-363 - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
Communication Lab
8. IT-365 Network Programming Lab - - 3 3 - 40 25 65 3
Multimedia & Virtual Reality
9. IT-367 - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
Lab
10. IT-369 Training Report 70 70

TOTAL 19 5 10 34 500 400 100 1000


IT-359
Multimedia & Virtual Reality

L T P Theory: 100

4 1 Sessional: 40

UNIT-1
BASICS OF MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY:
Computers,communication and entertainment,multimedia an introduction & emerging applications,framework for multimedia systems,multimedia devices, CD-AUDIO,CD_ROM,CD_I,multimedia presentation and
authoring profeesional tools.
AUDIO, VIDEO AND IMAGE:
Digital representation of sound,transmission of digital sound, MPEG-Audio ,audio compression and decompression,brief survey of speech recognition and generation,audio synthesis,musical instrument digital
interface,evaluating a compression system-redundancy and visibilility,video compression techniques,JPEG-image compression standards,MPEG-motion video compression standard-DVI Technology
UNIT-2
MULTIMEDIA FILE SYSTEMS AND INFORMATION MODELS
The case of multimedia information system,file support for continuous media-data models for multimedia and hyper media information ,multimedia presentation and authoring,current state of industry-design
paradigms and user interface-barriers to widespread use,multimedia system service architecture,media stream protocol and services and window system,client control of continuous media,file system
support,hyper applications
UNIT-3
MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS:
multimedia services over the public network, requirements,architecture and protocols-applications-network services-network protocols-multimedia interchange:Quicktime movie file format(QMF)-
MHEG(Multimedia and Hypermedia information and coding expert group)-format function and representation summary-real time interchange-Multimedia conferencing:teleconferencing systems.
Animation:
Introduction,Basic terminologytechiques,Motion graphics 2D & 3D animation.Introduction to MAYA(Animating tool):Fundamentals,Modeling:NURBS,Polygon,Organic,animation,paths
&boxes,deformers,working with MEL:Basics &programming Rendering &special effects:shading &texturing surfaces,lighting, special effects.
UNIT-4
VIRTUAL REALITY:
Applications of multimedia,intellegient multimedia systems,desktop virtual reality,VR operating system,virtual environment displays&orientation making;visually coupled system requirements;intellegent VR
software systems.
Books Recommended:
1. David Hillman,"Multimedia Technology&Applications",Galgotia publications.
2. John.F.Koegelbuford,Multimedia Systems,AWP,1994.
3. An Introduction,Villamil &Molina,Multimedia mc Milan,1997.
4.Multimedia:Sond &video,Lozano,1997,PHI(Que)
Reference Books:
1. Production,planning and delivery,Villamil & Molina,Que,1997
2.Multimedia on the PC,Sinclair,BPB
3.Multimedia in action by Jeff coate judith,1995,PHI
4.Multimedia System by Koegel,AWL.
Note:There will be 8 questions in all.Two questions will be set from each unit.Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least from each unit.

IT-355
Network Programming

L T P Theory: 100
4 1 Sessional: 40
Unit-1 Introduction to Java & Principles of Object Oriented Progamming:
Basic Concepts of OOP and it’s Benefits. Application of OOP. The Creation of Java, Importance of Java for the Internet, Java’s Magic: The Byte-code, Features of Java. Object-Oriented Programming in Java, Java Program Structure.
Defining Classes:
Defining of a Class, Definition of Methods, Constructors, Creating Objects of a Class, Assigning Object Reference Variables, The keyword “this” , Defining and Using a Class, Automatic Garbage Collection.
Arrays and Strings:
Arrays, Arrays of Characters, String handling Using String Class, Operations on String Handling Using. String Buffer Class.
Extending Class and Inheritance:
Using Existing Classes, Class Inheritance, Choosing Base Class, Access Attributes, Polymorphism, Multiple Levels of Inheritance, Abstraction through Abstract Classes, Using Final Modifier, The Universal Super class-Object Class.
Unit-2 Package & Interfaces:
Understanding Packages, Defining a Package, Packaging up your Classes, Adding Classes from a Package to your Program, Understanding CLASSPATH, Standard Packages, Access Protection in Packages, Concept of Interface.
Exception Handling:
The Idea behind Exceptions, Types of Exceptions, Dealing with Exceptions, Exception Objects, Defining Your Own Exceptions, Checked and Unchecked Exceptions.
Multithreading Programming:
The Java Thread Model, Understanding Threads, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread: extending Thread and implementing Runnable, Creating Multiple Threads, Thead Priorities, Synchronization, Deadlocks inter-thread communication,
Deadlocks.
Input/Output in Java:
I/O Basic, Byte and Character Structure, I/O Classes, Reading Console Input, Writing to Console Output, Reading and Writing on Files, Random Access Files, Storing and Retrieving Objects from File. Stream Benefits.

Unit-3 Creating Applets in Java:


Applet Basics, Applets Architecture , Applet Life Cycle, Simple Applet Display Methods, Requesting Repainting, Using the Status Window, The HTML APPLET Tag, Passing parameters to Applets.
Networking:
Basics, Networking Classes and Interfaces, Using Java.net Package, doing TCP/IP and Datagram Programming by Server Socket and Socket Classes.
Java Data Base Connectivity(JDBC)
Database Connectivity- Relation Databases, JDBC API, Reusing Database Objects, Transactions, Advance Techniques.
Working with Windows:
AWT Classes, Window Fundamentals, Working with Frame, Creating a Frame Window in an Applet, displaying information within a Window.
Unit-4 Event Handling:
Two Event Handling Mechanisms, The Delegation Event Model, The Event Handling Process, Event Classes, Sources of Events, event Listener Interfaces, Using the Delegation Event Model, Adapter Classes.
Java Servlet Programming:
Role and Advantages of Java Servlets in Web application Development.
HTTP Servlets- Introduction, page generation, server side includes, servlet chaining, java Server pages.
Server Life Cycle- Servlet Alternative, Reloading, Init and Destroy, Single Thread Model, Background Processing Last Modified times, synchronization, Persistent state capabilities.
Retrieving Information- Intialization Parameters, Methods of receiving Information about Client-server and clients request.
Sending HTML Information- Structure of Response, Sending a Normal Response, using Persistent Connection, HTML generation, Status Codes, HTTP headers, Error Handling.
Books Recommended:
7. Java-2 The complete Reference by Patrick Naughton and Herbertz Schildt, TMH.
8. Beginning JAVA 2 (JDK1.3 Edition), Ivor Horton, WROX Public.
9. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel
10. JAVA 2 UNLEASHED, Tech Media Publications.
11. JAVA 2(1.3) API Documentations.
12. “Programming with Java”, By E Balaguruswamy.

IT-353
Digital and Data Communication

L T Theory Sessional
4 1 100 40

Unit-1
Introduction
A communications model- Data communications – Data communication networking – Standards – Making organizations – Data Transmission:Concepts and terminology – Analog and Digital Transmission –
Transmission impairments – Transmission media.
Data Encoding:
Digital data,Digital signals:Encoding schemes:NRZ-L,NRZ-I,Manchester-Diff-Manchester-Encoding,Pseudoternary-Bipolar-AMI,B8ZS- HDB3 – Evaluation factors-Digital data, analog signals: Encoding
Techniques –ASK-FSK-PSK-QPSK-Performance comparision-Analog data,digital signals:Quantization- Sampling theorm-PCM-Delta modulation-Errors- comparision- Analog Data, analog signals:Need for
modulation -0 Modulation methods – Amplitude modulation- Angle modulation- Comparision

Unit-2
Digital data communication techniques:
Asynchronous and synchronous transmission –Error Detection techniques : Parity checks – Cycle redundancy checks-Checksum-Error Correcting codes: Forwards and backward error corrections
DTE & DCE interface:
Characterstics of DTE-DCE interface.Interfaces: Rs-232-C , Rs-449/422,A/423-A.

Unit-3
Data link control
Need for data link control – Line configurations: Topology,duplexity and line discipline – flow control : effect of propagation delay and transmission rate – sliding window protocol-Error Control; Error detection –
ARQ – Bit oriented link control- Necessity – Protocols – HDLC,ADCC,LAP-B,SDLC – Character-oriented link control- Binary synchronous communications – Their categories-Limitations,serial Controller 85C30.
Multiplexing
Advantages – Types of Multiplexing – FDM – Synchronous TDM – Stastical TDM or Asynchronous TDM,Study of their characterstics and carrier systems.

Unit-4
Satellite Communication Systems:
Satellite parameters and configurations – Capacity allocation , Frequency Division FDMA ; Time Division TDMA- Fixed assigned multiple access(FAMA), Demand assign multiple access(DAMA) – The concept of
spread spectrum : FHSS, DSSS – CDMA – Transmission and reception.

Books Recommended:

8. Proakin, “Digital Communications”,Mc Graw Hill.


9. W.Stalling, “Wireless Communication And Networks” Pearson.
10. Stallings, “Data & computer Communications”,PHI.
11. Forouzen, “Data Communication & Networking”,Tata Mcgraw Hill.
12. Roden, “Digital & Data Communication Systems”,PHI.
13. Miler, “Introduction to Digital & Data Communications”,Jaico Pub.
14. Pratt, “Satellite Communication”, John Wiuley.
IT-351
WEB DESIGN
L 3 Theory: 100

T 1 Sessional:40

UNIT 1 The World Wide Web As A Communication System


The state of the World Wide Web, An overview of the World Wide Web, The role of the Web within Cyberspace, Information Spaces in the web.

A Developer ‘s tour of the Web


An overview of the web’s Potential, Web functions, Web development Phases, Developer’s Tour Check
Options for Web Connections: Choosing user Connections, Choosing Information Provider Connections, Accessing the Web, Web Connections Check.

UNIT 2 Information Architecture:


Role of information architecture, collaboration and Communication, Organizing information.
Navigation Systems:
Types of navigation systems, integrated navigation elements, Remote navigation elements, Design elements navigation system.

Web Development Principles And Methodology overview


The Web as a medium for expression, Web User Experiences, Web Communication Process, A Web Development Methodology, Web Principles and Methodology check.

UNIT 3 Web planning and analysis


Principles of web planning, web planning techniques, a web plan example, web analysis processes, web analysis principles
Web design & implementation - an overview of web design, principles of web design, web design methodologies, design techniques, design problems, sample web design, web designer’s Check, The State of the art
in web implementation, an implementation overview, implementation Principles, implementation Processes, web implementer’s Check

Web promotion & Innovation


Web promotion Principles, Web promotion Techniques, Web Business Models, Web Promoter’s Check, an Innovation Overview, web Innovation Techniques, and web Innovator’s Check.

UNIT 4 HTML
Structure of HTML document, HTML elements, Linking Basics, Linking in HTML, Images and Anchor tag, their attributes, image maps, list, frames, tables, Forms in HTML, Embedding of graphics through HTML.

XML Basic of XML valid documents,


Syntax, elements & attributes of XML, Document Type Definition,
Ways to use XML: using XML as data source, XML in data islands.
Displaying XML with CSS & XSL, rewriting HTML as XML
DHTML – an introduction of DHTML, relationship between HTML, SGML, & XML
CSS – basic style sheet concept, using style sheet in your document.

JAVASCRIPT
Features of JavaScript, Variables, Control Structures, operators, loping, conditional statements & functions in JavaScript.
Core Language Objects – Array, Boolean, date, Math, String, Global, Number
JavaScript with DOM Objects – Event Handling through JavaScript, Window, Document & Forms, Frame Object, Form Validation through JavaScript, JavaScript vs. CGI
Books Specified:
HTML – a beginner’s guide by Willard –TMH
JavaScript – Unleased - 3 rd Edition from SAMS – Tech Media.
HTML – Complete Reference By Thomas A Powell – TMH.
http:// www.w3schools.com
Yong ,XML in steps by step – PHI
HTML 3.2 and CGI Professional Reference Edition by John December & Mark Ginsburg – SAMS – Tech Media
Aaron Weiss , Rebecca Taply , Kim Deniels , Stuven Mulder , Jeff Kaneshki : Web Authoring Desk Reference – Tech Media

NOTE : - There will be 8 questions in all; Two will be set from each unit . Students are required to attempt any 5 questions selecting at least 1 from each unit.

IT-357
Operating Systems

L T Theory Sessional
4 1 100 40

UNIT 1:

Introductory Concepts: Operating System functions and characteristics, historical evolution of operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S service , system
calls, system programs , interrupt mechanisms.
Processes: Processes model, process states, process hierarchies, implementation of processes, data structures used such as process table, PCB creation of processes, context switching, exit of processes.
Interprocess communication: Race conditions, critical sections, problems of mutual exclusion, Peterson’s solution, producer-consumer problem, semaphores, counters, monitors, message passing.

UNIT 2:
Process scheduling: objective, preemptive vs non- preemptive scheduling, comparative assessment of different algorithms such as round robin, priority bases scheduling, FCFS, SJF, multiple queues with feedback.
Deadlocks: conditions, modeling, detection and recovery, deadlock avoidance, deadlock prevention.
Memory Management: Multiprogramming with fixed partition, variable partitions, virtual partitions, virtual memory, paging, demand paging design and implementation issues in paging such as page tables,
inverted page tables, page replacement algorithms, page fault handling, working set model, local vs global allocation, page size, segmentation and paging.

UNIT 3:
File Systems: File type, attributes, access and security, file operations, directory structures, path names, directory operations, implementation of file systems, implementation of file and file operations calls,
implementation of directories, sharing of files, disk space management, block allocation, free space management, logical file system, physical file system.
Device Management: Techniques for device management , dedicated devices, shred devices, virtual devices, device characterices-hardware considerations: input and output devices, storage devices, independent
device operation, buffering, multiple paths, device allocation considerations.

UNIT 4:
Distributed Systems: Introduction to II/W and S/W concepts in distributed systems, Network operating systems and NFS, NFS architecture and protocol, client- server model, distributed file systems, RPC- Basic
operations, parameter passing, RPC semantics in presence of failures threads and thread packages.
Case Studies: Unix/Linux: Implementation of processes, memory model, file system, deadlock handling strategies, scheduling , IPC, system calls.
WINDOWS NT: Layered structure, interpretability.

Books recommended:
4. Peterson J L & Silberschatz , ” Operating System concepts“ Addison Wesley
5. Brinch, Hansen, “Operating System Principles” PHI
6. Tenanbaum A S “ Operating System”, PHI.

NOTE: There will be 8 questions in all . Two questions will be set from each unit. Students are required to attempt 5 questions selecting at least 1 question from each unit

IT-361
Web Designing Lab

L T P Sessional : 40 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks

6. Design the following Form on WEB Pages:-

Employee Details of the Company

Type the Password

Employee Code Employee Name


City Department

Benefits Daily Sales


Accts.M
Grade A B kt. HRD

OK
7. Create a web page with four frames has picture, second frame has table showing the details of students in your class, third frame has a list of syllabus of your semester and
last frame a hyperlink to a different web page.

8. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to check that the string is palindrome or Not.
(b) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to shake the window.
Write

9. Write a Program in JAVASCRIPT to make a simple calculator.


10. (a) Write a Program in JAVASCRIPT to display all the information about the
browser, you are using in the lab.
(b) 1. Write a program in java Script to display Count Value, which counts the
number of times mouse Over event occurred on placing on a link.
2. Write a program in JAVASCRIPT, which will response to the mouse & keyboard events
6. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to display a digital clock.
(b) 1. Write a program in JAVASCRIPT which will show the current date & time.
2. Convert that date & time into another format.

7. (a) Write a program in JAVASCRIPT to make a personalize welcome page


(b) Redirect the user to the e-mail form page after 20 seconds.
8. (a) Write a Program in JAVA Script to make an email registration form.
(b) Validate all the input fields.
(c) Display all user details on a new page.
9. Create a page (Open.html) with a link “ Open new Window”. On clicking the link, call a JavaScript funtion to open a page (new.html) in a new window with attributes no
toolbar, no resize, no scroll bar, height=200, width=200. Take your name as input in this page & clicks submit. Display the entered in the page “open.html”.

10. (a) Design (college_year_branch_Student.xml), which describes data about college students.
(b) Display the above xml page in an html page as data island.
11. (a) Create & use style-sheet (CSS) for login & display detail page.
(b) Create & use Style-sheet (XSL) for xml page used in 10th practical.
12. Create web pages for an organization like your College giving details about various Departments, Faculty Members, Its Foundation, various Achievements etc. using different
features of web designing.
IT-363
Digital & Data Communication Lab

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

1. Perform Amplitude modulation/demodulation and calculate modulation index and percentage (%age) modulation.

2. Perform frequency modulation for calculating frequency deviation (DF) and modulation index.
3. Prove and perform sampling theorem for various bit rates (eg. 8kbps, 16kbps, 32kbps, 64kbps).
4. Convert analog signal into digital using delta modulation/demodulation.
5. Prove and perform “adaptive delta modulation/demodulation” to reduce the quantization voice.
6. Perform and verify the following A/D converting modulation/demodulation Technique using:
i) PAM
ii) PPM
iv) PWM
7. Analyze the pulse code modulation (PCM) system and perform A/D conversion using PCM.
8. Prove and perform multiplexing using time division multiplexing technique.
9. Analyze and establish a PC TO PC Communication using RS-332 DTE-DCE interface.
10. Establish a transmitter and receiver link using optical fiber.
IT-365
Network Programming Lab

L T P Sessional : 40 Marks
- - 3 Exam : 25 Marks

11. (a) Write a program for the following:


• To implement an integer stack, which can hold 10 values?
• To Convert an integer to its binary equivalent.
12. (a) Write a program to implement the concept of inheritance having a base class representing a person, derived from this class make two classes, one about the students and
other about employees. Input & Output this information about students & employees.
(b) Implement Function overloading concept.
13. Write a program to copy the contents of source file into destination file, handling the exceptions.
14. Write a program to implement the buffering concept in which producer produces the data and consumer consumes it using the threading concept.
15. Create an applet in which create another thread which will move a string message continuously.
16. Write a program for the following:
• To demonstrate mouse event handlers.
• To demonstrate key event handlers.
17. Create a frame window in which there are two text boxes to input integers and another text box for their sum. The sum is displayed on the click of a button.
18. Write a program for Client and Server and establish communication between them.
19. Write a program using servlets and a web page using HTML so as to print the dynamic response from the servlets when the web page is submitted.
20. Create a database using MS-Access and access this database in your program using JDBC.
IT-367
Multimedia & Virtual Reality Lab

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

11. Perform the following using Movie Star:


• Video Capturing
• Video Editing and
• Creating Video CD.
12. Animate a ball by changing it color, size, & position frame to frame and tweened animation in Flash.
13. Using Adobe Deluxe Photoshop edit a digital photo by changing the background color, changing the theme, changing the part of the photo, creating the different parts of
the photo and edit them.
14. Animate the following using GIF animator:
• Image
• Banner Text
15. Write a program to simulate the game of Pool Table.
16. Transform a alphabetical string into circle and then chage it again in to alphabetical string.
17. Perform the following using Multimedia Software:
• Clip a portion of an audio wave file
• Add another audio file to the above clipped file
18. Perform the following using multimedia software:
• Extract audio from video file like .avi/.dat/.mpeg and save it in MP3
• Change the format of above audio file into midi/ wav/ asf/ wm/ cda
19. Perform the following using Multimedia software:
• Capture video with web camera.
• Add the required audio.
• Synchronize the Audio and Video
20. Create a documentary film of your Department which includes audio, Video, graphics, images and animation.

IT-367
Multimedia & Virtual Reality Lab

L T P Sessional 25 marks
- - 2 Exam : 25 Marks

1.Create any two slides using power point


2.Create a website on any of your favorite topic
3.Create a website of your college using HTML tags
4.Perform the following using Movie star:
• Video Capturing
• Video Editing and
• Creating Video CD.
5.Animate a ball using Flash
6.Using Adobe Deluxe Photoshop edit a digital photo by changing the background color,changing the theme, changing the part of the
photo and editing the different parts of the photo.
7. Animate the following using GIF animator:

• Image
• Banner Text
8. Perform the following using Multimedia Software:
• Clip a portion of an audio wave file
• Add another audio file to the above clipped file

9. Perform the following using Multimedia software


• Extract audio from video file like .avi/.dat/.mpeg and save it in MP3
• Change the format of above audio file into midi/wav/asf/wm/cda

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE


Sixth Semester Examination
(Information Technology)
(w.e.f. 2005 – 2006)

Course No. Total Duration


Subject Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule of Exam
Mar (Hrs.)
T P Total Theory Sessional Practical ks
L
IT-352 Analysis & Design of Algorithm 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-354 Software Engineering 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-356 Computer Graphics 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-358 Computer Network 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3

IT-360 Management Information 3 1 0 4 75 50 0 125 3


System
IT-362 Software Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 0 30 30 60 3

IT-364 Computer Graphics Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 40 80 3

IT-366 Networking Lab 0 0 2 2 0 30 30 60 3

IT-368 Visual Basic .Net Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 40 80 3

IT-370 Colloquim 0 1 0 1 0 35 0 35 3

19 6 10 35 475 385 140 1000


Total

Note: Students shall undertake 6 weeks Practical Training after 6th Semester Exam. In reputed organization
IT-352 Analysis & Design of Algorithms

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Algorithm, Analyzing algorithm, Designing algorithm, Concept of algorithmic efficiency, Run time analysis of algorithms, Asymptotic Notations.

Divide and conquer: Structure of divide and conquer algorithms: examples; binary search, quick sort, Strassen Multiplication; Analysis of divide and conquer run time recurrence
relations.

Unit – 2:
Greedy Method: Overview of the greedy paradigm examples of exact optimization solution (minimum cost spanning tree), Approximate solution ( Knapsack problem), Singles
source shortest paths.

Dynamic programming: Overview, difference between dynamic programming and divide and conquer, Applications: Shortest path in graph, Matrix multiplication, Traveling
salesman problem, longest common sequence.

Unit – 3:
Back tracking: Overview, 8-queen problem, and Knapsack problem
Brach and bound: LC searching Bounding, FIFO branch and bound, LC branch and bound application: 0/1 Knapsack problem, Traveling Salesman Problem.

Unit – 4:
Graph searching and Traversal: Overview, Traversal methods (depth first and breadth first search).
Trees: Review of trees, Binary search tree, Traversal, Insertion & Deletion in Binary Search Tree, B-Trees, B+Trees, Basic operations on B Trees.
Computational Complexity: Complexity measures, Polynomial Vs non-polynomial time complexity; NP-hard and NP-complete classes, examples.

Text Book:
E. Horowitz, S. Sahni, and S. Rajsekran, “ Fundamental of Computer Algorithms,” Galgotia Publication

Reference Books:
1. T. H. Cormen, Leiserson, Revest and Stein, “Introduction of Somputer algorithm,” PHI.
2. Sara Basse, A. V. Gelder, “ Computer Algorithms,” Addison Wesley.
Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-354 Software Engineering

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Program vs. software products, emergence of software engineering, software life cycle, models: waterfall, prototype, evolutionary and spiral model, Software
Characteristics, Applications, Software crisis.
Software project management: Project management concepts, software process and project metrics Project planning, project size estimation metrics, project estimation
techniques, empirical estimation techniques, COCOMO, A Heuristic estimation techniques, staffing level estimation, team structures, staffing, risk analysis and management,
project scheduling and tracking.

Unit – 2:
Requirements Analysis and specification: Requirements engineering, system modeling and simulation Analysis principles modeling, partitioning Software, prototyping,
Prototyping methods and tools, Specification principles, Representation, the software requirements specification and reviews Analysis Modeling: Data Modeling, Functional
modeling and information flow: Data flow diagrams, Behavioral Modeling, The mechanics of structured analysis: Creating entity/relationship diagram, data flow model, control
flow model, the control and process specification, The data dictionary, Other classical analysis methods.

System Design: Design concepts and principles: the design process: Design and software quality, design principles, Design concepts: Abstraction, refinement, modularity,
software architecture, control hierarchy, structural partitioning, data structure software procedure, information hiding, Effective modular design: Functional independence,
Cohesion, Coupling, Design Heuristics for effective modularity; The design model; Design documentation.
Architectural Design: Software architecture, Data Design: Data modeling, data structures, databases and the data warehouse, Analyzing alternative Architectural Designs,
architectural complexity; Mapping requirements in to software architecture; Transform flow, Transaction flow; Transform mapping; Refining the architectural design.

Unit – 3:
Testing and maintenance: Software Testing Techniques, software testing fundamentals: objectives, principles, testability; Test case design, Unit testing: white box testing, basic
path testing: Control structure testing: Black box testing, testing for specialized environments, architectures and applications. Software Testing Strategies: Verification and
validation, Integration testing, Validation testing, alpha and beta testing. System testing: Recovery testing, security testing, stress testing performance testing; The art of debugging
process debugging approaches. Software re-engineering: Reverse engineering, restructuring, forward engineering.

Unit – 4:
Software Reliability and Quality Assurance: Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, SQA activities; Software reviews: cost impact of software defects, defect
amplification and removal; formal technical reviews: The review meeting, review reporting and record keeping, review guidelines; Formal approaches to SQA; Statistical software
quality assurance; software reliability: Measures of reliability and availability, The ISO 9000 Quality standards, SEI-CMM Capability Maturity Model.

Computer Aided Software Engineering: CASE, building blocks, integrated case environments and architecture, repository.

Text Books:

• Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach, Roger S. Pressman, 1966, MGH.

Reference Books:

• Fundaments of software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI


• An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering by Pankaj Jalote, 1991 Narosa.
• Software Engineering by an Ian Sommerville, Pearson Edu, 5th edition, 1999, AW.
• Software Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford University, Ali Behforooz and Frederick J. Hudson.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-356 Computer Graphics

L T Theory Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: What is Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Applications, Computer Graphics hardware and Software, Two dimensional Graphics Primitives: Points and Lines,
Point Plotting Techniques: Coordinate system, Incremental Method, Line drawing algorithms: DDA, Bresenhams’s Circle drawing algorithms: Using polar coordinates, Mid point
circle drawing algorithms, Filled area algorithms: Scan line, Polygon filling algorithms, Boundary filled algorithms.

Point & Positioning Devices: Light pen, Mouse, Tablet, Input technique, Positioning technique, and character recognition.

Unit – 2:
Two Dimensional Viewing: Viewing pipeline, Window to view port transformation, Window to view port mapping.
Clipping: Point & Line clipping algorithm. 4-bit code algorithm., Cohen-Sutherland Line clipping algorithms, Liang-Barsky line clipping algorithms.
Polygon clipping: Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon clipping algorithm. Curve clipping, Text clipping.

Unit – 3:
Three Dimensional Viewing: Viewing pipeline, Viewing coordinates, Projection: Parallel. Perspective.

Two Dimensional Geometric Transformations: Two Dimensional transformations: Transformations translation scaling rotation, other transformations: reflection. Shear,
Homogeneous Coordinate system.
Raster Graphics: Raster graphics fundamental, solid area scan conversion, interactive raster graphics and raster graphics system.

Unit – 4:
Representation of 3-D Curves and Surfaces: Curved lines and surfaces, spline representations, interpolation and approximation alpines, Parametric conditions, Geometric
continuity conditions.
Beizer curves and surfaces: Beizer curves, properties of beizer curves, beizer surfaces, B-apline curves and surfaces.

Hidden Surfaces removal: Hidden surface elimination, depth buffer algorithm, scan line coherence and area coherence algorithm, priority algorithm.

Case study: Device independent graphics system, graphics system design case study of graphics kernel system.
Books Recommended:-
1. Hern & Baker – Computer Graphics, 2nd Ed. PHI.
2. Newmann & Sprawl – Introduction to interactive Computer Graphics, MGH.
3. Harrington – Computer Graphics – A programming Approach.
4. Rogers – Principles of Computer Graphics – MGH.
5. Folay – Fundamental of Interactive Computer Graphics – Addison Welsey

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.

IT-358 Computer Network


L T Theory Sessional Duration
4 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Basics of Computer Networks, need and Evolution of computer networks, description of LAN, MAN, WAN & wireless networks.
Basics terminology of Computer Networks: Bandwidth, physical and logical topologies, media 10 base A, 10base 5, 10 base 5, 10base-t, 100 base FX, 100base LX and wireless.
LAN & WAN devices – Router, Bridge Ethernet switch HUB, Modem SCU/DSU.
OSI Reference Model:
Laying architecture of networks, OSI model, Functions of each layer, Services and Protocols of each Layer.

Unit – 2:

TCP/IP: Introduction History of TCP/IP, Layers of TCP/IP, Protocols, Internet Protocol, Transmission control protocol, User Datagram Protocol, IP Addressing, IP address
classes, Subnet addressing, Internet control Protocols, ARP, RARP, ICMP, application layer, Domain Name System, Email-SMTP, POP, IMAP, FTP, NNTP, HTTP, SNMP,
TELNET, overview of IP version 6.
OSI and TCP/IP model with description of data encapsulation & peer to peer communication, comparison of OSI and wireless.

Physical Layer: Representation of a bit on physical modem that is in wired network, optical network and wireless network. Encoding/Modulation – TTL, Manchester Encoding,
AM, FM and PM. Dispersion, Jitter, Latency and Collision. Different types of media-twisted pair, unshielded twisted pair, coaxial cable, optical Fiber cable and wireless.

Unit – 3:
Data Link Layer: LLC and MAC sub layer, MAC addressing layer 2 devices, framing error control and flow control. Error detection & correction CRC, block codes parity and
checksum, elementary data link protocol, sliding window protocol, channel allocation problem-static and dynamic, Multiple Access protocol- ALOHA, CSMA/CU, Token bus,
token ring, FDDI.

Network Layer: Segmentations and autonomous system path determination, network layer addressing, network layer data gram, IP addressed Classes. Sub netting – Sun network,
Subnet Mask, Routing algorithm-optionally principle, Shortest path routing, hierarchical routing, Broadcast routing, Multicast routing, routing for mobile host – Concatenated
Visual Circuits, tunneling fragmentation and DHCP, Routing protocol- RIP, IGRP, USPF and EIGRP. Network layer in ATM networks.

Unit – 4:
Transport Layer: Layer – 4 protocol TCP & UDP. Threeway hand shakes open connection. ATM AAL layer protocol, session layer design issue, presentation layer issue, and
Application layer design issue.

Introduction to network management: Remote Monitoring Techniques: polling, traps performance management, class of service, quality of service, security management,
firewalls, VLANs, proxy servers, introduction to network operating system: Client-Server infrastructure, Windows NT/2000.
Text Book:

1. Tanenbaum. “Computer Networks”, PHI

Reference Books:
1. Darlx, “ Computer Network and their protocols”, DLA Labs.
2. Freer, “Comp. Communication and Networks”, East – West-Press.
3. Data Communications, Computer Networks and open systems (4th Edition).
4. Halsall Fred, 2000, Addtion Weslay, low price Edition.
5. Business data communications, Fitzgerald Jerry.
6. Computer Networks – A system approach, Larry L. Peterson & Bruce S. Davie, 2nd Edition.
7. Computer Networking – ED Title, 2002, T.M.H.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-360 Management Information System

L T Theory Sessional Duration


3 1 75 50 3 Hrs

Unit – 1:
Introduction: Definition information system, role and impact of MIS, The challenges of Information system, Nature of MIS, Characteristics of MIS, Myths regarding MIS,
Requirements of MIS, Problems & Solutions in implementing MIS, Benefits of MIS, Limitations of MIS, Significance of MIS, Components of MIS. Role of MIS, Major
Management challenge to building and using information system in Organization, functions of management.

Unit – 2:
Information system and Organizations: The relationship between Organization and Information System, Information needs of different organization levels: Information concept
as quality product, classification and value of information, methods of data and information collection. Strategic role of information system, Salient features of Organization,
Information, management and decision making, How Organization affect Information Systems, How Information system affect Organization, Ethical and Social impact of
information system.

Unit – 3:
Business application of Information System: Foundation Concepts Information systems in Business: Information system and technology, Business Applications, Development
and Management. The internetworked E-business Enterprise: Internet, and Extranet in business. Electronic Commerce System: Electronics commerce Fundamentals, Commerce
Application and issues. E-business Decision Support: Decision support in E-Business, Artificial Intelligence Technologies in business.

Unit – 4:
Technical Foundation of Information System: Computers and information processing, Computer Hardware, Computer software, Managing data resources, Telecommunication,
Enterprise: wide computing and networking.

Strategic and Managerial Implications of Information Systems: Strategic Information System: Introduction, Characteristics of Strategic Information Systems, Strategic
Information Systems (SISP), Strategies for developing an SIS, Potential Barriers to developing a Strategic Information System (SIS),
Decision Support System (DSS): Decision making concepts, methods, tools and procedures. Managing Information Resources: Introduction, IRM, Principal of Managing
Information Resources, IRM functions, Computer Security: Introduction, Computer Security, Types of Computer Security, Disaster Recovery Plan.

Books Recommended:

1. W .S . Jawadakar, “Management Information System”, McGraw Hill


2. J. O. Brien, “ Management Information System”, TMH, New Delhi
3. Uma G . Gupta, “Management Information System” Fifth Edition TMH.
4. Kenneth C. Laudon, “Management Information System Organisation and Technology” TMH.

Note: Eight questions will be set in all by the examiners taking two questions from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one
question from each unit.
IT-366 Computer Network Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


2 30 30 3Hrs

11. Study the physical media of connectivity.


12. Study the pin-structure of cross-over cable.
13. Study the different LAN Technologies.
14. Study the functioning of a Switch.
15. Study the Functioning of a Router.
16. Establishing LAN (Star topology) for your LAB using Hubs (18 port, 16 port).
17. Study and install the media converting using optical fiber.
18. Install and configure the LAN card.
19. Install and configure window 200 Server.
20. Study and implement the virtual network.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-364 Computer Graphics Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 40 40 3Hrs

List of experiments:

12. Write a program to implement DDA line drawing algorithm.


13. Write a program to implement Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm.
14. Implement the Bresenham’s circle drawing algorithm.
15. Write a program to draw a decagon whose all vertices are connected with every other vertex using lines.
16. Write a program to show a ship moving using the concepts of 2-D transformations.
17. Write a program to show a ball moving on the screen according to the given requirements.
18. Write a program to implement the midpoint circle drawing algorithm.
19. Write a program to implement the Beizer curve.
20. Implement the line clipping algorithm using C.
21. Implement boundary fill algorithm using C.
22. Implement the depth buffer algorithm using C.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-368 Visual Basic.Net Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 40 40 3Hrs

Experiment List:

14. Create a calculator that can be used for adding, subtracting, multiplication and division.
15. Write an application to use WMI to retrieve information about your PC.
16. Write an application to create a File and Folder browser.
17. Write a program in VB.NET to send an email via SMTP.
18. Write a program to create a MDI web browser.
19. Write an application to access registry in VB.NET.
20. Write a program to retrieve a web page source from the Internet.
21. Create a slot machine game using standard controls and random number generator.
22. Write a program to create a word processor.
23. Write a program for encryption and decryption.
24. Write an application to capture screen.
25. Create a drawing application in VB.NET.
26. Write an application in VB.NET to play MP#3 files.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.


IT-362 Software Engineering Lab

P Practical Sessional Duration


3 30 30 3Hrs

13. Study and categorize the generic phases of software development and maintenance.
14. Study various software development models.
15. Study various type of feasibility study and steps in doing feasibility study.
16. Study various steps for doing the requirement analysis of any project.
17. Write algorithm and draw flow chart to implement the constructive cost estimation model (COCOMO).
18. Making use of Graphical Design notation, study the concept in developing data flow diagram (DFD) for any selected project.
19. Making use of object oriented design, implement a student & employee record system using the concept of inheritance.
20. Select an appropriate programming language & translate the detailed design made in experiment 7 in appropriate programming language.
21. Develop a complete test strategy for the project selected in exp-8. Document it in a test specification.
22. Apply the debugging process to the project selected in exp-9 in accordance with the result generated from its testing in exp-9.
23. Study various concepts involved in cost / benefit analysis.
24. Draw flow chart and write algorithm for designing an editor.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments.

Bachelor of technology (Information)


Schemes of Studies / Examination
(Semester-7th w.e.f 2006-2007)

S.No Course SUBJECT TEACHING


No. SCHEDULE Examination
Schedule
Duration of
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical Total marks Exam
(Hours)
1 IT-451 Linux for Information 4 1 0 5 75 50 0 125 3
Technology
Applications
2 IT-453 Broad Band 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3
Communication
Elective-I 4 1 0 5 100 40 0 140 3
Elective-II 3 1 0 4 100 40 0 140 3
3 IT-455 Compiler Design 3 1 0 4 75 50 0 125 3

4 IT-457 Linux Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

5 IT-459 SSP Lab 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

6 IT-461 Broad Band 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3


Communication Lab
7 IT-463 Minor Project 0 0 3 3 0 40 25 65 3

8 IT-465 Training Report 0 0 0 0 0 70 0 70 3

Total 18 5 12 35 450 450


100 1000 30
Elective –I
IT-467 Neuro Fuzzy Computing
IT-469 E-Commerce
Elective - II
IT-471 Image Processing
IT-473 Artificial Intelligence

VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)


IT-451 Linux for Information Technology Applications.

L T Exam Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3 hrs

Unit-1
Introduction: Basic concepts of the operating system. Commands, shells and processes; users and groups; file system and directories. System installation, configuration and
upgrade
Installation stages; network installation; disk partitioning; post-install system customization and upgrade; dpkg and APT package installation, remove, upgrade and query; semi-
automatic system installation.

Kernel
Kernel tasks; managing kernel modules at runtime; kernel configuration and compilation boot loaders GRUB and LILO;

Unit-2
Linux Networking
Basic concepts of networking: Network packets, TCP/IP protocol suit, address resolution protocol (ARP); IP addresses and network mask; subnets and routing; IPV4 and Network
classes; ports. Configuring Linux machine on the network; arp, ipconfig and netstat commands. Network services and tools; telnet, rsh, ftp, rcp, ssh, rsync, inetd.conf; opening and
closing ports.
Network File system (NFS)
File system sharing or the network; remote procedure call (R P C) services; NFS server and client sides; NFS installation & configuration; and statistic mount and auto mount
configuration; when trouble shooting NFS; security and optimization
Network information service (NIS)
Centralized authentication systems; sharing user and host information or the network;
NIS server and client sides and configuration; compatibility mode; net group; security issues.

Unit –3
Integrating Linux and Windows
Elements of windows networking; Net BIOS SMB\ \ CIFS protocols; domain controller; Samba server on Linux for centralized window logon; file sharing and printing, samba
client; samba installation and configuration; Unix and windows password. Dual Boot: running windows and Linux on the same PC; GRUB and NT Boot loaders; accessing
windows files systems from Linux and vice versa;
Light Weight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
Overview of Unix authentication and naming service; introduction to LDAP: Domain component (DC); organizational Unit (OU); common names (CN); Schemas; IDIF format;
services; polls and commands; server and client sides; Open LDAP installation and configuration; LDAP applications. Shell scripting, syntax of brash; looping; case statement;
function; command substitution; awk, grep, sed. Startup and Run Levels. Scheduled jobs. Boot up and login process sequence; run levels; startup scripts; scheduling jobs with at
and cron.

Unit-4

Linux Security
System vulnerabilities; port scanning; encryption, encrypted services and connections; PGP/GPG Intrusion protection: tcp-wrappers, IP-firewalls (iptables), NAT and DMZ;
Intrusion detection systems: tripwire; Secure system management practices.

Email Server
Steps of Email transaction; Email envelope and headers; SMTP servers; IMAP and POP3 servers;
E-mail relay; Postfix configuration; Spam and viruses,

Linux Computational Clusters


Overview of Linux cluster and clustering tools; High performance Computational Clusters; Message Passing Interface (MP) for parallel programming; MPI compilation and
installation; Scheduling and queue systems. Sun Grid Engine (SGE); cluster management tools.
Domain Name Server (DNS)
Host name resolution; domain name hierarchy; DNS zones; configuration of master, slave and caching DNS servers with BIND 9.
Books Recommended:

7. Red Hat Linux 9 – Bell & Duff- Pearson


8. Complete Reference, Red Hat Linux-Richard L. Peterson – TMH
9. Linux N/W Administration Guide by Tery Dawson, Gregor N. Purdy, Tony Bautts – OREILLY
10. Red Hat Linux 9 Bible-Christopher Negus by WILEY publishing
11. Linux Configuration & Installation by Patrick Volker Ding, Kevin Richard, Eric Foster-Johnson BPB publication
12. Linux Programming Bible by John Goerzen-Wiley Dream Tech India (P) Ltd.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit.
Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

VII Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

IT – 453 Broad bands Communication

L T Exam Sessional Duration


4 1 100 40 3Hrs.

Unit -1
Introduction:
Introduction to optical communication-Fibers and their characteristics. Propagation of Light in optical fibers: modal dispersion, material dispersion and attenuation, numerical.
Aperture, figure of merit. Single mode, multimode step index and graded index fibers.
Unit -2
Fiber manufacture. Light sources. Light emitting diodes and their characteristics. Switching speed, spectral and spatial distribution of output, modulation response.
Basic of lasers. Semiconductor lasers. Transmitters and receivers. Optical multipliers and dmultiplexers Optical amplifiers and repeaters. Photo detectors.
Introduction to DWDM. ITU channel specification. DWDM Network Topologies
Unit -3
ISDN Overview – A conceptual view of ISDN – ISDN standards – services capability- teleservice protocol architecture – facsimile – Teleflex. Message handling systems.
ISDN Interfaces and functions- Transmission structure – user network interface Configuration- ISDN protocol architecture – ISDN connection – terminal adaptation.
Addressing networking.
ISDN Physical layer – line coding techniques, basic user network interface – primary rafe. User network interface – U interface.
ISDN Data Link Layer – LAPD, bearer channel link control 1.465/120. Frame mode Bearer service and protocol. ISDN call control, frame relay connection control.
Signaling system number 7: SS& architecture. Signaling data link level, signaling link level. Signaling network level, signaling connection control part Unit -4
ATM Networking – ATM as an asynchronous technology, ATM cell and its structure. ATM Networks. ATM position in the OSE reference modal, B ISDN protocol reference.
Model , ATMJ functions and layers, ATM signaling principles, ATM performance, merging voice, audio, data and video, ATM signaling principles, ATM operation and
maintenance, ATM reference configurations.
ATM protocol stack – the lower layers: Fiber based network. Fiber based network, advantages, and fiber modes. ATM physical layer media AT transmission convergence sub
layer. The ATM layer. ATM Switching principle, ATM OAMN functions. signaling. Upper Layers: ATM adaptation layer functions, ATM services.
Books Recommended:

8. ISDN and Broadband ISDN –William Stallings Mc million pub co.


9. Broadband communication-Balaji Kumar-Mc Graw Hill
10. Integrated broadband networks-Handel & Huber Addison Wesley.
11. Introduction to ATM net working-Walter J Goral ski-MC Graw Hill inc.
12. Optical Network –A Practice Perspective, Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar Sivaranjan-Morgan Kanufuman
13. High Speed Digital Transmission Networking-filberts held john Wiley sons
14. Introduction to DWDM Technology S.V.Kartalopoullous, IEEE Press.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit.
Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

IT – 467
Neuro-Fuzzy Computing
L T Exam Sessional. Duration
4 1 100 40 3Hrs.

Unit -1
Basic concepts of neurocomputing :
Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and their biological roots and motivations. ANNs as numerical data/signal/image processing devices. Encoding (training phase) and decoding
(active phase). Taxonomy of neural networks: feed forward and recurrent networks with supervised and unsupervised learning laws. Static and dynamic processing systems. Basic
data structures: mapping of vector spaces, clusters, principal components.
Basic terminology related to an artificial neuron:
A summing dendrite, synapses and their weights, pre- and post-synaptic signals, activation potential and activation function. Excitatory and inhibitory synapses. The biasing input.
Types of activating functions.
Unit -2
The Perceptron
The Perceptron and its learning law. Classification of linearly separable patterns.
Linear Networks
Adaline- - -the adaptive linear element. Linear regression. The Wiener- Hopf equation. The Least –Mean-Square (window-Holf) learning algorithm. Method of steepest descent.
Adaline as a linear adaptive filter. A sequential regression algorithm.

Unit -3
Multi-Layer Feed Forward Neural Networks
Aka Multi-Layer Perceptrons. Supervised Learning. Approximation and interpolation of functions. Radial-Basis functions. Back-propagation Learning law. Fast training
algorithms. Applications of multilayer perceptions: Image coding, Paint-Quality inspection,Nettalk.
Self-Organizing systems.
Unsupervised Learning. Local learning laws. Generalized Hebbian Algorithm. The Oja’s and Sanger’s rules. Principal component analysis __ Karhunen-Loeve transform.
Unit –4
Competitive Learning:
MinNet and MaxNet networks. Clustering, Learning Vector Quantisation. Codebooks. Application in data compression.
Self-Organising Feature Maps
Kohonen networks.
Recurrent Networks
Hopfield networks.

Fuzzy Logic Systems


Basic definitions and operations.
Fuzzy relations.
Fuzzy rules
Fuzzy inference
Fuzzification and de- fuzzification
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems

Recommended references:

• Simon Haykin, Neural Networks – a Comprehensive Foundation, Prentice Hall, 2nd ed., 1999, ISBN 0-13- 273350-1
• Martin T. Hagan,. H. Demuth, M. Beale, Neural Netywork Design, PWS Publishing, 1996, ISBN 0-534-94332-2
• A. Konar, Computational Intelligence Principles, Techniques and Applications. Springer, 2005, ISBN: 3-540-20898-4
• Neural Networks & Fuzzy Systems by KOSKO-PHI
• Fuzzy Logic to engineering applications- Timothy J.Ross
• Fuzzy Control –Drianlcov
• Fuzzy modeling & Contolby Yagar

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)
IT-469
E-Commerce
L T Exam Sess. Duration
4 1 100 40 3 hrs
Unit-1
ELECTRONIC COMMERECE ENVIRONMENT AND OPPORTUNITIES
Evolution of E-Commerce- its setbacks and potential. Types of E-Commerce, business models in B2C, B2B and C2C areas. Categories of E-Commerce, Specific Business benefits of E-Commerce.
Background-Electronics commerce environment- electronics market place technologies-modes of electronic commerce-electronic data interchange-migration to open EDI- Electronics commerce with WWW/Internet.

Unit-2
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE PROTOCOLS AND PAYMENT SCHEMES
Secure transport protocols-secure transaction-Secure Electronic Payment Protocol (SEPP)- Secure Electronic Transactions (SET)- Authentication – Security on Web servers and enterprise networks.
Internet Monetary payment and security requirements- Payment and purchase order-On-line electronic cash. and micro payments.
Unit-3
INTERNET /INTRANET SECURITY ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS
Security Need for computer security – threats in the E-Commerce environment.
Intruder approaches – strategies- tools- Encryption- access to Internet- Antivirus program security teams.
Unit- 4
TECHNOLOGIES FOR ELECTRONICS COMMERCE

Master card/Visa secure electronic transaction- E-mail and secure E-mail-MIME-S/MIME-MOSS- Internet and web site establishment- Internet resources- technologies- tools-applications- charges – Access and
architecture – searching.

APPLICATIONS
Advertising on the internet-Issues and technology –Electronic publishing issue approaches legalities and technologies.

Books Recommended:
TEXT BOOK:
2. “Web Commerce Technology Handbook” by Daniel Minoli and Emma Minoli, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi, 1999 – Chapters: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11.
References:
7. Electronics Commerce – Security, Risk management and Control by Greenstein and Feinman, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi,2000.
8. E-security and You by Sundeep Oberoi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
9. E-Commerce – Business, Technology and Society – Addison Wesley, 2002: Laudon and Traver.
10. “E-Business and E-Commerce – How to Program” Prentice Hall, 2001: Dietal, Dietel and Nieto.
11. “E-Commerce” John Wiley Publ: H. Chan, R.Lee, T. Dillon and E.Chang.
12. Several papers from journals, conference proceedings and the net.

Note: 8 question will be set in all y examiners taking at least one question from each unit student will required to attempt five questions in all
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)

IT-471 Image Processing

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 100 40 3 hrs

Unit-1
Digital image fundamentals, application of digital image processing, elements of digital image processing systems, vidicon camera, Line scan CCD senso, area sensor, flash A/D
converter display – elements of visual perception, structure of the human eye, Luminance, brightness, contrast, mach band effect, image fidelity criteria, color models, - RGB,
CMY, HIS mathematical preliminaries of 2D systems, convolution, Fourier transform – ZS transform – toeplitz and circulant matrices, orthogonal and unitary matrices.

Unit- 2
Image transforms, Unitary transform, 2D, DFT, DCT, DST, Discrete wavelet transform, Discrete Hadamard, Walsh, Hostelling transform, SVD transform, Slant Haar transforms.
Image Enhancement and Restoration: Constrast stretching, intensity level slicing, Histogram equalization, spatial averaging, directional smoothing, Median filtering, nonlinear
filters, maximum, minimum, geometric mean contra harmonic mean, LP mean filters, edge detection, Roberts, Sobel, Isofropic, Kinesh, Campass gradient, Laplacian operators.

Unit- 3
Degradation model- unconstrained and constrained restoration, inverse filtering, removal of blur caused by uniform linear motion, Wiener filtering, geometric transformations for
image restoration.

Unit –4
Image compression- Huffman coding, truncated Huffman coding, Br, Binary codes, arithmetic coding, bit plane coding contrast area coding, Run length encoding, transform
coding JPEG and MPEG coding schemes.
Image Segmentation, pixel based approach, feature threshold, choice of feature, optimum threshold, threshold selection methods, region based approach, region growing, region
splitting, region merging, spilt and merge.

Books Recommended:
5. Gonzalez, R.C. and woods, R.E., :Digital image processing”, Addison Wesley.
6. A.K.Jain, “ Fundamentals of Digital Processing”, PHI.
7. Umbaugh, S.E. Computer vision and image processing, Prentice Hall Int. NJ
8. W. Pratt, Digital Image Processing”, Wiley Inter-science

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)

(IT-473)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 100 40 3 Hrs

Unit-1
Introduction –foundation and history of AI, AI problems and techniques.
AI programming languages, Introduction to LISP and PROLOG.
Problem spaces and searches, Blind search strategies, Breadth first – Depth first – Heuristic search techniques Hill Climbing – Best first – A Algorithms AO* algorithm – game
tress, Min-max algorithms, game playing – Alpha beta pruning.

Unit –2
Knowledge representation issues predicate logic – logic programming Semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation; Representing Knowledge using rules, Rules
based deduction systems.
Reasoning under uncertainly, Review of probability bays probabilistic interferences and Dempaster Shafer theory, Heuristic methods, symbolic reasoning under uncertainty
Statistical reasoning fuzzy reasoning, temporal reasoning non monotonic reasoning.

Unit – 3
Planning, Planning in situational calculus, Representation for planning, Partial order planning algorithm, learning from examples discovery a learning, Learning by analogy,
Explanation based learning neural nets Genetic algorithms.
Unit – 4
Principles of natural languages processing rule based systems architecture, Expert systems, Knowledge acquisition concepts AI application to robotics, current trends in intelligent
systems.

Books Recommended:

5. Elain Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
6. Staurt Russel and other Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – a Modern Approach”, Prentice Hall.
7. Patrick Henry Winston, “Artificial Intelligence”, Addison Wesley, third Ed.
8. Artificial Intelligence & Expert System By Patterson – PHI.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.
VII Semester B.Tech (Information Technology)
(IT-455)
COMPILER DESIGN

L T Exam Sess. Duration


3 1 75 50 3 Hrs

Unit-1

Introduction:
Compilers and translators, the structure of a compiler, different states in the construction of a compiler.

Unit-2
Finite automata and Lexical Analysis- language for specifying lexical analyzers, implementation of lexical analyzers.
Syntax specification of programming language, context free grammars, derivation and implementation of lexical analyzers.
Parsers, shift reduce parsing, operator-precedence parsing, top down parsing, predictive parsers, LR parsers, the canonical collection of LR(O) ITEMS, Costruction SLR parsing
tables, construction Tables, implementation of LR parsing tables.

Unit-3
Syntax direct translation schemes: Implementation of syntax directed translation intermediate code, postfix notation, parse trees and syntax trees, three address code, quadruples
and triple, translation of assignment statement, Boolean expressions, Control statements.
Symbol table, contents and data structure, and representation scope information.
Run time storage administration, implementation of a simple stack allocation structured languages. Error detection and recovery –lexical, syntactic-phase error, semantic error,
detection and recovery.

Unit-4
Code Optimization: The principal sources of optimization, loop optimization, The DAG Representation of basic blocks, value numbers and algebraic claws, global data flow
analysis. Object programs, problems in code generation a machine model code generator, register allocation and assignment, code generation from DAG’s peephole optimization.

Books Recommenced:

5. Aho, a.v. and A.V. and Ullman J.D., “Principal of Compiler design”, Addison-Wesley.
6. Dhamdhere D M, “Compiler construction – Principal and practice, McMillan, India.
7. “Compiler construction”, Learning materials series, ISTE, New Delhi.
8. Allen Hoiub, “Compiler Design in C”, PHI.

Note: 8 questions will be set in all by the examiners taking at least one question from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions in all.

7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

Linux Lab (IT-457)

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

13. Install Linux on the system dual boot with the windows Operating System.
14. Do the following tasks:-
a. Create, remove, resize various types of partitions through GUI as well as command line.
b. Configure printers in Linux through GUI as well as command line.
15. Creating, Removing of Swap space as well as swap files trough command line as well as GUI.
16. Implementation Disk Quotas- enabling, creating, mounting, configuring, assigning, disabling.
17. Managing Users and Groups in Linux- Adding, Modifying, Password aging.
18. Configuration Networks on Linux through GUI & Command Line- Ethernet, Modem, ISDN, Wireless.
19. Configuring NFS (Network File System) on Linux both GUI & Command Line.
20. Configuring Samba server on Linux both GUI & Command line.
21. Configuring D.N.S (Domain Name system) server on Linux both GUI & Command Line.
22. Configure an e-mail server in Linux-send mail.
23. Configuring Firewalls and Managing various services of Linux.
24. Configuring Log Server in Linux.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.


7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

Server Side Programming Lab (IT-459 )

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

14. Create a Subroutine with arguments passing & call the subroutine for specific no. of time.
15. Write a program in ASP which define an object & then display the properties of object with method.
16. Write a program in ASP to display present day, month & date. Also display digital clock.
17. Write a program in ASP which will check that a specific file, folder & drive exists or not. Also return the extension of file. Then use the read & write properties on a file
using text-stream object.
18. Send information to the user after he submit the form using GET & POST method & implement from validation.
19. Write a program in ASP that has a form taking the user’s name as input. Store this name in a permanent cookie & whenever the page is opened again, then value of the
name field should be attached with the cookie’s content.
20. Use ad-rotator to change advertisements on client side request.
21. Create a session dictionary using object tag. In session-on start add keys for time, user agent, remote I.P. & add appropriate values. Create a simple page to display the
values.
22. Implement session tracking using user authentication.
23. Write a program to delete all cookies of your web site that has created on the client’s computer.
24. Write a program is ASP to check the capabilities of the browser using browser capability component.
25. Using data base to store & retrieves values input by a user showing them & make updating & add new records to existing database.
26. Create two ASP pages, a form creation web page (selectprice.asp) and a form processing script (liststockbyprice.asp). In selectprice.asp, the user should be shown a
form in which he can enter the item & desired maximum price. When it is submitted liststockbyprice.asp will return all the stocks from database whose cost are less
than the price entered by user.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.

7th Semester B.Tech. (Information Technology)

BBC Lab (IT-461)

L T P Sessional: 40
- - 3 Exam: 25

14. Setting Up Fiber Optic Analog Link & Fiber Optic Digital Link.
15. Propagation loss in Optical Fiber.
16. Measurement of Numerical Aperture.
17. Characteristics of E-O converter (LED.
18. Characteristics of F.O. communication Link.
19. Setting of Fiber Optic Voice Link using AM-FM & PWM.
20. Full Duplex Computer Communication using RS232 ports and software.
21. Set up hardware for ISDN and Study of ISDN Instruments 1. ISDN Telephone 2. Terminal Adaptor (For the interface of Analog Telephone and PC)
22. Software setup and programming of the ISDN equipment.
23. Establishing voice communication between ISDN phone & analog phone via Terminal Adaptor.
24. Study the basic Principle of Radio Frequency identification & Designing of RFID system.
25. Design & develop the program based on application of RFID.
26. To study Theoretical & Practical hardware Training on Bluetooth.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list.

SCHEME OF EXEMINATION FOR B.TECH DEGREE COURSE


8th Semester Examination
(Information Technology)
(w.e.f.2006-2007)

Course Subject
No Teaching schedule Examination Schedule Total Duration
L T P Total Theory Sessional practical Marks Exam (Hrs)
IT-452 Information Technology Applications 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
IT-454 Mobile Communication 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
IT-456 Advance Computer Network & Applications 4 1 0 5 100 25 0 125 3
Elective-iii 4 1 0 5 75 25 0 100 3
Elective-iv 4 1 0 5 75 25 0 100 3
IT-458 Major Project Lab 0 0 6 6 0 75 50 125 3
IT-460 Mobile Communication Lab 0 0 2 2 0 50 50 100 3
IT-462 Seminar 2 0 0 2 0 50 0 50
IT-464 Comprehensive Viva 0 0 0 0 0 75 0 75
IT-466 General Fitness & Professional Aptitude 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 75

22 5 8 35 450 375 175 1000 21

Elective-III
IT-468 Cryptography and Security System
IT-470 Distributed computing

Elective-IV
IT-472 Data wore housing and data mining
IT-474 Embedded System
VIII SEMESTER B. TECH. (Information Technology)
(IT-452) Information Technology Applications

LT Exam Sess Duration


41 100 25 3Hrs.

Unit-1
History of IT, Basic Information Technology Concepts. Human-Computer Interface, Social Implication of IT, privacy and Security

Unit-2
Integrated management information, Seamless Integration, Supply Chain management, Integrated Data Model, Benefits of ERP.

Business Engineering and ERP, Definition of Engineering, Principles of Business Engineering, Business Engineering with Information
Technology, Building the Business Model

ERP Implementation- An overview, Role of Consultant, Vendors and Users, Customization, Precautions, ERP post Implementation options, ERP
Implementation Technology, Guidelines for ERP Implementation.

ERP Domain MPG /PRO, IFS / Avalon-Industrial and Financial System, BAN-IV, SAP Marketing of ERP- Market Dynamics and Dynamic
strategy.

Unit-3
SAP, SAP past present and future, The integrated R/3 repository, Enterprise and modeling with R/3, Object of R/3 data dictionary, Customizing
R/3 : Concepts and techniques

Unit-4
Multi Client Server Solution – Open Technology- User Interface- Applications Integration
Basic architectural Concepts, The System Control Interface, Services-Presentation Interface-Database Interface

Books Recommended:

3. Jost Antonio Fernandz - The SAP R/3 Hand Book TMH New Delhi
4. V.K. Garg and N. K. Venkita Krishna, Enterprise Resource planning Concepts and Practice

Note: These will be 8 questions in all. Two questions will be set from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit.

VIII SEMSTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)


(IT-454) MOBILE COMMUNICATION

L T Exam Sess: Duration


4 1 100 25 3Hrs.

Unit-1
Introduction:
Introduction cell mobile system, tuning efficiency, mobile radio environment, frequency reuse, co channel interface reduction, and handoff
mechanism cell cite and mobile antennas, noncochannel interface. Frequency spectrum utility and management channel management, type of
handoff and dropped call rat, cell splitting.

Analog and digital modulation techniques, performance of various modulations, spectra efficiency, and error rate, GMSK, GFSK, DQPSK
modulation technique in wireless system comparison of various modulation techniques.

Unit-2
Point to point model propagation over terrains, Losses, Power requirements, Smart Antennas, antennas at cite, gain and pattern relationship
mobile antennas, tilting effect, parasitic elements usage, diversity techniques.
Unit-3
Digital technology, digital speech, digital mobile telephony, GSM, Multiples access techniques, north TDMA, American TDMA (ISI36), Japauer
cellular TDMA (DDC), CDMA, ISFS North American CDMA standards, PCS, PHS, Advanced system, GPRS, UMTS, IMT, WAP.

Unit-4
Satellite system architecture, satellite orbit and constellations, LEO and MEO system, GPS Information, Iridium, MSAT, VSAT, DBS,
Orbcomm satellite service, use of mobile communication networks, concepts, advanced mobile communication system using satellite,

Book Recommended
6. Rapp apart T.S, “Wireless communication”, Prentice Hall, NJ.
7. GSM, CDMA & 3G System-steel Lee and Gluis, JW.
8. K.FEHER-Wireless Digital engineering
9. Mobile Satellite communication Engineering-Richards Addison Wesley.
10. Lee, WCY, “Mobile Communication Engineering”, TMIH, New Delhi.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit.
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)
(IT-456) Advance Computer Network & Applications

L T Exam Sess. Duration


4 1 100 25 3Hrs

UNIT – 1
Introduction: Overview of computer networks, seven-layer architecture, TCP/IP suite of protocols, etc.
MAC protocols for high-speed LANS, MANs, and wireless LANs. (For example, FDDI, DQDB, HIPPI, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless Ethernet, ect.)

UNIT-2
Fast access technologies (For example, ADSL, Cable Modem, etc.)
IPv6: Why IPv6, basic protocol, extensions and options, support for QoS, security, etc., neighbor discovery, auto-configuration, routing. Changes
to other protocols. Applications Programming Interface for IPv6. 6 bone.

UNIT-3
Mobility in networks Mobile IP. Security related issues.
IP Multicasting. Multicast protocols, address assignments, session discovery, etc. TCP extensions for high-speed networks, transaction-oriented
applications. Other new options in TCP.

Network security at various layers. Secure-HTTP, SSL, ESP, Authentication header, Key, distribution protocols. Digital signatures, digital
certificates.
UNIT-4
The Wireless Applications Protocols, applications environment, wireless application protocol client software, wireless application protocol
gateways, implementing enterprise wireless application protocol strategy and Security Issues in Wireless LAN. Wireless network management,
GPRS, and VOIP services.

Network Management: Introduction, LAN, SNMP, and CMIP. Issues in the management of large networks. Multicast: IGMP, PIM, DVMRP

Books and References:

13. W.R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The protocols, Addison Wesley, 1994.
14. G.R. Wright. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation, Addison Wesley, 1995.
15. W.R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP, and the Unix Domain Protocols, Addison Wesley,
1996.
16. R. Handel, M.N. Huber, and S. Schroeder. ATM Networks. Concepts, protocols, Applications, Addison Wesley, 1998.
17. William Stalling, Wireless Communications and Networks. Prentice Hall 2002
18. Yi-Bring Lin, Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, John Wiley-2001.
19. M.R. Karim, Mohsen Sarrf, W-CHMA and cdma 2000 for 3G Mobile Networks, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2002.
20. W. Stallings. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and practice, 2nd Edition, Prentic Hall, 1998.
21. C.E. Perkins, B. Woolf, and S.R. Alpert. Mobile IP: Design Principles and Practices, Addison Wesley, 1997.
22. Peter Loshin. IPv6 Clearly Explained, Morgan Kauffman, 1999.
23. M. Gonsalves and K. Niles. IPv6 Networks, McGraw Hill, 1998.
24. RFCs and Internet Drafts, available from Internet Engineering Task Force. Articles in various journals and conference proceedings.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit.
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-468) Cryptography and Security System

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs.

UNIT-1
Introduction, Essentials of crypto, essentials of network mg and the internet, setting realistic security objectives, appropriate communication
security, legal restrictions encryption basic building blocks, how crypto system fail, choosing between strong and weak crypto.

Security objectives, example in line encryptor, deployment example, point-to-point encryption, IP routed configuration, key recovery and
escrowed encryption,

Basic issues in secret key management, random key generation, automatic rekeying, and manual key distribution centers, maintaining keys and
system security.
Unit-2
Security at IP Layer and VPN: Basic issues with using IPSEC. Cryptographic checksums, Ip security protocol, IPSEC key management, other
TCP/IP network security protocols, virtual private networks (VAN), basic issues IPSEC proxy cryptography, IPSEC encrypting roater, and site-to-
site encryption. IPSEC and Public key crypto, basic issues with IPSEC clients.

Unit-3
IPSEC client to server site remote access, Internet firewalls, IPSEC firewall, a VAN with a firewall, public key cryptography, secret key exchange
with RSA crypto, Secure socket layer (SSL)

Internet security and public key certificates: Basic issues in internet transaction security, transaction world wise Web, security alternatives for web
form, web browser with SSI,

Unit-4
Web server with server with SSL, vending with exportable encryption, basic issue with e-mail security, technology- offline message keying digital
signatures, secure E-mail client distribution public keys, Public key certificates, certificates distribution centralized distribution, centralized
certification authority hierarchical certification authority.

Book Recommended:

3. Richard E-Smith, “Internet Cryptography”, Addision Wesley, 2nd Ed.


4. Cryptography and network security – Principles and Practice by William Stallings- Pearson education

Revise: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit.
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-470) Data Warehousing and Data Mining

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs

UNIT-1
Introduction of Data Warehousing: The evolution of Data Warehousing (The Historical Context). The data warehousing – a brief history, today’s
development environment.

Principles of Data Warehousing (Architecture and Design Techniques): Types of data and their uses, conceptual data architecture, design
techniques, introduction to the logical architecture.

Creating the Data Asset: Business Data Warehouse Design, Populating the Data Warehouse.

UNIT-2

Unlocking the Data Asset for end users (The use of Business Information) : Designing business information warehouse, populating business
information warehouse, user access to information, information data in context.
Implementing the Warehouse (Managing the project and environment) : Obstacles to implementation, planning your implementation, justifying
the warehouse, organizational implications of data Warehousing, the data warehouse in your organization, data warehouse management, looking
to the future.

UNIT-3
Introduction of Data Mining: Motivation, importance, data mining, kind of data, functionalities, interesting patterns, classification of data mining
system, major issues.

Data warehouse and OLAP technology for data mining : data warehouse, operational database systems and data warehouse architecture,
implementation, development of data cube technology, data warehousing to data mining, data warehouse usage.

UNIT-4

Data Preparation: Preprocess, data cleaning, data integration and transformation, data reduction, discrimination and concept hierarchy generation.
Data Mining Primitives, languages and system architectures, graphical user interfaces.

Concept Description: Characterization and comparison data generalization and summarization based characterization, analytical characterization,
and analysis of attribute relevance, mining class comparison, and mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases.
Mining association rules in large databases, mining single dimensional Boolean association rules from transactional databases, mining multi-
dimensional association rules from relational databases and data warehouses, from association to correlation analysis, constraint based association.

Books and Reference:


6. J. Han & M. Kanber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann/ Elsevier, India, 2001

7. D. Hand, H. Mannila, & P. Smyth. Principles of Data Mining, MIT Press, 2001.

8. Recent literature from ACM SIGMOD, VLDB, IEEE Trans. Knowledge & Data Engg, Data Mining & Knowledge Discovery, ACM
SIGKDD, IEEE ICDM, SIAM, Data Mining, ICML.

9. M. Jarke et al. fundamentals of Data Warehouses (2nd ed.), Springer, 2003, ISBN 3-540-42089-4.

10. C. Seidman, Data Mining with Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Technical Reference Microsoft Press, ISBN 0-7356-1271-4.

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit.

VIII SEMESTER B. Tech (Information Technology)

(IT-472) Distributed Computing

LT Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3 Hrs
UNIT-I

Distributed systems- architecture. Key characteristics – resource sharing openness –concurrency –scalability- fault tolerance – transparency.
Design issues –naming – communication- software structure – workload allocation – consistency maintenance. User requirement-
functionality- quality of service- reconfigurability. Review of network protocols. Intercross communication- building blocks- client server
communication group communication. Intercross communication in UNIX. Remote Procedure calling. Design issues- interface definition
language exception handling. Implementation – interface processing- communication handling. Binding. Case study- sun RPC- Java RMI.

UNIT-II

Distributed Operating systems-kernel –processes and threads- Naming and protection- Communication and Invocation – virtual memory.
Distributed file service – design issues – interfaces- implementation techniques. Case study sun NFS. Name service SNS and DNS. Time and
co-ordination. Synchronizing physical clocks-logical time and logical clocks. Distributed co-ordination- distributed mutual exclusion –
elections. Replication – basic architectural model- consistency and request ordering.

UNIT-III

Shared data and transactions – client server- fault tolerance and recovery- transactions-nested transactions. Concurrency control- locks-
optimistic concurrency control- timestamp ordering. Distributed transactions- atomic commits protocols- concurrency control distributed
deadlocks- transactions with replicated data.

UNIT-IV
Recovery and fault tolerances. Transaction recovery- logging- shadow versions- fault model for transactions. Fault tolerance- characteristics.
Hierarchical and group masking of faults. Security – authentication and key distribution- logic of authentication – digital signatures.

Text Books and References:

13. C.A.R. Hoara, “Communicating Sequential Processes”, Prentice Hall, 1980


14. Dimitri P. Bertsekas, John N. Tsitiklis, “Parallel and Distributed Computation : Numerical Methods”, Prentice Hall International, Inc,
1989
15. Douglas Comer and David L. Stevens, “Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol III: Client server programming and Applications”, Prentice
Hall, New York, 1990
16. George Couloirs, et. Al “Distributed System – Concepts and Design”, Second ed, Addison Wesley, 2000
17. George Tel, “Introduction to Distributed Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 1994 6)
18. H.S.M. Sedan, “Distributed Computer system”, Butterworths, London, 1988
19. Joel M. Crichlow, “Introduction to Distributed and Parallel Computing”, Prentice Hall, New York, 1988 6. M. Sasikumar, et. Al.
“introduction to Parallel Processing”, PHI, New
20. Distributed Systems Concepts and Design, George colulouris, Jean Dolli more, Time Kindberg, Pearson Education Asia, Third Edition
2001.
21. Principles of Distributed Database System, M Tamer Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez, Second Edition, PHI, 1999.
22. Distributed operating system, “P.K. Sinha”, PHI
23. Advance operating system, “Mukesh Singhal”, TMH
24. Advance database system, “Raghu Rama Krishan”

Note: Examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two questions from each unit. Students are required to attempt five questions selecting at
least one question from each unit.
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-474) Embedded system

L T Exam Sess Duration


4 1 75 25 3Hrs

UNIT-I

CPU Architecture and programming: Embedded System Revolution, ARM Controller, architecture, addressing mode, Instruction Set, Special

features – Analog DSP controllers Texas

UNIT-II
Embedded software: Examples of embedded system, their characteristic and their typical hardware components, embedded software
architectures, round robin, round robin with interrupts,

Function queue scheduling and real time operating system, selection. Real time operating system:
Tasks and task states, tasks and date shard data and reentrancy, semaphores and shared data use of semaphores, protecting shard data.
UNIT-III

Features of Real Time Operating System: Messages, queues, mailboxes and paper, time function, events, memory management, interrupt basic
system design using an RT (OS design principles, interrupt routines, task structures and priority.)

UNIT-IV
Examples of and embedded system design: Problem specification, resolving timing problem, use of an RTOS, work division into tasks dealing
with shared data, encapsulating semaphores and queues, saving space and power.

Text Books and References:

5. AN Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon Pearson Education Asia Publication


6. Frank vahid and Tonoi Givargis- Embedded system Design
7. Wayne Wolf Computers as Components Principles of Embedded Computing system Design
8. John B peatman Embedded Design pict 18f452
VIII SEMESTER B. Tech. (Information Technology)

(IT-460) Mobile Communication Lab

L T P Sessional: 50
- -2 Exam: 50

13. Observe the Modulation and demodulation using internal generation of 2047 bit PN sequence as modulator input and Bit error rate
measurement with PRBS-11 data (2047 bits).
14. Study of home networking using combination of CDMA, BLUETOOTH, infrared Ethernet & various sensors like fire, gas air
conditioning. Use at least five sensors
15. Understanding RF environment & study of GSM network by actually connecting to the GSM environment by any services provide SIM
like airtel, idea, RPG ect.
16. Real time study of various GSM commands like Network registration, call control, call setting, call information, phone book commands &
commands related to network information about number of cells and there strength etc.
17. To understanding the concept of GPS and establishing link between GPS Satellite & GPS Trainer.
18. To establish audio & video combined link & data communication between transmitters, receiver satellite transponder simulated in a lab.
19. To study and observe the difference in uplink & downlink frequency.
20. To establish PC-to-PC communication using satellite communication link.
21. To calculate antenna gain and antenna beam width.
22. Study and observe the Wave Modulation and Demodulation
23. To plot the radiation pattern of micro strip antennas.
24. Study and observe the antenna matching and antenna radiation with distance.

Note: Students should perform at least 10 experiments from the list


KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
B.Tech. 1ST YEAR (SEMESTER–I) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2004-2005)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total of
Exams.
MATH-101E Mathematics-I 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-101E Physics-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing - -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in c 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-103E Physics Lab.-I - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil -- -- 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. * 2
EL-109E
Total 24/20 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
6. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.
7. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA


SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS
ST
B.Tech. 1 YEAR (SEMESTER –II) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2003-2004)
Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration of
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total Exams.
MATH-102E Mathematics-II 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-102E Physics-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
CE-101E / Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-101E
OR
ME-105E Engg. Graphics and Drawing .. -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-104E Physics Lab.-II - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
Or
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
OR
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CE-109E Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
EL-109E
Total 20/16 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050
Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E, ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E)
OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101E, CH-103E, EE-103E) SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the
concerned institution.
4. Students are allowed to use single memory, non programmable scientific calculator during examination.
3. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
**Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
Bachelor of Technology (Computer Engineering/Information Technology)
Scheme of studies / Examination

(Semester- 3)

Sl. Course Subject Teaching Examination Schedule Duratio


No No. Schedule (Marks) n
of
Theor Session Practic Exam
L T P Total y al al T (Hours)
MATH- Mathematics-III / 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
201E Basics of Industrial
1
/HUM- Sociology, Economics
201E & Management
Data Base Management 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
2 CSE-201 E
Systems
3 CSE-203 E Data Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
4 CSE-205 E Discrete Structures 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
5 CSE-207 E Internet Fundamentals 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
6 ECE-203 E Analog Comm. 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
7 IT-253 E Internet Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3
Data Base Management - - 3 3 - 25 25 50 3
8 CSE-209 E
Systems Lab.
9 CSE-211 E Data Structures Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3
10 ECE-207E Analog Comm. Lab - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
18 6 1 35 600 450 100 115
TOTAL 1 0

Bachelor of Technology (Computer Engineering/Information Technology)


Scheme of studies / Examination
(Semester- 4)
Examination Schedule
Teaching Schedule
(Marks) Duration
Sl.
Course No. Subject of Exam
No. Theor
L T P Total Sessional Practical Total (Hours)
y
Mathematics III / Basics of Industrial
MATH- 201E
1 Sociology, Economics & 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
/ HUM-201 E
Management
Computer Architecture and
2 CSE-202 E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
Organization
3 CSE-204 E Programming Languages 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

Object Oriented Programming using


4 IT-252 E 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3
C++

5 ECE-204 E Digital Electronics 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

6 ECE-216 E Microprocessors & Interfacing 3 1 - 4 100 50 - 150 3

7 IT-256 E C++ Programming Lab. - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3


3
8 ECE-210 E Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 3 - 50 25 75
ECE 218 E 3
9 Microprocessors & Interfacing Lab. - - 3 3 - 25 25 50

General Proficiency/Practical
10 GPCSE-210 1 - - 1 - 50 - 50 -
Training
TOTAL 19 6 9 34 600 475 75 1150

Bachelor of Technology (Computer Engineering )

Scheme of Courses/Examination
(5th Semester)
Sr Course No. Subject Teaching Examination Schedule Duration of
No. Schedule Exam(Hours)
L T P Tot Th Sess P/VV Tot
1 HUT –301 Business 3 1 - 4 75 25 - 100 3
Management
2 CSE-301 Design & Analysis of 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3
Algorithms
3 CSE-303 Computer Networks 3 2 - 5 75 50 - 125 3
4 CSE-305 Automata Theory 4 2 - 6 100 50 - 150 3
5 CSE-307 Operating System 3 1 - 4 75 25 - 100 3
6 CSE-311 Advance - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3
Technologies (Pr)
7 CSE-313 Operating System - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3
(Pr)
8 CSE-315 Algorithm Design(Pr) - - 3 3 - 50 25 75 3
9 CSE-317 Seminar - 2 - 2 - 50 - 50 -
10 CSE-319 Training Viva 75 - 75 -

Total 17 9 9 35 425 450 125 1000 -


Bachelor of Technology (Computer Engineering )
Scheme of Courses/Examination
(6th Semester)
S. Course No. Subject Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule Duration
No. of Exam
( Hours.)
L T P Total Theory Sessional Practical T
1 CSE-324 Graph Theory & 3 2 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
Combinations

2 CSE-302 Mobile Computing 4 2 - 6 100 50 - 150 3

3 CSE-304 Computer 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3


Hardware
Technologies
4 CSE-306 Network Management 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
& Security

5 CSE-308 Software Engineering 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3

6 CSE-312 Computer Hardware & - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3


Troubleshooting (Pr.)

7 CSE-314 Mobile Computing - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3


(Pr.)

8 CSE-316 Software Engineering - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3


(Pr.)

Total 19 7 9 35 75 1000

• Departmental Elective:
1. CSE-320 Digital Signal Processing
2. CSE-321 Multimedia Technique
3. CSE-322 Graph Theory & Combinations
4. CSE-323 Logic of Programming
5. CSE-324 Advance Database System
6. CSE-325 Parallel Computing
Bachelor of technology (Computer Engineering)
Schemes of Studies / Examination
(Semester-7th )
S. Course No. Subject Teaching Examination Duration of
N Schedule Schedule Exam
o. (Hours)
L T P

Session
Theory

Practic

marks
Total

Total
al

al
1 * Departmental Elective- 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
II
2 ** Departmental Elective- 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
III
3 CSE-401 Compiler Design 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3

4 CSE-403 Web Engineering 3 1 - 4 75 25 - 100 3

5 CSE-405 Statistical Models for 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3


Computer Science
6 CSE-407 Unix & Linux - - *1+2 3 - 50 50 100 3
Programming (Pr)
7 CSE-409 Web Engineering (Pr) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3

8 CSE-411 Minor Project - - 6 6 75 50 - 125 3

9 CSE-413 Seminar - 2 - 2 - 50 - 50 -

10 CSE-415 Training Viva - - - - - 75 - 75 -


Total 17 7 11 35 1000

Department Elective-II
1. CSE-441 Software Project Management
2. CSE-443 Embedded System Design
3. CSE-445 Artificial Intelligence
4. CSE-447 Image Processing

Departmental Elective-III
1. CSE-471 Unix & Linux Programming
2. CSE-473 Security & Cryptography

Bachelor of technology (Computer Engineering)


Schemes of Studies / Examination
(Semester-8th )
S. Course Subject Teaching Schedule Examination Duration
N No. Schedule of Exam
o. (Hours)
L T P

Practica
Session
Theory

marks
Total

Total
al

l
1 * Departmental Elective- 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
IV
2 ** Departmental Elective- 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
V
3 CSE- Neural Networks and 4 1 - 5 100 50 - 150 3
402 Fuzzy Logic
4 CSE- Interactive Computer 4 1 - 5 100 25 - 125 3
404 Graphics
5 CSE- Neural Networks (Pr.) - - 3 3 - 50 50 100 3
406
6 CSE- Major Project - - 12 12 - 100 100 200 3
408
7 CSE- Seminar - 2 - 2 - 50 - 50 -
410
8 CSE- Comprehensive Viva- - - - - - 50 - 50 -
412 Voce
9 CSE- General Fitness & - - - - - - 75 75 3
414 Professional Aptitude
Total 14 6 15 35 1000

Department Elective-IV
1. CSE-440 Distributed Operating System
2. CSE-442 Software Quality Models & Testing
3. CSE-444 Bioinformatics
4. CSE-446 Expert Systems
5. CSE-448 Real Time System & Software
6. CSE-450 Software Verification, Validation & Testing

Departmental Elective-V
1. CSE-472 Object Oriented Software Engineering
2. CSE-474 Simulation & Modeling
3. CSE-476 Date Warehousing & Date Mining
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course

First Semester Examination COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2004-2005)

Course No. Course title Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration


L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total of Exams.
MATH-101E Mathematics-I 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-101E Physics-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology OR 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / CE- Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
of Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. * OR
101E / EL-101E
Engg. Graphics and Drawing
ME-105E - -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes OR 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in c 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
EE-101E OR 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
Electrical Technology
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
PHY-103E Physics Lab.-I - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice OR -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. OR -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E CE-109E Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of -- -- 2 25 -- 25 50 3
EL-109E Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. * 2
Total 24/20 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050

Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101 E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
8. Students are allowed to use single memory, non-programmable scientific calculator during examination.
9. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
*Institutes will offer one of these electives
** Subject is qualifying. It shall carry 25 sessional marks for field work (to be conducted by the institute) report.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course
B.Tech. 1 YEAR (SEMESTER –II) COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES (2003-2004)
ST

Teaching Schedule Allotment of marks Duration


Course No. Course title
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical Total of Exams.
MATH-102E Mathematics-II 4 1 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-102E Physics-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
BT-101E Introduction to Biotechnology OR 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
HUM-101E Communication skills in English 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
ME-101E / Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of Civil Engg./ 3 1 - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
Elements of Electronics Engg. *
CE-101E / EL-
OR
101E
Engg. Graphics and Drawing
ME-105E .. -- 3 3 50 -- 100 150 3
ME-103E Manufacturing Processes OR 4 -- -- 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CH-101E Chemistry 3 1 - 4 50 100 -- 150 3
CSE-101E Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
OR
EE-101E Electrical Technology 3 2 - 5 50 100 -- 150 3
PHY-104E Physics Lab.-II - - 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ES-101E Environmental Studies** 4 - - 4 25 75 -- 100 3
ME-107E Workshop Practice OR -- -- 3 3 25 -- 25 50 3
CH-103E Chemistry Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
CSE-103E Computer Programming Lab. OR -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
EE-103E Electrical Technology Lab. -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
ME-109E/CE- Elements of Mechanical Engineering / Elements of -- -- 2 2 25 -- 25 50 3
109E/EL-109E Civil Engg./ Elements of Electronics Engg. *
Total 20/16 6/6 9/9 35/35 375/375 575/500 100/175 1050/1050

Note:- 1. Students will study either Group A (BT-101E, ME-101E/ CE-101E/ EL-101E, ME-103E, CSE-101E. ME107E, CSE-103E,
ME-109E/ EL-109E/ CE-109E) OR Group B (HUM-101E, ME-105E, CH-101E, EE-101E, ES-101 E, CH-103E, EE-103E)
SEMESTER-I/SEMESTER-II branches to be decided by the concerned institution.
5. Students are allowed to use single memory, non programmable scientific calculator during examination.
6. Practical Examination will consist of 10 marks for viva-voce and 15 marks for Experiment.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course
2nd year Mechanical Engg. Semester-III

Teaching Schedule Marks Marks for Exam Total


Course No Course Title for Class
L T P TOTAL Theory Practical Marks
Work
HUM-201 E/ Basics of Industrial Sociology, Economics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
MATH-201E & Management / Mathematics-III
ME-201 E Thermodynamics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-203 E Strength of Materials-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-205 E Machine Drawing 2 - 4 6 50 100 - 150
ME-207 E Kinematics of Machine 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-209E Production Technology-I 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-211 E Kinematics of Machine Lab - - 3 3 50 - 50 100
ME-213 E Thermodynamics Lab - - 3 3 50 25 75
ME-215 E Strength of Materials Lab - - 3 3 50 - 25 75
TOTAL 17 5 13 35 450 600 100 1150

Note: Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable scientific calculator. However, sharing of calculator will

not be permitted.
Duration of theory as well as practical exams time is three hrs for all courses except ME-205 E for which it is 4 hrs.
Course Contents of HUM-201 E to be provided by Humanities Group.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course
2 YEAR (SEMESTER – IV) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2004-2005)
nd

Marks for
Teaching Schedule Marks for Total
Examination
Course No. Course Title
Class work Marks
L T P Total THEORY Practical
HUM-201 E/ Basics of Industrial Sociology, 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
MATH-201E Economics & Management
/ Mathematics-III
ME-202 E Production technology-II 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-204 E Material Science 4 - - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-206 E Strength of Materials – II 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-208 E Fluid Mechanics 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-210 E Dynamics of Machine 3 1 - 4 50 100 - 150
ME-212 E Production technology lab - - 4 4 50 - 50 100
ME-214 E Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 3 3 25 - 25 50
ME-216 E Dynamics of machine lab - - 3 3 25 - 25 50
TOTAL 19 5 10 34 400 600 100 1100

Note: 1. Practical training of 4 weeks duration during summer vacations and its evaluation in 5th Semester.
2. Students will be allowed to use Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator. However, Sharing of calculator will not be
permitted.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL


Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course

Fifth Semester Examination

Course No. Subject Total Duration of


Teaching Schedule Examination Schedule Marks
Marks Exam. Hours
(Hrs.)

L T P/D Total Theor Sessional Practical


y
MET-301 IC Engine & Gas Turbine 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
MET-303 FM 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
MET-305 Heat Transfer 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
MET-307 IE 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3
MET-309 Machine Design-I 2 - 5 7 75 50 - 125 3
MET-311 Plant Layout & Material 3 1 - 4 75 25 - 100 3
Handling
MET-313 Thermal Engg. Lab - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
MET-315 FM (P) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
MET-317 Heat Transfer (P) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
MET-319 IE (P) - - 2 2 - 25 25 50 3
MET-321 Machine Design-I (Viva-vice) - - - - - - 25 25 3
MET-323 Vocational Training - - - - - 50 - 50 -
17 05 13 35 450 375 125 1000 -
Total
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
HARYANA COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT, KAITHAL
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course

Sixth Semester Examination

Course No. Subject Teaching Schedule Total Duration of


Examination
(Hours) Marks Exam. Hours
Schedule Marks
L T P/D Total Theor Sessional Practical/
y Viva-Voice
MET-302 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 3 1 - 4 75 50 -- 125 3

MET-304 Tribology 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3

MET-306 Mechanical Vibrations 3 1 - 4 75 25 - 100 3

HUT-311 Business Management 3 1 - 4 75 50 - 125 3

Computer added Design & 3 2 - 5 75 50 - 125 3


MET-308
Manufacturing
MET-310 Machine Design-II 2 - 6 8 100 25 - 125 3

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning - - 2 2 - 50 25 75 3


MET-312
(Practical)
Tribology & Mechanical Vibrations - - 2 2 - 50 25 75 3
MET-314
(Practical)
Computer added Design & - 2 2 - 50 25 75 3
MET-316
Manufacturing (Practical)
MET-318 Machine Design-II (Viva-voce) - - - - - 50 50 3

17 06 12 35 475 400 125 1000 -


Total
Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course

7th Sem (Mechanical Engineering)

Teaching Schedule
Examination Schedule (Marks) Duratio
(Hrs) Total
S.No Code Subjects Name n of
P/ Tota Practical/ Marks Exam
L T Theory Sessional
D l viva-voce
Automobile
1 MET- 401 4 1 --- 5 75 50 --- 125 3
Engineering

MET- 403 Measurement and 75 50 --- 125 3


2 4 1 --- 5
control

MET - 437 Elective* -1 100 50 --- 150 3


3 4 1 --- 5
(Maintenance Engg.)
Open elective*-1
4 CET - 423 3 1 --- 4 75 50 --- 125 3
(Environmental Engg.)
Stastical quality
5 MET-405 4 1 --- 5 75 50 --- 125 3
control & Reliability
6 MET- 407 Measurement (PR) - - 2 2 --- 50 25 75 3
7 MET- 409 Project**-1 --- --- 7 7 --- 100 75 175 3
8 MET – 411 Seminar --- --- 2 2 --- - --- --- ---
In plant Training
9 MET - 413 --- --- - - --- 75 --- 75 3
Report
Total 19 05 11 35 425 475 100 975 ---
* Refer List of Elective and Open Elective
** Project I is independent of Project II and will be completed in 7th sem itself.

Scheme of examination for B. Tech Degree Course

8th Sem (Mechanical Engineering)

Teaching Schedule
Examination Schedule (Marks) Duratio
(Hrs) Total
S.No Code Subjects Name n of
P/ Tota Sessiona Practical/ Marks Exam
L T Theory
D l l viva-voce
1 MET-402 Entrepreneurship 3 1 --- 4 75 25 --- 100 3

2 MET-420 Elective* – II (NCM) 4 1 --- 5 75 50 --- 125 3

Open Elective* - II
3 MET- 444 4 1 --- 5 75 50 --- 125 3
(Air Pollution )
Power Plant
4 MET- 404 4 1 --- 5 75 25 --- 100 3
Engineering
5 MET- 406 Operation research 3 1 --- 4 75 25 --- 100 3
6 MET-408 Entrepreneurship (PR) --- --- 2 2 --- 50 25 75 3
7 MET-410 Project** -II --- --- 9 9 --- 100 75 175 3
8 MET- 411 Seminar --- --- 2 2 --- 50 --- 50 ---
Comprehensive Viva -
9 ME- 412 --- --- --- --- --- 75 --- 75 3
Voce
General Fitness &
10 ME- 414 --- --- --- --- --- --- 75 75 3
Professional Aptitude

Total 17 05 13 35 375 450 175 1000 ---

* Refer List of Elective and Open Elective


** Project II is independent of Project I and will be completed in 8th sem. itself.

B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering


BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY, ECONOMICS
& MANAGEMENT

HUM – 201 E Sessional : 50


L T P Theory : 100
3 1 - Total : 150
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I
Meaning of social change, nature of social change, theories of social change. The direction of social change, the causes of social

change, the process of social change. Factors of social change – the technological factors, the cultural factors, effects of technology on

major social institutions, social need of status system, social relations in industry.

UNIT-II
Meaning of Industrial Economic, Production Function, its types, Least Cost Combination, Law of Variable Proportion, Laws of

Return – Increasing, Constant & Diminishing. Fixed & variable costs in short run & long run, opportunity costs, relation between AC

& MC, U-shaped short run AC Curve. Price & Output Determination under Monopoly in short run & long run. Price Discrimination,

Price Determination under Discriminating Monopoly. Comparison between Monopoly & Perfect Competition.

UNIT – III

Meaning of Management, Characteristics of Management, Management Vs. Administration, Management – Art, Science &

Profession, Fayol’s Principles of Management. Personnel Management – Meaning & Functions, Manpower – Process of Manpower

Planning, Recruitment & Selection – Selection Procedure. Training – Objectives & Types of Training, Various Methods of Training.

Labour Legislation in India – Main provisions of Industrial disputes Act 1947;

UNIT – IV

Marketing Management – Definition & Meaning, Scope of Marketing Management, Marketing Research – Meaning, Objectives.

Purchasing Management – Meaning & Objectives, Purchase Procedure, Inventory Control Techniques.Financial Management –

Introduction, Objectives of Financial decisions, Sources of Finance.


Note : Eight questions are to be set taking two from each unit. The students are required to attempt five questions in all, taking at

least one from each unit.

MATH-201 E MATHEMATICS - III

L T P Theory : 100
3 1 - Sessional : 50
Total : 150
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT – I
Fourier Series : Euler’s Formulae, Conditions for Fourier expansions, Fourier expansion of functions having points of discontinuity,

change of interval, Odd & even functions, Half-range series.

Fourier Transforms : Fourier integrals, Fourier transforms, Fourier cosine and sine transforms. Properties of Fourier transforms,

Convolution theorem, Perseval’s identity, Relation between Fourier and Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of

a function, Application to boundary value problems.


UNIT-II

Functions of a Complex Variables : Functions of a complex variable, Exponential function, Trigonometric, Hyperbolic and

Logarithmic functions, limit and continuity of a function, Differentiability and analyticity.

Cauchy-Riemann equations, Necessary and sufficient conditions for a function to be analytic, Polar form of the Cauchy-Riemann

equations, Harmonic functions, Application to flow problems, Conformal transformation, Standard transformations (Translation,

Magnification & rotation, inversion & reflection, Bilinear).

UNIT-III

Probability Distributions : Probability, Baye’s theorem, Discrete & Continuous probability distributions, Moment generating

function, Probability generating function, Properties and applications of Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

UNIT-IV

Linear Programming : Linear programming problems formulation, Solution of Linear Programming Problem using Graphical

method, Simplex Method, Dual-Simplex Method.


Text Book

5. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal

6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : E. Kreyzig

Reference Book

9. Complex variables and Applications : R.V. Churchil; Mc. Graw Hill

10. Engg. Mathematics Vol. II: S.S. Sastry; Prentice Hall of India.

11. Operation Research : H.A. Taha

12. Probability and statistics for Engineer : Johnson. PHI.


Note : Examiner will set eight question, taking two from each unit. Students will be required to attempt five questions taking at

least one from each unit.


ME- 201 E THERMODYNAMICS

Unit I
Basic Concepts: Thermodynamics: Macroscopic and Microscopic Approach, Thermodynamic Systems, Surrounding and Boundary,
Thermodynamic Property – Intensive and Extensive, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Path, Process and Cycle, Quasistatic, Reversible and
Irreversible Processes, Working Substance. Concept of Thermodynamic Work and Heat, Equality of Temperature, Zeroth Law of
Thermodynamic and its utility.
Ideal and Real Gases: Concept of an Ideal Gas, Basic Gas Laws, Characteristic Gas Equation, Avagadro’s law and Universal Gas Constant, P-
V-T surface of an Ideal Gas. Vander Waal’s Equation of state, Reduced Co-ordinates, Compressibility factor and law of corresponding states.
Mixture of Gases, Bass, Mole and Volume Fraction, Gibson Dalton’s law, Gas Constant and Specific Heats, Entropy for a mixture of Gases.

Unit II

First Law of Thermodynamics: Energy and its Forms, Energy and 1st law of Thermodynamics, Internal Energy and Enthalpy, 1st Law
Applied to Non-Flow Process, Steady Flow Process and Transient Flow Process, Throttling Process and Free Expansion Process.
Second Law Of Thermodynamics: Limitations of First Law, Thermal Reservoir Heat Source and Heat Sink, Heat Engine, Refrigerator and
Heat Pump, Kelvin- Planck and Clausius Statements and Their Equivalence, Perpetual Motion Machine of Second Kind. Carnot Cycle,
Carnot Heat Engine and Carnot Heat Pump, Carnot’s Theorem and its Corollaries, Thermodynamic Temperature Scale.

Unit III
Entropy: Clausius Inequality and Entropy, Principle of Entropy Increase, Temperature Entropy Plot, Entropy Change in Different Processes,
Introduction to Third Law of Thermodynamics.
Availability, Irreversibility and Equilibrium: High and Low Grade Energy, Availability and Unavailable Energy, Loss of Available Energy
Due to Heat Transfer Through a Finite Temperature Difference, Availability of a Non-Flow or Closed System, Availability of a Steady Flow
System, Helmholtz and Gibb’s Functions, Effectiveness and Irreversibility.
Unit IV

Pure Substance: Pure Substance and its Properties, Phase and Phase Transformation, Vaporization, Evaporation and Boiling , Saturated and
Superheat Steam, Solid – Liquid – Vapour Equilibrium, T-V, P-V and P-T Plots During Steam Formation, Properties of Dry, Wet and
Superheated Steam, Property Changes During Steam Processes, Temperature – Entropy (T-S) and Enthalpy – Entropy (H-S) Diagrams,
Throttling and Measurement of Dryness Fraction of Steam.
Thermodynamic Relations: T-Ds Relations, Enthalpy and Internal Energy as a Function of Independent Variables, Specific Heat Capacity
Relations, Clapeyron Equation, Maxwell Relations.

B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering

ME- 203 E STRENGTH OF MATERIALS –I

Sessional : 50 Marks
L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
Unit 1

Simple stresses & strains : Concept & types of Stresses and strains, Polson’s ratio, stresses and strain in simple and compound bars under
axial loading, stress strain diagrams, Hooks law, elastic constants & their relationships, temperature stress & strain in simple & compound
bars under axial loading, Numerical.
Compound stresses & strains: Concept of surface and volumetric strains, two dimensional stress system, conjugate shear stress at a point on a
plane, principle stresses & strains and principal- planes, Mohr’s circle of stresses, Numerical.

Unit II

Shear Force & Bending Moments : Definitions, SF & BM diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported beams with or without over-hang and
calculation of maximum BM & SF and the point of contraflexture under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed loads over whole span
or a part of it, (iii)combination of concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads, (iv) uniformly varying loads and (v) application of
moments, relation between the rate of loading, the shear force and the bending moments, Problems.
Torsion of circular Members : Torsion of thin circular tube, Solid and hollow circular shafts, tapered shaft, stepped shaft & composite circular
shafts, combined bending and torsion, equivalent torque, effect of end thrust. Numericals.

Unit III

Bending & shear Stresses in Beams: Bending stresses in beams with derivation & application to beams of circular, rectangular, I,T and channel
sections, composite beams, shear stresses in beams with derivation combined bending torsion & axial loading of beams. Numericals.
Columns & Struts: Column under axial load, concept of instability and buckling, slenderness ratio, derivation of Eulers formulae for the elastic
buckling load, Eulers, Rankine, Gordom’s formulae Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading columns and their applications, eccentric
compression of a short strut of rectangular & circular sections, Numerical.

Unit IV

Slope & Deflection : Relationship between bending moment, slope & deflection, Mohr’s theorem, moment area method, method of integration,
Macaulay’s method, calculations for slope and deflection of (i) cantilevers and (ii) simply supported beams with or without overhang under
concentrated load, Uniformly distributed loads or combination of concentrated and uniformly distributed loads, Numerical.
Fixed Beams: Deflections, reactions and fixing moments with SF & BM calculations & diagrams for fixed beams under ( I) concentrated loads, (ii)
uniformly distributed load and (iii) a combination of concentrated loads & uniformly distributed load.
Text Books:

1. Strength of Materials – G.H.Ryder - Third Edition in S I units 1969 Macmillan India

2. Strength of Materials – Andrew Pytel and Fredinand L.Singer Fourth Edition, Int. Student Ed. Addison – Wesley Longman
Reference Books :

1. Strength of Materials – Popov, PHI, New Delhi.

2. Strength of Materials – Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications

3. Strength of Materials A Rudimentary Apprach – M.A. Jayaram,


Revised Ed.2001, Sapna Book House, Bangalore

4. Strength of Materials – U.C.Jindal

5. Strength Materials – I. Kripal Singh

B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering

ME- 205 E MACHINE DRAWING

Unit IIntroduction to BIS Specification SP : 46 – 1988 Code of Engineering drawing – Limits, fits and Tolerance ( Dimensional
and Geometrical tolerance ) , Surface finish representation.
Gear : Gear terminology, I.S. convention , representation of assembly of spur gears, helical gears, bevel gears , worm and worm
wheel.
Unit II

Orthographic view from isometric views of machine parts / components. Dimensioning , Sectioning. Exercises on Coupling , Crankshaft , pulley , piston and Connecting rod , Cotter and Knuckle
joint. Riveted Joint and Welded Joint.

Unit III

Assembly drawing with sectioning and bill of materials from given detail drawings of assemblies : Lathe Tail stock , machine vice , pedestal bearing , Steam stop valve , drill jigs and milling
fixture.

NOTE :

(1) In the semester examination , the examiner will set two questions from each unit. The students have to attempt three questions taking one from each unit.

(2) The questions from Unit I and Unit II will carry 20 marks each. Question from Unit III will carry 60 marks.

Text Books:Machine Drawing by N D Bhat and V M Panchal Charotar Publishing House

2. A Text Book of Machine Drawing : P S Gill Pub.: S K Kataria & Sons

Reference Books :

1. A Text Book of Machne Drawing : Laxmi narayana and Mathur Pub. : M/s. Jain Brothers, New Delhi.
2
ME 207 E KINEMATICS OF MACHINES

Sessional : 50 Marks
L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I
Kinematics, introduction to analysis and synthesis of mechanisms, Kinematics’ pairs, Degree of freedom, Dynamitic chain mechanism, Machine, Four-bar chain, inversions, Single and double
slider crank chain, Quick return mechanisms, Introduction to function generation, Path generation and rigid bodied guidance.
Velocity determination; Relative velocity methods, Instantaneous center method Acceleration determination, Kennedy’s Space cent
rode and body cent rode,

UNIT II

Centripetal and tangential accelerations, Acceleration determination by graphical method using velocity polygons, Cariole’s
component of acceleration, Klein’s and other constructions.
Analytical methods to find velocity and acceleration of four –link mechanism, slider crank mechanism, freumdenstein’s equation, Coordinate a angular displacements of input and output links
(Path generation function generation), Least square technique, Rigid body guidance.

UNIT III

Pantograph, straight-line motion mechanisms (Peculiar, Hart, Scott Russell, Grasshopper, Watt, Kemp’s Tchybishev, Parallel linkages) Indicator mechanisms (Simplex Crosby , Thomson, etc )
Automobile steering gears (Davis and Ackerman),Hooks joint (universal coupling), Double hooks joints.

Types of friction, Laws of dry friction, Motion along inclined plane Screw threads, Wedge, Pivots and collars, Plate and cone
clutches, Antifriction bearings, friction circle and friction axis, bearings and lubrication. Motion along inclined plane and screws,
Pivots and Collars Thrust Bearings lubrication
UNIT IV

Types of cams and followers, various motions of the follower, Construction of cam profiles,
Analysis for velocities and accelerations of tangent and circular arc cams with roller and flat –faced
followers.
Open and crossed belt drives, velocity ratio, slip , material for belts, crowning of pulleys, law of belting, types of pulleys, length of
belts ratio 0f tensions, centrifugal tension, power transmitted by belts and ropes, initial tension, creep, chain drive, chain length,
classification of chains

Suggested reading:
1. Theory of machines:
S. S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Publications.
2. Theory of Mechanism and Machines:
Jagdish Lal, Metropolitan Book Co.
ME-209 E PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY-1
L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks
Total : 150Marks
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I

Metal cutting & Tool life


Basic tool geometry, single point tool nomenclature, chips-various types and their characteristics, mechanism of chip formation,
theoretical and experimental determination of shear angle, orthogonal and oblique metal cutting, metal cutting theories, relationship
of velocities, forces and power consumption.
Effect of operating parameters life tool geometry, cutting speed, feed depth of out, coolant, materials etc on forces temp. tool life,
surface finish etc., tool life relationship, tailor equation of tool life , tool material and mechanism.

UNIT II

Economics of metal machining & Multi edged tools


Element of machining cost, tooling economics, machines economics and optimization.
Broach tools-types materials and applications, geometry of twist drills, thrust torque and power calculation in drills, form tools-
application.
UNIT III

Metal forming & Jigs and Fixtures


Metal blow condition, theories of plasticity conditions of plane strains, friction condition in metal working, wire drawing-extension of rods, theory of forging, rolling of metals and elementary rolling
theory, no slip angle and forward slip.

Tool engineering, types of tools, usefulness, principles of loctation, locating and clamping devices, Jigs bushes, drilling Jigs, milling
fixtures, turning fixtures, boring and broaching fixtures, different materials for Jigs and fixtures, economic of jigs and fixtures.

UNIT IV

Metrology
Measurements, linear and angular simple measuring instruments various clampers, screw gauge, sine bar, auto-collimator,
comparator-mechanical, electrical, optical, surface finish and its measurement, micro and macro deviation, factors influencing
surface finish and evaluation of surface finish.

Suggested reading:
1. Manufacturing science:
Ghosh and Malik, E.W. Press
B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 211 E KINEMATICS OF MACHINES (LAB.)

Class Work : 50 Marks


Exam : 50 Marks
L T P Total : 100Marks
- - 3 Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

List of experiments
1. To determine the modulus of rigidity of the material of a closed coil helical spring and the stiffness of a spring
2. To determine the value of coefficient of friction for a given pair of surfaces using friction apparatus
3. To determine the modulus of rigidity of horizontal shaft
4. To determine experimentally the ratio of the cutting time to idle time (cutting stroke to idle stroke) of the crank and slotted
lever (QRM)/ Whitworth and compare the result to theoretical values plot the following
a. θ v/s X (displacement of slider).
b. θ v/s velocity.
c. θ v/s Acceleration and to compare the values of velocities
(Take angles θ =45˚, 90˚, 135˚, 225˚, 270˚ &335˚, ω = 1 rad/s)
5. To determine the value of coefficient of friction between the screw and nut of the jack, while:

a. Raising the load


b. Lowering the load
6. To draw experimentally a curve of the follower-displacement v/s cam-angle. Differentiate the above curve to get velocity and
acceleration plot and compare the values with those obtained analytically.
7. To determine the coefficient of friction between belt and pulley and plot a graph between log10 T1/T2 v/s, θ.
8. To determine the displacement, velocities, & accelerations of the driven shaft of a Hooke’s joint for a constant speed of the
driver shaft.
9. To determine velocity & acceleration of slider in slider-crank mechanism and plot the following:
a. θ v/s x (displacement of slider)
b. θ v/s velocity and
c. θ v/s acceleration.
Compare the values of velocities & acceleration with those obtained theoretically.(Assume ω=I rad/sec.).

10. Study of the inversions of the single slider crank mechanism.


B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering
ME-213 E THERMODYNAMICS (LAB.)

Class Work : 50 Marks


Exam : 25 Marks
L T P Total : 75 Marks
- - 3 Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

List of Experiments

1. Study of 2 stroke petrol and diesel engine models.

2. Study of 4-stroke petrol/diesel engine model.

3. Study of boilers.

4. Study of Babcock-Wilcox boiler (Model).


5. Study of locomotive boiler (Model).

6. Study of Lancashire boiler (Model).

7. To study the Red wood viscometer and measure the viscosity of fluid.

8. To measure the flash point of the given fuel

9. To study the Nestler’s boiler.

10. To study various parts of the vertical steam engine.

11 To study the diesel engine and make a trial on it.

Note : Any 8 experiments from the above list and other 2 from others developed by institute ) are required to be performed
by students in the laboratory.

B.Tech. (Third semester) Mechanical engineering

ME- 215 E STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

Class Work : 50 Marks


Exam : 25 Marks
L T P Total : 75 Marks
- - 3 Duration of exam : 3 Hrs.

List of Experiments :

1. To study the Brinell hardness testing machine & perform the Brinell hardness test.
2. To study the Rockwell hardness testing machine & perform the Rockwell hardness test.
3. To study the Vickers hardness testing machine & perform the Vickers hardness test.
4. To study the erichsen sheet metal testing machine & perform the erichsen sheet metal test.
5. To study the Impact testing machine and perform the Impact tests (Izod & Charpy).
6. To study the Universal testing machine and perform the tensile test.
7. To perform compression & bending tests on UTM.
8. To perform the sheer test on UTM.
9. To study the torsion testing machine and perform the torsion test.
10. To draw shear Force, Bending Moment Diagrams for a simply Supported Beam under Point and Distributed Loads.
11. To determine Mechanical Advantage and Efficiency of Single and Double Purchase Winch Crab.
12. To determine Mechanical Advantage and Efficiency of Worm and Worm Wheel.
13. To determine Mechanical Advantage, Efficiency of Simple and Compound Screw Jack.
14. To find Moment of Inertia of a Fly Wheel.

Note: Any 8 experiments from the above list and other 2 from others (developed by institute) are required to be performed by
students in the laboratory.
B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering

ME-202 E PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY


L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs
UNIT I Kinematics of Machine Tools.

Drives in machine tools for rotation movement, stepped and step less drives, mechanical and hydraulic drives, Individual and
group drives, selection of extreme values of spindle speed on a lathe, principle of stepped regulation, Layout of spindle speeds.
A.P., G.P. and Logarithmic progressions, Kinematics advantage of G. P. for gear box design, selection of common ratio, Number
of steps in a given speed range, design of all geared head stock.
UNIT II Manufacturing Methods
Characteristics of turret Lathes, turret-indexing mechanism, tooling equipment for turrets, tool Layout or turrets. Classification of
gear production methods, gear generation, gear hobbling gear shaping, gear finishing methods; shaving, burnishing grinding,
Lapping gear shaping, gear finishing methods; shaving, burnishing grinding, honing.
UNIT III Unconventional Machining Processes & Press Working
Tools
Need for unconventional processes, Ultrasonic machining, electrochemical machining, electrochemical grinding, Laser beam
machining their process parameters, principle of metal removal, applications advantages and limitations.
Introduction, classifications of presses and dies, hear, action in die cutting operations, center of pressure, mathematical
calculation of center of pressure, clearances, cutting forces, punch dimensioning.
UNIT IV Machine Tools Vibration and Dynamometry
Introduction, effects of vibration no-machine tools, cutting conditions, work piece and tools life, source of vibration, machine
tool chatter, Need for measuring forces, basic requirements of measuring techniques, design requirements of dynamometers, 3-
divisional turning dynamometer and its calibration, drill dynamometers.
Suggested reading:
1. Manufacturing science:
Ghosh and Malik, E.W. Press
2. Principles of metal cutting:
Sen and Bhattacharya, New Central Book.
B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME- 204 E MATERIAL SCIENCE

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
4 - - Theory : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs

Unit I

Crystallography: Review of crystal structure, space lattice, crystal planes and crystal directions, co-ordination number, number of
atoms per unit cell, atomic packing factor, Numericals related to crystallograpImperfection in metal crystals: Crystal imperfections
and their classifications, point defects, line defects, edge & screw dislocations, surface defects, volume defects & effects of
imperfections on metal properties.

Unit II
Solid solutions and phase diagram: Introduction to single and multiphase solid solutions and types of solid solutions, importance
and objectives of phase diagram, systems, phase and structural constituents, cooling curves, unary & binary phase diagrams, Gibbs’s
phase rule, Lever rule, eutectic and eutectoid systems, peritectic and peritectoid systems, iron carbon equilibrium diagram and TTT
diagram. Heat Treatment: Principles, purpose, classification of heat treatment processes, annealing, normalizing, stress relieving,
hardening, tempering, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, flame and induction hardening. Allotropic transformation of iron and steel,
Properties of austenite, ferrite, pearlite, martensite.

UNIT III

Deformation of Metal: Elastic and plastic deformation, mechanism of plastic deformation, twinning, conventional and true stress
strain curves for polycrystalline materials, yield point phenomena, strain ageing, work hardening, Bauschinger effect, season
cracking. Recovery, re-crystallization and grain growth. Failures of metals: Failure analysis, fracture, process of fracture, types of
fracture, fatigue, characteristics of fatigue, fatigue limit, mechanism of fatigue, factors affecting fatigue.
UNIT IV
Creep & Corrosion: Definition and concept, creep curve, mechanism of creep, impact of time and temperature on creep, creep
fracture, creep testing and prevention against creep. Corrosion: Mechanism and effect of corrosion, prevention of corrosion. Plastic,
Composite and Ceramics: Polymers, formation of polymers, polymer structure and crystallinity, polymers to plastics types,
reinforced particles-strengthened and dispersion strengthened composites. Ceramic materials: Types of ceramics, properties of
ceramic, ceramic forming techniques, mechanical behavior of ceramic.

Text Books:
1. Elements of Material Science and Engineering: VanVlack, Wesley Pub. Comp.
2. Material Science - Narula, Narula and Gupta. New Age Publishers
Reference Books:
1.Material Science & Engineering –V. Raghvan, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
2. A Text Book of Material Science & Metallurgy – O.P. Khanna, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
3. Material Science and Engineering-An Introduction - Callister; W.D., John Wiley & Sons., Delhi.
4. B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering

ME- 206 E STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-II


Sessional : 50Marks
L T P Theory : 100 Marks
3 1 - Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3Hrs.

Unit I
Strain Energy & Impact Loading: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored in a body when load is applied (i) gradually,
(ii) suddenly and (iii) with impact, strain energy of beams in bending, beam deflections, strain energy of shafts in twisting,
energy methods in determining spring deflection, Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s theorems, Numerical. Theories of Elastic
Failure: Various theories of elastic failures with derivations and graphical representations, applications to problems of 2-
dimensional stress system with (i) Combined direct loading and bending, and (ii) combined torsional and direct loading,
Numericals.
Unit II

Unsymmetrical Bending: Properties of beam cross section, product of inertia, ellipse of inertia, slope of the neutral axis, stresses & deflections, shear center and the flexural axis Numericals.
Thin Walled Vessels : Hoop & Longitudinal stresses & strains in cylindrical & spherical vessels & their derivations under internal pressure, wire would cylinders, Numericals.

UNIT III

Thick Cylinders & Spheres : Derivation of Lame’s equations, radial & hoop stresses and strains in thick, and compound cylinders and spherical shells subjected to internal fluid pressure only, wire
wound cylinders, hub shrunk on solid shaft, Numericals. Rotating Rims & Discs: Stresses in uniform rotating rings & discs, rotating discs of uniform strength, stresses in ( I) rotating rims, neglecting
the effect of spokes, (ii) rotating cylinders, hollow cylinders & solids cylinders. Numericals.

UNIT IV

Bending of Curved Bars : Stresses in bars of initial large radius of curvature, bars of initial small radius of curvature, stresses in crane hooks, rings of circular & trapezoidal sections, deflection of
curved bars & rings, deflection of rings by Castigliano’s theorem stresses in simple chain link, deflection of simple chain links, Problems. Springs: Stresses in open coiled helical spring subjected to
axial loads and twisting couples, leaf springs, flat spiral springs, concentric springs, Numericals.

Text Books:
1. Strength of Materials – G.H.Ryder, Third Edition in SI Units 1969 Macmillan, India.
2. Mechanics of Materials – (Metric Edition) : Ferdinand P. Beer and E. Russel Johnston, Jr. Second Edition, McGraw Hill.

B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering

ME- 208 E FLUID MECHANICS

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

Unit I
Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics: Concept of fluid and flow, ideal and real fluids, continuum concept, properties of fluids,
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. Pascal’s law, hydrostatic equation, hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces, stability
of floating and submerged bodies, relative equilibrium. Problems. Fluid Kinematics: Eulerian and Lagrangian description of fluid
flow; stream, streak and path lines; types of flows, flow rate and continuity equation, differential equation of continuity in
cylindrical and polar coordinates, rotation, vorticity and circulation, stream and potential functions, flow net. Problems.

Unit II

Fluid Dynamics: Concept of system and control volume, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s equation, venturimeter, orifices, orificemeter,
mouthpieces, kinetic and momentum correction factors, Impulse momentum relationship and its applications. Problems.Potential
Flow: Uniform and vortex flow, flow past a Rankin half body, source, sink, source-sink pair and doublet, flow past a cylinder with
and without circulation. Problems.
UNIT III
Viscous Flow: Flow regimes and Reynold’s number, Relationship between shear stress and pressure gradient, uni-directional flow
between stationary and moving parallel plates, movement of piston in a dashpot, power absorbed in bearings. Problems. Flow
Through Pipes: Major and minor losses in pipes, Hagen-Poiseuilli law, hydraulic gradient and total energy lines, series and parallel
connection of pipes, branched pipes; equivalent pipe, power transmission through pipes. Problems.

UNIT IV

Boundary Layer Flow: Boundary layer concept, displacement, momentum and energy thickness, von-karman momentum integral
equation, laminar and turbulent boundary layer flows, drag on a flat plate, boundary layer separation and control. Streamlined and
bluff bodies, lift and drag on a cylinder and an airfoil, Problems. Turbulent Flow: Shear stress in turbulent flow, Prandtl mixing
length hypothesis, hydraulically smooth and rough pipes, velocity distribution in pipes, friction coefficients for smooth and rough
pipes. Problems.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics – Streeter V L and Wylie E B, Mc Graw Hill


2. Mechanics of Fluids – I H Shames, Mc Graw Hill
References Books:
1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines – S.K. Som and G. Biswas, TMH
2. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria and Sons
3. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery – S.K. Agarwal, TMH, New Delhi
B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering

MET –210 E DYNAMICS OF MACHINES

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
3 1 - Theory : 100 Marks
Total : 150 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs.

UNIT I
Static force analysis, Static equilibrium, free by diagram, Analysis of static forces in mechanism. D’Alembert’s principal, Equivalent
offset inertia force, Dynamics of reciprocation parts, Piston effort, Crank effort, Equivalent dynamical systems, and Inertia force in
reciprocating engines by graphical and analytical method. Turning moment and crank effort diagrams for single cylinder and multi-
cylinder engines, coefficient of fluctuation of energy, coefficient of fluctuation of speed, flywheel and its function.

UNIT II
Types of gears, terminology, condition for correct gearing, cyclical and involutes profiles of gear teeth, pressure angle, path of
contact, arc of contact, Interference, undercutting, minimum number of teeth, number of pairs of teeth in contact, helical, spiral,
worm and worm gear, bevel gear. Gear trains; simple, compound, reverted, and epicyclical, Solution of gear trains, sun and planet
gear, bevel epicyclical gear, compound epicyclical gear, pre-selective gear box, differential of automobile, torque in gear taints.

UNIT III
Types of brakes, friction brakes, external shoe brakes, band brakes, band and block brakes, internal expanding shoe brake,
dynamometers; absorption, and tensional. Types of governors; watt, Porter, Proell, spring loaded centrifugal, Inertia,, Sensitiveness,
Stability, Isochronism’s, Hunting, Effort and power of governor, controlling force, Static and dynamic balancing of rotating parts,
balancing of I. C. Engines, balancing of multi-cylinder engine; V-engines and radial engines, balancing of machines.

UNIT IV
Gyroscope, Gyroscopic couple and its effect on craft, naval ships during steering, pinching and rolling, Stability of an automobile (2-
wheeers), Introduction, open and closed lop control, terms related to automatic control, error detector, actuator, amplification,
transducers, lag in responses, damping, block diagrams, system with viscous damped output, transfer functions, relationship
between open –loop and closed loop transfer function.

Suggested reading:
B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME- 214 E FLUID MECHANICS LAB

Sessional : 25 Marks
Practical/Viva : 25 Marks
L T P Total : 50 Marks
- - 3 Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.

List of Experiments:
1. To determine the coefficient of impact for vanes.
2. To determine coefficient of discharge of an orificemeter.
3. To determine the coefficient of discharge of Notch ( V and Rectangular types).
4. To determine the friction factor for the pipes.
5. To determine the coefficient of discharge of venturimeter.
6. To determine the coefficient of discharge, contraction & velocity of an orifice.
7. To verify the Bernoullis Theorem.
8. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow.
9. To determine the meta-centric height of a floating body.
10. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bends.
11. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex flow.

Note:
1. At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester.
B.TECH. (FOURTH SEMESTER) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME- 212 E PRODUCTION TECHNIOLOGY LAB

L T P Sessional : 50 Marks
- - 4 Practical/Viva : 50 Marks
Total : 100 Marks
Duration of Exam : 4 Hrs

List of Experiments:

Introduction to milling machines its types functions applications etc.


1. Practice of slab milling on milling machine.
2. Practice of slotting on milling machine.
3. To cut gear teeth on milling machine using dividing head.
4. Introduction to gear hobber, demonstration of gear hobbing and practice.
5. Introduction to various grinding wheels and demonstration on the surface grinder.
6. Introduction to tool and cutter grinder and dynamometer.
7. Study the constructional detail and working of CNC lathes Trainer.
8. To carry out welding using TIG/MIG welding set.
9. Introduction, demonstration & practice on profile projector & gauges.
10. To make a component on lathe machine using copy turning attachment.
11. To cut external threads on a lathe.
12. To cut multi slots on a shaper machine.
13. To perform drilling and Boring operation on a Component.

At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed
from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.
B.Tech. (Fourth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 216 E DYNAMICS OF MACHINE (LAB.)

L T P Sessional : 25 Marks
- - 3 Practical/Viva : 25 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
Duration of Exam : 3 Hrs

LIST OF EXPERIMENT

1. To determine experimentally, the moment of inertia of a flywheel and axle compare with theoretical values.
2. To find out critical speed experimentally and to compare the whirling speed of a shaft with theoretical values.
3. To find experimentally the Gyroscopic couple on motorized gyroscope and compare with applied couple.
4. To perform the experiment of balancing of rotating parts and finds the unbalanced couple and forces.
5. To determine experimentally the unbalance forces and couples of reciprocating parts.
6. To calculate the torque on a planet carrier and torque on internal gear using epicyclic gear train and holding torque
apparatus.
7. To study the different types of centrifugal and inertia governors and demonstrate any one.
8. To study the automatic transmission unit.
9. To study the differential types of brakes.
10. To find out experimentally the corli and component of accelaration and compare with theoretical values.

At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed
from the above list or designed & set by the concerned institute as per the scope of the syllabus.
B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 301 E I.C.ENGINE AND GAS TURBINES

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours

UNIT 1
Heat engines; Internal and external combustion engines; Classification of I.C. Engines; Cycle of operations in four strokes and two-stroke IC engines; Wankle Engine.
Assumptions made in air standard cycles; Otto cycle; Diesel cycle; Dual combustion cycle; Comparison of Otto, diesel and dual combustion cycles; Sterling and Ericsson cycles; Air standard
efficiency, Specific work output. Specific weight; Work ratio; Mean effective pressure; Deviation of actual engine cycle from ideal cycle.
UNIT II
Mixture requirements for various operating conditions in S.I. Engines; Elementary carburetor, Calculation of fuel air ratio; The complete carburetor; Requirements of a diesel injection system;
Type of injection system; Petrol injection; Requirements of ignition system; Types of ignition systems, ignition timing; Spark plugs.
S.I. engines; Ignition limits; Stages of combustion in S. I. Engines; Ignition lag; Velocity of flame propagation; Detonation; Effects of engine variables on detonation; Theories of detonation;
Octane rating of fuels; Pre-ignition; S.I. engine combustion chambers. Stages of combustion in C.I. Engines; Delay period; Variables affecting delay period; Knock in C.I. Engines; Cetane rating;
C.I. Engine combustion chambers.

UNIT III
Functions of a lubricating system, Types of lubrication system; Mist, Wet sump and dry sump systems; Properties of lubricating oil; SAE rating of lubricants; Engine performance and
lubrication; Necessity of engine cooling; Disadvantages of overcooling; Cooling systems; Air-cooling, Water-cooling; Radiators.
Performance parameters; BHP, IHP, Mechanical efficiency; Brake mean effective pressure and indicative mean effective pressure, Torque, Volumetric efficiency; Specific fuel consumption
(BSFG, ISFC); Thermal efficiency; Heat balance; Basic engine measurements; Fuel and air consumption, Brake power, Indicated power and friction power, Heat lost to coolant and exhaust gases;
Performance curves;

UNIT IV
Pollutants from S.I. and C.I. Engines; Methods of emission control, Alternative fuels for I.C. Engines; The current scenario on the
pollution front.
Working of a single stage reciprocating air compressor; Calculation of work input; Volumetric efficiency; Isothermal efficiency;
Advantages of multi stage compression; Two stage compressor with inter-cooling; Perfect inter cooling; Optimum intercooler
pressure; Rotary air compressors and their applications; Isentropic efficiency.
Brayton cycle; Components of a gas turbine plant; Open and closed types of gas turbine plants; Optimum pressure ratio;
Improvements of the basic gas turbine cycle; Multi stage compression with inter-cooling; Multi stage expansion with reheating
between stages; Exhaust gas heat exchanger; Application of gas turbines.

Recommended books
 Internal combustion engine by Ramalingam scitech publication
B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 303 E FLUID MACHINES

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours

UNIT I Impact of jet stationary and moving flat and curved plates, Force on series of vanes, Radial vanes, Vortex motion, Free and
forced vortex , jet propulsion of shipsUnits and dimensions; Dimensional homogeneity; Dimensional analysis’ methods; Ray Leigh
and Buckingham methods, Applications and limitations of dimensional analysis Dimensionless numbers, Similitude laws.
UNIT IIIntroduction; Development of hydraulic turbines; Components of hydropower plant; Classification of turbines; Surge
tank and its type.Pelton turbine, Its components, Number and dimension of buckets, Speed ratio, Jet ratio, Energy conversion,
Condition for maximum efficiency; Design considerations. Governing etc. Francis turbine, its components, working principles.
Draft tube, Types of draft tube, Design considerations; Outward vs. Inward flow reaction turbines, Introduction to Deriaz
turbine, Evolution of axial flow turbines, Kaplan turbine, Operation at off-design loads, Governing etc. it quantities, Specific
speed, Runway speed, Characteristics of turbines.
UNIT IIIIntroduction, Classification, Components, Principle of working, various heads, Energy conversion, Euler’s head and its
variation with vane shapes. Effect of finite number of vanes, Losses and efficiencies, Minimum starting speed, Limitation of
suction lift, Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH); Multistage pumps, Specific speed and performance.Working principles,
Classification, Components, Discharge, Discharge slip, Power input, Indicator diagram, Effect of friction, Acceleration and pipe
friction, Maximum speed, Air vessels, Comparison with centrifugal pumps. Model testing of pumps.
UNIT IV CAVITATIONS AND ITS EFFECTS, CAVITATION PARAMETERS, DETECTION AND PREVENTION OF
CAVITATIONS. MODEL TESTING OF TURBINE
Propeller pump, Jet pump, Airlift pump, Gear pump, Screw pump, Vane pump, Radial piston pump, Submersible pump, Pump

problems Hydraulic accumulators, Hydraulic intensifier, Hydraulic lift, Hydraulic crane. Hydraulic coupling, Torque converter,

Hydraulic ram.
B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 305 E HEAT - TRANSFER

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours

UNIT I
Definition of heat; Modes of Heat Transfer; Basic Laws of heat transfer, Electrical Analogy of heat conduction; Conduction
through composite Walls; Overall heat transfer coefficient.The general conduction equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and
spherical coordinates Steady one dimensional heat conduction without internal heat generation; The plane slab; The cylindrical
shell; The spherical shell; Critical thickness of insulation; Variable thermal conductivity, Steady one dimensional heat conduction
with uniform internal heat generation the plane slab; Cylindrical and spherical systems; Fins of uniform cross section; Governing
equation; Temperature distribution and heat dissipation rate; Efficiency and effectiveness of fins.
UNIT II
Free and forced convection; Newton’s law of cooling, Convective heat transfer Coefficient; Nusselt number; Dimensional analysis
of free and forced convection; Analytical solution to forced convection problems; The concept of boundary layer; Hydrodynamic
and thermal boundary layer; Momentum and Energy equations for boundary layer; Exact solution for laminar flow over an
isothermal plate using similarity transformation; The integral approach; Integral momentum and energy equations; Solution of
forced convection over a flat plate using the integral method. Analysis of free convection; governing equations for velocity and
temperature fields. Relation between fluid friction and heat transfer, Reynolds analogy Dimensionless numbers; Reynolds,
Prandtl Nusselt , Grashoff and Stanton Numbers and their significance, Heat transfer with change of phase; Nusselt theory of
laminar film Condensation.
UNIT III
Theories of thermal radiation; Absorption, Reflection and transmission, Monochromatic and total emissive power; Black body
concept; Planck’s distribution law; Stefan Boltzman law; Wien’s displacement law; Lambert’s cosine law; Kirchoff’s law; Shape
factor; Heat transfer between black surfaces.
UNIT IV
Introduction; Classification of heat exchangers; Logarithmic mean temperature Difference; Area calculation for parallel and
counterflow heat exchangers; Effectiveness of heat exchangers; N T U method of heat exchanger design; Applications of heat
exchangers.
Reference and Text books: A Text book of Heat Transfer by S.P Sukhatme, university press
Heat transfer by Holman, TMG
B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 307 E INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional : 50 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours

UNIT I Introduction to work study; Method study; Basic procedure; Recording techniques (charts and diagrams); Elemental
breakdown; Micro-motion studies; Therbligs; SIMO-chart; Principles of motion –economy.Introduction; Objectives; technique; (time)
information recording; methods of timings; Time study allowances; Work sampling technique; Performance rating and its
determination PMTS; M. T. M.; Work factor.
UNIT II Principles of organization, Importance and characteristics of organization, Organization theories; Classical Organization
theory; Neo-Classical organization theory, Modern organization theory; Types of organization, Military or line organization,
Functional organization, Line and staff organization, Committees.Objectives of PPC; Functions of PPC; Preplanning and planning;
Routing; Estimating; scheduling-master schedule; Daily schedule; Gantt chart; Dispatching –centralized vs. decentralized; Control;
Follow up and progress reporting.Introduction; Product development; Product characteristics; Role of product development; 3Ss –
Standardization; Simplification and Specialization.
NIT III Introduction, Objectives and importance of sales forecasting, Types of forecasting, Methods of sales forecasting-Collective
opinion method, Delphi technique, economic indicator method; Regression analysis, Moving average method, Time series
analysis.Introduction, Functions of inventory; Types of inventory; Control importance and functions, Inventory costs, Factors
affecting inventory control, Various inventory control models. A. B. C. analysis, Lead-time calculations.
UNIT IV Introduction; Objectives; Concept and life cycle of a product and V.E.; Steps in VE., Methodology and techniques, Fast
diagram, Matrix method.Various concepts in industrial engineering
a) WAGES AND INCENTIVES; -Concept; Types; Plans; Desirable characteristics.
b) ERGONOMICS; - its importance; Man-machine work place system; Human factors considerations in system design.
c) SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT; - its definition, Concept, Objectives, Applications, benefits, Some successful cases in Indian
Industries.
d) JIT; - Its definition, Concept, Importance, Misconception, Relevance, Applications, Elements of JIT (brief description).
e) MRP;-Introduction, Objectives, factors, Guide lines, Techniques Elements of MRP system, Mechanics of MRP, MRP-II

ME 309 E Machine Design- 1

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

2 - 5 7 Sessional : 50 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours


UNIT I Properties: Chemical, Physical, Mechanical and Dimensional; Ferrous metals, Non-ferrous metals, Plastics, Composite materials etc.Selection of
Engineering Materials.Design methodology; Design criterion based on fracture; Deformation and elastic stability design stresses; Factor of safety;
Significant stress and significant strength; Stresses-concentration; Causes and mitigation; Endurance limit; Effect of concentration; Notch sensitivity; Size
and surface finish; Goodman diagram; Gerber’s parabola and Soderberg line.
UNIT II Supports and retainment of rotating assemblies; manufacturing considerations of design, design of castings and weldments.Riveted joints for boiler
shell according to I. B. R.; riveted structural joint; and riveted joint with eccentric loading; Types of welded joints; strength of welds under axial load; Welds
under eccentric loading; Designation of various types of bolts and nuts, Design of bolted joints, Bolts of uniform strength, Bolted joints with eccentric loads,
Design of Keys, Cotter joint and knuckle joints.
UNIT III Design of shafts subjected to pure torsion; Pure bending load; Combined bending and torsion; Combined torsion; Bending and axial
loads.Introduction, hand and foot levers, cranked lever, lever for a lever safety valve, Bell crank lever. Miscellaneous levers.
UNIT IV Types of shaft couplings, Design of sleeve or muff coupling; Flange coupling and bush type flexible couplings.Introduction, Design of circular, oval
shaped and square flanged pipe joints.Function, types of power screws, stresses in screws, design calculations.
ME 311 E STEAM GENERATION & POWER

L T P/D Total Theory : 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional : 25 marks

Duration of Exam: 03 hours

UNIT I, Introduction; classification of boilers; comparison of fire tube and water tube boiler; their advantages; description of
boiler; Lancashire; locomotive; Babcock; Wilcox etc.; boiler mountings; stop valve; safety valve; blow off valve; feed check etc.; water
level indicator; fusible plug; pressure gauge; boiler accessories; feed pump; feed water heater; preheater; superheater; economizer;
natural draught chimney design; artificial draught; stream jet draught; mechanical draught; calculation of boiler efficiency and
equivalent evaporation(no numerical problem)

UNIT II Carnot cycle; simple and modified Rankine cycle; effect of operating parameters on rankine cycle performance; effect of
superheating; effect of maximum pressure; effect of exhaust pressure; reheating and regenerative Rankine cycle; types of feed water
heater; reheat factor; binary vapour cycle.Simple steam engine, compound engine; function of various components.

UNIT III Function of steam nozzle; shape of nozzle for subsonics and supersonics flow of stream; variation of velocity; area of
specific volume; steady state energy equation; continuity equation; nozzle efficiency; critical pressure ratio for maximum discharge;
physical explanation of critical pressure; super saturated flow of steam; design of steam nozzle.Advantage of steam condensation;
component of steam condensing plant; types of condensers; air leakage in condensers; Dalton’s law of partial pressure; vacuum
efficiency; calculation of cooling water requirement; air expansion pump.

UNIT IV Introduction; classification of steam turbine; impulse turbine; working principal; compounding of impulse turbine;
velocity diagram; calculation of power output and efficiency; maximum efficiency of a single stage impulse turbine; design of
impulse turbine blade section; impulse reaction turbine; working principle; degree of reaction; parsons turbine; velocity diagram;
calculation of power output; efficiency of blade height; condition of maximum efficiency; internal losses in steam turbine;
governing of steam turbine.

Text Books :
1. Thermal Engineering – P L Ballaney, Khanna Publishers
2. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines vol II – R Yadav, Central Publishing House

Reference Books :
1. Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering Technologists – T D Eastop and A McConkey, Pearson Education
ME 313 E Thermal Engineering (Practical)

List of Experiments
1. To make a trial on single cylinder 4-stroke Diesel Engine to calculate B. H. P., S.F.C. and to draw its characteristics curves.
2. To make a trial on 4-stroke high-speed diesel engine and to draw its Heat Balance Sheet.
3. To make a trial on Wiley’s jeep Engine at constant speed to calculate B. H. P., S. F. C. Thermal efficiency and to draw its
characteristic Curves.
4. To make Morse Test to calculate IHP of the multi cylinder petrol engine and to determine its mechanical efficiency.
5. To calculate the isothermal efficiency and volumetric efficiency of a 2 stage reciprocating air compressor.
6. To find out the efficiency of an air Blower.
7. To make a trial on the Boiler to calculate equivalent evaporation and efficiency of the Boiler.
8. To study the following models;
a. Gas Turbine.
b. Wankle Engine.
9. To study
a. Lubrication and cooling systems employed in various I. C. Engines in the Lab
b. Braking system of automobile in the lab
10. To study a Carburetor.
11. To study (1) the Fuel Injection System of a C. I. Engine.
a. (11) Battery Ignition system of a S. I. Engine
12. To study Cooling Tower.
B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 315 E Fluid Machines (Practical)

L T P/D Total Theory : 25 Marks

- - 2 2 Sessional : 25 marks

Duration of Exam : 03 hours

List of Experiments

1. To study and perform lest on the Pelton wheel and to plot curves Q, P Vs N at full, three fourth gate opening.
2. To study and perform test in the Francis Turbine and to plot curves Q, P Vs N at full, three- fourth gate opening.
3. To study and perform test on the Kaplan Turbine and to plot curves Q, P Vs N at full, three- fourth half opening.
4. To study and perform test on Centrifugal Pump and to plot curves η, Power Vs Q
5. To study and perform test on a Hydraulic Ram and to find its Rankine, Aubussion η.
6. To study and perform test on a Reciprocating pump and to plot the P and ηVs H
7. To study and perform test on a Gear Pump and to plot the curves Q.P Vs Pressure rise.
8. Study and perform test on a Torque Convertor and to plot the curves η& Np.

B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering


ME 317 E Heat Transfer (Practical)

L T P/D Total Theory: 25 Marks

- - 2 2 Sessional: 25 marks
ist of Experiments

1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod


2. Determination of thermal conductivity of an insulating powder
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a liquid using Guard plate method
4. Determination of thermal resistance of a composite wall
5. Temperature distribution of a pin fin in free-convection
6. Temperature distribution of a pin fin in forced-convection
7. Forced convection heat transfer from a cylindrical surface
8. Determination of Electiveness of a Heat exchanger
9. Determination of Stefan-Boltzman constant
10. Performance of Solar still
11. Determination of critical heat flux
12. Performance of solar water heater
13. Measurement of solar radiation using solar integrator.

B.Tech. (Fifth semester) Mechanical engineering


ME 319 E Industrial Engineering (Practical)

List of Experiments

1. To study various Rating Factor systems and find standard time for making small sand mould.
2. To study various plat layouts and suggest improvements in existing Machines Shop layout.
3. To study and draw organizational structure of a near by industry and suggest changes.
4. To draw X and R charts for a given sample of products to check their acceptance.
5. To draw p chart for a given product lot and verify its acceptance
6. Draw a flow process chart with time estimates for a simple welding process.
7. Draw a two handed process chart for a simple process of a job preparation on a lathe.
8. To study various purchase procedures and draw organizational structure of college purchase department.
9. A case study on ABC/VED analysis.
10. A case study on Quality Improvement Techniques (e.g. Hostel Mess/ Workshop / Canteen etc.)
11. A market survey and analysis.
12. A “preliminary project report” preparation for any small-scale unit.
B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 302 E Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning

L T P/D Total Theory: 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours
(a) Refrigeration
UNIT I
Basics of heat pump & refrigerator; Carnot’s refrigeration and heat pump; Units of refrigeration; COP of refrigerator and heat pump;
Carnot’s COP; ICE refrigeration; evaporative refrigeration; refrigeration by expansion of air; refrigeration by throttling of gas; Vapor
refrigeration system; steam jet refrigeration; thermoelectric cooling; adiabatic demagnetization.
Basic principles of operation of air refrigeration system, Bell-Coleman air refrigerator; advantages of using air-refrigeration in
aircrafts; disadvantages of air refrigeration in comparison to other cold producing methods; simple air refrigeration in air craft;
simple evaporative type air refrigeration in aircraft; necessity of cooling the aircraft.
UNIT II
Simple Vapor Compression Refrigeration System; different compression processes( wet compression, dry or dry and saturated
compression, superheated compression); Limitations of vapour compression refrigeration system if used on reverse Carnot cycle;
representation of theoretical and actual cycle on T-S and P-H charts; effects of operating conditions on the performance of the
system; advantages of vapour compression system over air refrigeration system.
Methods of improving COP; flash chamber; flash inter cooler; optimum interstate pressure for two stage refrigeration system; single
expansion and multi expansion processes; basic introduction of single load and multi load systems; Cascade systems.
Basic absorption system; COP and Maximum COP of the absorption system; actual NH3 absorption system; functions of various
components; Li-Br absorption system; selection of refrigerant and absorbent pair in vapour absorption system; Electro refrigerator;
Comparison of Compression and Absorption refrigeration systems; nomenclature of refrigerants; desirable properties of
refrigerants; cold storage and ice-plants.
(b) Air conditioning
UNIT III
Difference in refrigeration and air conditioning; Psychometric properties of moist air (wet bulb, dry bulb, dew point temperature,
relative and specific humidity of moist air, temperature of adiabatic saturation); empirical relation to calculate Pv in moist air.
Psychometric chart, construction and use, mixing of two air streams; sensible heating and cooling; latent heating and cooling;
humidification and dehumidification; cooling with dehumidification; cooling with adiabatic humidification; heating and
humidification; by-pass factor of coil; sensible heat factor; ADP of cooing coil; Air washer.
UNIT IV
Classification; factors affecting air conditioning systems; comfort air-conditioning system; winter air conditioning system; summer
air-conditioning system; year round air conditioning. unitary air-conditioning system; central air conditioning system; room sensible
heat factor; Grand sensible heat factor; effective room sensible heat factor.
Inside design conditions; comfort conditions; components of cooling loads; internal heat gains from (occupancy, lighting, appliances,
product and processes); system heat gain (supply air duct, A.C. fan, return air duct); external heat gain (heat gain through building,
solar heat gains through outside walls and roofs); solar air temperature; solar heat gain through glass areas; heat gain due to
ventilation and infiltration.
Transport air conditioning; evaporative condensers, cooling towers; heat pumps.

References and Text books


Refrigeration and air-conditioning by C.P arora
Basic Refrigeration and air-conditioning by Annanthana and Rayanan, TMG
Refrigeration and air-conditioning BY Arora and Domkundwar, Dhanpat rai
NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two question from each unit, and students
will be B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 304 E TRIBOLOGY
L T P/D Total Theory: 100marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours
UNIT I Introduction to trobological systems and their characteristic features; analysis and assessment of surface; topography;
deterministic and stochastic tribo-models for asperity contacts; techniques of surface examination; technological properties of
surfaces.Quantitative laws of sliding friction, causes of friction, adhesion theory, laws of rolling friction, measurement of friction
UNIT II ntroduction, mechanism of wear, types of wear, quantitative laws of wear, measurement of wear, wears resistance
materials
UNIT III Introduction, dry friction, boundary lubrication, hydrodynamic, hydrostatic and elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication,
functions of lubricants, types and properties, lubricant additives. Principles, application to rolling contact bearings, cams, Gears

UNIT IV Geometry and pressure equation of journal bearing, hydrostatic bearings, thrust bearings, porous bearings and
hydrodynamic gas bearings. Journal bearings with specialized applications. General requirements and different types of bearing
materials.

Suggested Reading
Tribology in Indertrion- By Sushil Kumar Srivastava
Introduction to Tribology of Bearings- By B.C. Majumdar ; A.H.Wheeler
Principles of Tribology – By J. Halling, Macmillan
Mechanics and Chemistry in Lubrication- By Dorinson and Ludema , Elsevier
Friction and wear of Materials- By E. Robinowicz, Johan Wiley
Principles of Lubrication-By A. Cameron, Longmans
NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two question from each unit, and students
will be required to attempt only 5 questions, at least one from each unit.
B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering

ME 306 E MECHANICAL VIBRATION

L T P/D Total Theory: 100 Marks

3 1 - 4 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours

UNIT I Kinematics of simple vibrating motion, Simple harmonic motions, Vectorial representation of harmonic motion. Degree of
freedom, Equations of motions, general solution of free vibration, Phase plane method

UNIT II Damped free vibration, undamped and damped forced vibrations, Vibrating isolation, Vibrating instruments.Undamped
free vibration ,Principle modes , Influence coefficients, Coordinate coupling, Orthogonality, Vibration absorbers.

UNIT III Geometric method, Stability of equilibrium points, Method of harmonic balance.
Influence coefficients, Dunkerleys equation, Matrix iteration, Holzer method, Rayleigh method, and Rayleigh-Ritz method.

UNIT IV Transverse vibration of strings, Longitudinal vibrations of bars, Lateral vibration of beams, Torsional vibration of circular
shafts, Whirling of shafts.Introduction, Method of Laplace transformation and response to an impulsive output, response to step-
input, pulse-input, and phase plane method.

REFERENCE AND TEXT BOOKS: -

Mechanical vibration - By G.K. Grover; Nemchand Chand and Sons


Mechanical Vibration – By Thomson; Prentice Hall
Mechanical Vibration - By Den Hartog; Mc Graw Hill
Introductory course to mechanical vibrations – By Rao and Gupta; Wiley Eastern

NOTE: In the semester examination, the examiner will set 8 questions in all, at least two question from each unit, and students
will be required to attempt only 5 questions, at least one from each unit.
B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 308 E COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING

L T P/D Total Theory: 100 Marks

4 1 - 5 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours

UNIT I

Introduction to CAD/CAM, Historical Development, Industrial look at CAD/CAM, Introduction to CIM Basic of Geometric & Solid

modeling, Coordinate systems, Explict, Implict, Intrinsic and parametric equation

Part families, Part classification and coding, product flow analysis, Machine cell Design, Advantages of GT

UNIT II

Introduction, Transformation of points & line, 2-D rotation, Reflection, Scaling and combined transformation, Homogeneous
coordinates, 3-D scaling, shearing, rotation, reflection and translation, combined transformations, Orthographic and perspective
projections
Algebric and geometric forms, tangent & normal blending functions, reparametrization
Straight line, conics, cubic splines, bezier curves and B-spline curves
UNIT III

Algebraic and geometric forms, tangent & twist vectors, normal blending function, reparametrization, Sixteen point form, four
Curve form, Plane surface, ruled surface
Surface of revolution, tabulated cylinder Bi-cubic surface, bezier surface, B-spline surface
Solid models and representation scheme B-rep & CSG, sweep representation ,Cell decomposition, spatial occupancy enumeration

UNIT IV

Introduction, fixed programmable and flexible automation, Types of NC systems, MCU & other components, Co-ordinate system,
NC manual part programming, G & M codes, part program for simple parts, Computer assisted part programming
Introduction, FMS component, Types of FMS, FMS layout, Planning for FMS, advantage and applications
B.TECH. (SIXTH SEMESTER) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ME 310 E MACHINE DESIGN II

L T P/D Total Theory: 100Marks

2 - 6 8 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 04 hours

UNIT I
Classification of Gears; Selection of type; Law of Gearing, Standard system of Gear tooth, VariousFailure modes, Interference,
undercutting & minimum no. Of teeth
Force Analysis ,Beam strength of Gear tooth, Effective load on tooth, Estimation of module based on beam strength and wear

strength, Gear lubrication, materials; Design Procedure, Gear Box design

Terminology, Force Analysis, Virtual no. of teeth, Beam strength, Effective load, Wear strength
Terminology, force analysis, beam strength & wear strength, effective load on gear tooth
Terminology, properties, force analysis, friction, material selection

UNIT II
Design of flat belts &Pulleys, Design /selection of V belts &Pulleys, Design/selection of wire ropes, Design/selection of chains
Single &multiple Plate clutch, Cone clutch
External shoe brake, Internal shoe brakes

UNIT III
Coil Springs, Leaf Springs
Hydro dynamically lubricated bearings, Selection of ball bearings, Selection of roller bearings, Selection of taper roller bearings
Mechanism Design, Design of cam & Follower

UNIT IV
Design of Cylinder, Design of Piston, Design of Crank shaft, Design of connecting rod

Design of Crane Hook

Design of Flywheels

SUGGESTED READING:

 Design of Machine Elements Bhandari TMH


 Machine Design Sharma Aggarwal Katson Publishers
 PSG Design Data Book PSG College of Engg PSG Publication
 Machine Design an integrated Approch Robert l Norton, prentice hall
B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering

ME 312 E Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (Practical)

L T P/D Total Practical: 25Marks

- - 2 2 Sessional: 25 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours

List of Experiments

1. Study & Performance of basic vapour compression Refrigeration Cycle.


2. To find COP of water cooler.
3. To study the walk in cooler.
4. To study and perform experiment on vapour absorption apparatus.
5. Perform the experiment & calculate various. Performance parameters on a blower apparatus.
6. To find the performance parameter of cooling tower.
7. To study various components in room air conditioner.
8. To find RH of atmosphere air by using sling Psychometric and Psychometric.
9. To find performance of a refrigeration test rig system by using different expansion devices.
10. To study different control devices of a refrigeration system.
11. To study various compressor.
12. To find the performance parameters of Ice Plant.

Note: Total Ten experiments must be performed. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the above list
or outside the list.
B.Tech. (Sixth semester) Mechanical engineering
ME 314 E TRIBOLOGY & MECHANICAL VIBRATION (PRACTICAL)

L T P/D Total Practical: 25Marks

- - 2 2 Sessional: 50 marks
Duration of Exam: 03 hours

LIST OF EXPERIMENT:

1. To study undamped free vibrations of equivalent spring mass system and determine the natural frequency of vibrations
2. To study the free vibration of system for different damper settings. Draw decay curve and determine the log decrement and
damping factor. Find also the natural frequency
3. To study the torsional vibration of a single rotor shaft system and to determine the natural frequency.
4. To determine the radius of gyration of given bar using bifilar suspension.
5. To verify the dunker ley’s rule
6. To study the forced vibration of system with damping. Load magnification factor vs. Frequency and phase angle vs frequency
curves. Also determine the damping factor.
7. To study the pressure distribution of a journal bearing using a journal bearing apparatus.
8. To determine the rate of wear of a metallic pin from the plot of displacement vs time curves by using friction and wear
monitor apparatus.
9. To determine abrasion index of a material with the help of dry abrasion test rig.
10. To evaluate the load wear index and the weld point of a lubricant with the help of a four ball stream pressure tester.
11. To determine the two frequencies of torsional spring type double pendulum & compare them with theoretical values.
12. To determine the radius of gyration of a compound pendulum.
13. To determine the radius of gyration of disc using trifilar suspension.

Note: Total Ten experiments must be performed. At least eight experiments should be performed from the above list. Remaining two experiments may either be performed from the above list
or outside the list.
MET - 401 Automobile Engineering

L T P/D Total Theory : 75 marks


4 1 - 5 Sessional : 50 marks
Duration of Exams. : 03 hours
1. Introduction to Automobile Engineering:
Brief history of automobiles, Main components of an automobile, Brief decription of each component.
2. P